-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, NjuVeoEz7AuqCI1YTuPjNkoGe7DTCOdDtNEjwdeQsIHSnz/VsmcFq8wqewc9E35U ald/KyIWX4ZjM7y7V7Baxw== 0000950109-96-003337.txt : 19960523 0000950109-96-003337.hdr.sgml : 19960523 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950109-96-003337 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: DEFM14A PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 14 FILED AS OF DATE: 19960522 SROS: NONE FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: MEGAMATION INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000833498 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: GENERAL INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT, NEC [3569] IRS NUMBER: 133372947 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0630 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: DEFM14A SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-18192 FILM NUMBER: 96571009 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 51 EVERETTE DR BLDG B#4 CITY: LAWRENCEVILLE STATE: NJ ZIP: 08648 BUSINESS PHONE: 6097994473 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 51 EVERETT DR BUILDING B4 CITY: LAWRENCEVILLE STATE: NJ ZIP: 08648 DEFM14A 1 SCHEDULE 14A SCHEDULE 14A INFORMATION PROXY STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 14(A) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (AMENDMENT NO. 2) Filed by the Registrant [X] Filed by a Party other than the Registrant [_] Check the appropriate box: [_] Preliminary Proxy Statement [X] Definitive Proxy Statement [_] Definitive Additional Materials [_] Soliciting Material Pursuant to (S)240.14a-11(c) or (S)240.14a-12 MEGAMATION INC. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ (Name of Registrant as Specified In Its Charter) MEGAMATION INC. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ (Name of Person(s) Filing Proxy Statement) Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box): [_] $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), 14a-6(i)(1), 14a-6(i)(2) or Item 22(a)(2) of Schedule 14A. [_] $500 per each party to the controversy pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 14a- 6(i)(3). [X] Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14a-6(i)(4) and 0-11. (1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies: Common Stock, par value $.01 per share --------------------------------------------------------------- (2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies: 9,204,832 shares --------------------------------------------------------------- (3) Per unit price or other underlying value of transaction computed pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11 (Set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how it was determined): $.10 per share --------------------------------------------------------------- (4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction: $920,483.20 --------------------------------------------------------------- (5) Total fee paid: $184.10 --------------------------------------------------------------- [X] Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule 0-11(a)(2) and identify the filing for which the offsetting fee was paid previously. Identify the previous filing by registration statement number, or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing. (1) Amount Previously Paid: $184.10 ---------------------------------------------- (2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.: 0-18192 ------------------------ (3) Filing Party: Megamation, Inc. -------------------------------------------------------- (4) Date Filed: May 22, 1996 ---------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF MEGAMATION INC. The undersigned hereby appoints Tristram C. Colket, Jr., Max Cooper and Edward F. Borkowski or any one of them acting singly, with full power of substitution, the proxy or proxies of the undersigned to attend the Special Meeting of Stockholders of Megamation Inc., to be held on June 18, 1996, and any adjournments or postponements thereof, to vote all shares of stock that the undersigned would be entitled to vote if personally present in the manner indicated below and on the reverse side, and on any other matters properly brought before the meeting or any adjournments or postponements hereof, all as set forth in the Proxy Statement. This proxy or proxies may be revoked by the undersigned at any time prior to the meeting if written notice of revocation is given to the Secretary of the Company prior to the vote being taken at the meeting, or by execution of a subsequent proxy or proxies which are presented at the meeting, or if the stockholder attends the meeting and votes by ballot, except as to any matter or matters upon which a vote shall have been cast pursuant to the authority conferred by such proxy or proxies prior to such revocation. 1. Approval of the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Megamation Inc. and MI Merger Corp. [_] FOR [_] AGAINST [_] ABSTAIN The Board of Directors recommends that you vote FOR Proposal 1. (Please date and sign on reverse side) - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Continued from other side) Unless otherwise indicated, the Proxy will be voted FOR Proposal 1 and in the direction of the proxies on all matters properly brought before the meeting. THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES RECEIPT OF THE NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING AND PROXY STATEMENT OF MEGAMATION INC. Date: , 1996 --------------------------- --------------------------------------- Signature --------------------------------------- Signature NOTE: Please sign exactly as name appears hereon. Joint owners should each sign. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give full title as such. Please sign, date and return in the enclosed postage-prepaid envelope. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MEGAMATION INC. ________ NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS To Be Held June 18, 1996 ________ To our Stockholders: NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Special Meeting of Stockholders of MEGAMATION INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), will be held at the offices of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, Two Logan Square, Eighteenth and Arch Streets, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-2799, on June 18, 1996, at 10:00 a.m., local time, for the following purposes: 1. To consider and act upon a proposal to approve and adopt an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 19, 1996 and the First Amendment to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as May 10, 1996 (together, the "Merger Agreement") providing for the merger (the "Merger") of MI Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Mergerco"), with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation. All of the capital stock of Mergerco, which was recently formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger, is beneficially owned by Mr. Max Cooper, and certain of his affiliates, and Mr. Tristram C. Colket, Jr. Messrs. Cooper and Colket are currently the sole members of the Company's Board of Directors and the largest beneficial owners of the Company. If the Merger is approved, immediately prior to the effective time thereof, Messrs. Cooper and Colket will contribute to Mergerco approximately 35.9% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. As a result of the Merger, each outstanding share of Common Stock of the Company, other than shares held by dissenting stockholders and shares held by Mergerco, will be converted into the right to receive $.10 in cash, and the Company will be wholly-owned by Messrs. Cooper and Colket. 2. To transact such other business as may properly be brought before the Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof. The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on May 17, 1996 as the record date of the Meeting. Only stockholders of record on the stock transfer books of the Company at the close of business on that date are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Meeting. PLEASE DO NOT SEND IN ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES AT THIS TIME. IF THE MERGER IS APPROVED, YOU WILL BE SENT INSTRUCTIONS REGARDING THE PROCEDURES TO EXCHANGE YOUR EXISTING CERTIFICATES EVIDENCING COMMON STOCK OF THE COMPANY FOR THE ABOVE-MENTIONED CONSIDERATION. WHETHER OR NOT YOU EXPECT TO BE PRESENT AT THE MEETING, YOU ARE URGED TO FILL IN, DATE, SIGN AND RETURN THE ENCLOSED PROXY IN THE ENVELOPE PROVIDED, WHICH REQUIRES NO POSTAGE IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES. IF A STOCKHOLDER DECIDES TO ATTEND THE SPECIAL MEETING, HE OR SHE MAY, IF SO DESIRED, REVOKE THE PROXY AND VOTE THE SHARES IN PERSON. By Order of the Board of Directors Thomas D. Schmidt, Secretary Dated: May 23, 1996 MEGAMATION INC. 51 Everett Drive Building #B4 Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648 May 22, 1996 Dear Stockholder: You are cordially invited to attend a Special Meeting of Stockholders (including any adjournment or postponement thereof, the "Special Meeting") of Megamation Inc. (the "Company") to be held at the offices of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, 3000 Two Logan Square, Eighteenth and Arch Streets, Philadelphia, PA 19103-2799, on Tuesday, June 18, 1996 at 10:00 a.m., local time. At the Special Meeting, you will be asked to consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the "Merger Agreement"), dated as of March 19, 1996, by and between the Company and MI Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Mergerco"), pursuant to which Mergerco will be merged (the "Merger") with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation. All of the capital stock of Mergerco is beneficially owned by Mr. Max Cooper and Mr. Tristram C. Colket, Jr., currently the sole members of the Company's Board of Directors and largest beneficial owners of the Company (together, the "Principal Stockholders"). Mergerco was recently formed by the Principal Stockholders in order to enable them to acquire through the Merger all of the outstanding Common Shares not already owned by them (the "Public Shares"). Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, the Principal Stockholders will contribute their equity in the Company, aggregating approximately 35.9% of the outstanding Common Shares, to Mergerco and will fund Mergerco with sufficient capital to purchase all of the Public Shares. In addition, the Principal Stockholders will fund the surviving corporation with sufficient capital to repay certain trade debt of the Company and provide initial working capital for the surviving corporation's operations subsequent to the Merger. Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, all stockholders of the Company, other than Mergerco and those stockholders who choose to exercise their dissenters' rights, will be entitled to receive $.10 per share in cash in exchange for each outstanding share of the Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Shares"), held by them at the effective time of the Merger. Each Common Share held by Mergerco will be canceled without consideration and each share of common stock of Mergerco will be converted into and exchangeable for one fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock of the surviving corporation. If the Merger is approved and consummated, all of the outstanding common stock of the Company will be held by the Principal Stockholders and the holders of the Public Shares will no longer have any equity interest in the Company or rights as stockholders. The Company's Board of Directors, in its capacity as such, has, among other things, reviewed and considered the proposed Merger. In connection with its review and consideration of the proposed Merger, the Board of Directors retained TM Capital Corp. to act as its financial advisor. TM Capital has rendered its opinion to the Board of Directors that the $.10 per Public Share to be received by the holders of the Public Shares is fair, from a financial point of view. Such opinion is attached to the accompanying Proxy Statement as an Exhibit and, together with the analyses supporting it, is discussed in greater detail in the Proxy Statement. The Company's Board of Directors has unanimously approved the Merger as being in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (including those who are not affiliated with the Principal Stockholders). Accordingly, the Company's Board of Directors recommends that you vote FOR adoption of the Merger Agreement. Attached is a Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders and a Proxy Statement containing a discussion of the background of, reasons for and terms of the Merger. We urge you to read this material carefully. Your vote is important. Whether or not you plan to attend the Special Meeting, please complete, sign and date the accompanying Proxy Card and return it in the enclosed prepaid envelope as soon as possible. If you attend the Special Meeting, you may vote in person if you wish, even if you have previously returned your Proxy Card. Your prompt cooperation will be greatly appreciated. Very truly yours, Edward F. Borkowski, President MEGAMATION INC. 51 Everett Drive Building #B4 Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648 _______________________________ PROXY STATEMENT FOR SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS To Be Held June 18, 1996 _______________________________ INTRODUCTION This Proxy Statement is being furnished to the holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Shares"), of Megamation Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the solicitation of the accompanying Proxy by the Board of Directors on behalf of the Company for use at the Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Company (the "Meeting") to be held at the offices of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, Two Logan Square, Eighteenth and Arch Streets, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-2799 on Tuesday, June 18, 1996 at 10:00 a.m., local time, or at any adjournments or postponements thereof. The approximate date on which this Proxy Statement, the foregoing Notice and the accompanying Proxy will first be sent or given to stockholders is May 23, 1996. At the Meeting, holders of the Common Shares on the applicable record date will consider and vote upon a proposal to approve and adopt an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 19, 1996 (the "Merger Agreement"), by and between the Company and MI Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Mergerco"). The Merger Agreement provides, subject to the approval of the stockholders of the Company at the Meeting, that: (a) Mergerco will be merged with and into the Company (the "Merger"), with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation (the "Surviving Corporation") of the Merger; (b) each Common Share that is outstanding at the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined) of the Merger, excluding Common Shares held by Mergerco and Common Shares in respect of which dissenters' rights have been perfected, will be converted into the right to receive $.10 per share in cash, without interest, subject to applicable back-up withholding taxes (the "Merger Consideration"); (c) all of the Common Shares held by Mergerco will be canceled without consideration; and (d) each share of common stock of Mergerco outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger will be converted into one share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation (collectively, the "Merger Proposal"). All of the capital stock of Mergerco is beneficially owned by Mr. Max Cooper and Mr. Tristram C. Colket, Jr., currently the sole members of the Company's Board of Directors and largest beneficial owners of the Company (together, the "Principal Stockholders"). Mergerco was recently formed by the Principal Stockholders solely in order to enable them to acquire through the Merger all of the outstanding Common Shares not already owned by them (the "Public Shares"). The Public Shares include approximately 3.5% of the outstanding Common Shares which are owned by relatives of Mr. Cooper and for which he holds voting proxies and powers of attorney (the "Cooper Affiliate Shares"). The owners of the Cooper Affiliate Shares would receive the Merger Consideration if the Merger Proposal is approved. Immediately prior to the Effective Time, the Principal Stockholders will contribute approximately 35.9% of the outstanding Common Shares to Mergerco, as to which they have beneficial ownership (but which do not include the Cooper Affiliate Shares), and will fund Mergerco with additional capital in amounts sufficient to purchase all of the Public Shares. Subsequent to the Effective Time, the Principal Stockholders will fund the Surviving Corporation with additional capital in order to pay the expenses related to the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, repay certain trade debt of the Company and provide initial working capital for the Surviving Corporation's operations. (Cover continued to next page) _____________________________________ The date of this Proxy Statement is May 23, 1996 (continuation of cover page) Pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of all of the outstanding Common Shares is required to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement. The Principal Stockholders will vote the Common Shares that they subsequently intend to contribute to Mergerco in favor of the Merger Proposal. In addition, the Company has been informed that the Cooper Affiliate Shares and the approximately 8.0% of the outstanding Common Shares owned by Dr. Steven H. Pollack, a founder and former officer and director of the Company, will be voted in favor of the Merger Proposal. As a result, at least an aggregate of approximately 47.4% of the outstanding Common Shares will be voted in favor of the Merger Proposal, and the affirmative vote of less than an additional 3.0% of the outstanding Common Shares, or approximately 373,325 of such shares, will be necessary to approve the Merger Proposal. Mergerco, in its discretion, need not proceed with the Merger if the holders of a majority of the Common Shares owned by unaffiliated stockholders vote against the Merger Agreement. The Board of Directors of the Company has fixed the close of business on May 17, 1996 (the "Record Date") as the date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof. At the close of business on the Record Date, there were 14,358,666 Common Shares (held by 423 stockholders of record) outstanding and entitled to vote at the Meeting. Each holder of record of Common Shares on the Record Date is entitled to cast one vote per share in person or by Proxy at the Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof. Holders of Common Shares who do not vote in favor of, or who abstain from voting on, the Merger Agreement and who comply with the provisions of Section 262 of the DGCL will have the right to receive cash payments for the "fair value" of their Common Shares. Any stockholder contemplating the exercise of dissenters' rights should carefully review Section 262 of the DGCL, particularly the procedural steps required to perfect dissenters' rights. A stockholder who fails to comply with such procedural requirements will lose such holder's dissenter's rights and will receive the Merger Consideration for the Common Shares held by such stockholder. For a detailed description of dissenter's rights, see "SPECIAL FACTORS -- Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal" and Exhibit I, "Dissenters' Rights Under Section 262 of the DGCL." The Merger is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company and Mergerco of the conditions that not more than 10% of the Common Shares entitled to vote thereon shall exercise their dissenters' rights and that the holders of less than a majority of the Common Shares owned by unaffiliated stockholders vote against the Merger Agreement. All Common Shares represented by properly executed Proxies received prior to or at the Meeting and not revoked will be voted in accordance with the instructions indicated in such Proxies. If no instructions are indicated, such Proxies will be voted FOR the Merger Proposal and in the discretion of the persons named in the Proxy with respect to such other matters as may properly be presented at the Meeting. Abstentions and broker non-votes will have the effect of a vote against the Merger Agreement. A stockholder may revoke his or her Proxy at any time prior to its use by delivering to the Secretary of the Company a signed notice of revocation or a later dated and signed Proxy or by attending the Meeting and voting in person. THIS TRANSACTION HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR HAS THE COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE FAIRNESS OR MERITS OF SUCH TRANSACTION NOR UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL. The Board of Directors knows of no additional matters that will be presented for consideration at the Meeting. Execution of the accompanying Proxy, however, confers on the designated proxyholders discretionary authority to vote the Common Shares covered thereby in accordance with their best judgment on such other business, if any, that may properly come before, and all matters incident to the conduct of, the Meeting or any adjournments or postponements thereof. -2- TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ---- INTRODUCTION............................................................... 1 AVAILABLE INFORMATION...................................................... 5 SUMMARY.................................................................... 6 The Parties........................................................... 6 The Merger............................................................ 7 The Special Meeting................................................... 9 Special Factors....................................................... 10 SPECIAL FACTORS............................................................ 15 Background of the Merger.............................................. 15 Purpose of and Reasons for the Merger................................. 20 Determination of Fairness of the Merger by the Board of Directors..... 22 Opinion of TM Capital; Summary of Financial Analyses.................. 24 Financial Advisor to the Principal Stockholders....................... 27 Position of Principal Stockholders as to Fairness..................... 30 Conflict of Interests of Principal Stockholders in the Merger......... 30 Certain Effects of the Merger......................................... 31 Future Plans of the Company........................................... 31 Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal....................................... 32 Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger................. 35 Estimated Fees and Expenses; Sources of Funds......................... 36 Accounting Treatment of the Merger.................................... 36 Regulatory Approvals.................................................. 36 THE MEETING; MECHANICS OF VOTING AND PROXIES............................... 37 Time, Date and Place.................................................. 37 Record Date; Voting Securities; Quorum................................ 37 Required Vote......................................................... 37 Voting of Proxies..................................................... 37 THE MERGER AGREEMENT....................................................... 39 General............................................................... 39 Effective Time of the Merger.......................................... 39 The Surviving Corporation............................................. 39 Consideration to be Paid to Public Stockholders; Conversion of Common Shares........................................................ 39 Representations and Warranties........................................ 41 Covenants............................................................. 42 Additional Agreements................................................. 42 Indemnification....................................................... 43 Right to Solicit Alternative Proposals................................ 43 Termination........................................................... 44 -3- Page ---- Fees and Expenses..................................................... 45 Amendments............................................................ 45 MARKET PRICE AND STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION................................... 46 SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.................................................... 47 CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY; RECENT DEVELOPMENTS.......................................... 48 General Overview...................................................... 48 Recent Financial Condition............................................ 49 Recent Developments................................................... 49 SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.................................................... 52 PURCHASES OF COMMON SHARES BY AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH CERTAIN PERSONS........................................ 54 TRANSACTION OF OTHER BUSINESS.............................................. 56 EXPERTS.................................................................... 56 Change in and Disagreements with Accountants and Financial Disclosure........................................................... 56 MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................. 56 EXHIBIT A-1- AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER EXHIBIT A-2- FIRST AMENDMENT TO AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER EXHIBIT B-1- ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 EXHIBIT B-2- AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 EXHIBIT B-3- AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO THE ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 EXHIBIT C -- QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR QUARTER ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 EXHIBIT D -- CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K DATED NOVEMBER 6, 1995 EXHIBIT E-1- QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR QUARTER ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 EXHIBIT E-2- AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR QUARTER REPORT ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 EXHIBIT F -- CURRENT REPORT ON FORM 8-K DATED FEBRUARY 2, 1996 EXHIBIT G -- QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q FOR QUARTER ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 EXHIBIT H -- OPINION OF FINANCIAL ADVISOR EXHIBIT I -- DISSENTERS' RIGHTS UNDER SECTION 262 OF THE DGCL -4- AVAILABLE INFORMATION The Company and Mergerco have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") a Rule 13e-3 Transaction Statement on Schedule 13E-3 (including any amendments thereto, the "Schedule 13E-3") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), with respect to the Merger. This Proxy Statement does not contain all the information set forth in the Schedule 13E-3 and the Exhibits thereto, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, files reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The Schedule 13E-3 and the respective exhibits thereto (including the opinion and the report of TM Capital Corp. and the report of Howard, Lawson & Co., as discussed hereinafter), as well as such reports, proxy statements and other information filed by the Company, can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC's Regional Offices at Suite 1300, Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York 10048, and Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials also can be obtained at prescribed rates from the public Reference Section of the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the Schedule 13E-3 and the respective exhibits thereto (including the reports and opinion of TM Capital Corp. and Howard, Lawson & Co.) can be obtained directly from the Company at its offices located at 51 Everett Drive, Building #B4, Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648. All information appearing in this Proxy Statement concerning the Company has been supplied by the Company, and all information appearing in this Proxy Statement concerning Mergerco and the Principal Stockholders has been supplied by Mergerco and the Principal Stockholders, respectively. NO PERSONS HAVE BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS PROXY STATEMENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOLICITATION OF PROXIES MADE HEREBY, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OTHER PERSON. -5- SUMMARY The following is a brief summary of certain information contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement. This summary is not intended to be a complete description of the matters covered in this Proxy Statement and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the more detailed information contained elsewhere in this Proxy Statement, including the Exhibits attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein. This Proxy Statement contains certain statements of a forward-looking nature relating to future events and future performance of the Company. Stockholders are cautioned that such statements are only predictions and that actual events or results may differ materially. In evaluating such statements, stockholders should specifically consider the various factors identified in this Proxy Statement which could cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by such forward- looking statements. Stockholders are urged to read carefully the entire Proxy Statement, including the Exhibits attached hereto. The Parties The Company. The Company designs, develops, manufactures, markets and services programmable, flexible, single and multiple tool, automation work cells designed to help customers improve manufacturing and materials handling processes by performing more work, in less space, more safely than by traditional work methods. The Company's products can improve productivity, increase product quality and decrease costs in the manufacturing workplace. The Company was incorporated in Delaware in 1985. Its principal executive offices are located at 51 Everett Drive, Building #B4, Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648, and its telephone number is (609) 799-7711. For a further discussion of the Company, its business and its current financial condition, see "SPECIAL FACTORS - --Background of the Merger," "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY; RECENT DEVELOPMENTS" and Exhibits B-1, B-2, B-3, C, D, E-1, E-2, F and G attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1995, and Amendment Nos. 1 and 2 to its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1995 (together the "1995 Annual Report"), Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1995 ("1996 First Quarterly Report"), Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 6, 1995 ("November Current Report"), Quarterly Report on Form 10- Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1995 and Amendment No. 1 to its Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1995 (together, the "1996 Second Quarterly Report"), Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 2, 1996 ("February Current Report") and Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1996 ("1996 Third Quarterly Report"), respectively. Mergerco. Mergerco is a Delaware corporation recently organized by the Principal Stockholders solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger. Mergerco has no material assets, and will have no material assets other than Common Shares representing approximately 35.9% of the outstanding equity of the Company (which will be contributed by the Principal Stockholders), and additional capital to be made available by the Principal Stockholders in amounts sufficient to purchase the Public Shares of the Company. Mergerco has not engaged in any activities except in connection with the Merger and will cease to exist upon the consummation of the Merger. Mergerco's address is c/o Tekloc Enterprises, 500 Chester Field Parkway, Suite 170, Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355. Principal Stockholders. The Principal Stockholders are Mr. Max Cooper and Mr. Tristram C. Colket, Jr., together the largest beneficial owners of the Company. Mr. Cooper has beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, including voting control of the Cooper Affiliate Shares, of approximately 27.6% of the outstanding Common Shares, and Mr. Colket has direct beneficial ownership of approximately 11.8% of the outstanding Common Shares. See "SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT." In addition, Messrs. Cooper and Colket are currently the sole members of the Board of Directors of the Company. -6- Mr. Colket has served as a Director of the Company and Chairman of the Board since November 1992. Mr. Colket is a private investor and was the Chairman of the Board of Cressona Aluminum Company between 1979 and 1995, and is also a member of various other Boards of Directors including The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, the Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association and the QLF Foundation. Mr. Cooper has served as a director of the Company since November 1992. Mr. Cooper is the Chairman of the Board of CLP, Inc., a franchisee of McDonald's Corporation, which currently controls 46 McDonald's restaurants. Mr. Cooper started CLP, Inc. in 1966. He is also a member of the National Operators Advisory Board, a franchisee organization which supervises the national co-op advertising expenditures of McDonald's USA. Mr. Cooper is also a general partner in Cooper Investments, whose primary investment is in the Company. Mr. Cooper's business address is c/o CLP, Inc., 124 Summit Parkway, Birmingham, Alabama 35209 and Mr. Colket's business address is c/o Tekloc Enterprises, 500 Chester Field Parkway, Suite 170, Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355. The Merger General. Upon consummation of the Merger, Mergerco will be merged with and into the Company and the Company will be the Surviving Corporation. The Surviving Corporation will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Company and Mergerco. The Principal Stockholders, who will constitute all of the directors and officers of Mergerco immediately prior to the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined) of the Merger will, from and after the Effective Time, be two of the three initial directors of the Surviving Corporation until their successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualify in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation. It is currently anticipated that Mr. Joel S. Lawson III, a principal of Howard, Lawson & Co., the financial advisor to the Principal Stockholders ("Howard Lawson"), will be appointed to the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation and the current executive officers of the Company will be the executive officers of the Surviving Corporation promptly after the Effective Time. See "THE MERGER AGREEMENT -- General -- The Surviving Corporation." Effective Time of Merger. Pursuant to Section 1.1 of the Merger Agreement, the Effective Time of the Merger (the "Effective Time") will occur, after the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Merger, upon the filing of a Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. See "THE MERGER AGREEMENT -- Effective Time of the Merger." Certain Conditions to the Merger. Under Article 5 of the Merger Agreement, the Merger is subject to the approval of the holders of at least a majority of all of the outstanding Common Shares, and the satisfaction or waiver of certain additional conditions, including the exercise by the holders of not more than 10% of the Common Shares of their dissenters' rights and the vote against the Merger by the holders of less than a majority of the Common Shares owned by unaffiliated stockholders. However, the approval of the holders of a majority of the Public Shares is not required to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement. Persons with voting power for approximately 47.4% of the outstanding Common Shares have advised the Company that they intend to vote such Common Shares in favor of the Merger. See "--The Special Meeting" and "THE MERGER AGREEMENT -- Conditions to Consummation of the Merger." Assuming the satisfaction or waiver of all such conditions, the Merger is expected to be consummated on or about June 18, 1996. -7- Certain Effects of the Merger. Under Article 2 of the Merger Agreement, upon consummation of the Merger, each Public Share, other than Public Shares as to which dissenters' rights have been perfected under the DGCL, will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration of $.10 in cash, subject to back-up withholding taxes, if applicable, payable to the holder thereof, without interest thereon, upon surrender of the certificate representing such Public Share. Each Common Share outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time which is then owned by Mergerco shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be canceled and retired and cease to exist, without any conversion thereof. Each share of Common Stock of Mergerco outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, be converted into and exchangeable for one fully paid and non- assessable share of Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation. See "THE MERGER AGREEMENT--Consideration to be Paid to Public Stockholders; Conversion of Common Shares." Under Section 2.2 of the Merger Agreement, by following the procedures prescribed by the DGCL, Public Stockholders have the right to dissent from the Merger and to receive cash equal to the fair value of their Public Shares, exclusive of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the Merger, as determined pursuant to appraisal proceedings in the Delaware courts. A WRITTEN DEMAND FOR APPRAISAL OF PUBLIC SHARES MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE PRESIDENT OF THE COMPANY WITHIN 20 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THE MAILING OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT. The Delaware courts appraise dissenting shares by considering, among other things, proof of value by any techniques or methods which are generally acceptable in the financial community and otherwise admissible in court taking into consideration market value, asset value, dividends, earnings prospects, the nature of the enterprise and all other relevant factors involving the value of a company. Because of the complexity of the procedures for exercising the right to dissent, the Company believes that Public Stockholders who consider exercising such right should seek the advice of counsel. Failure to take any step in connection with the exercise of dissenters' right of appraisal may result in the termination or waiver of such rights. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal and Exhibit I. Under Section 2.4 of the Merger Agreement, holders of vested options and warrants will agree to the cancellation of such options and warrants as a result of the Merger without any consideration therefor, except the right to be paid the difference between the Merger Consideration and the per share exercise price of each such option or warrant, to the extent such difference is a positive number. Because none of the exercise prices for such options or warrants is less than the $.10 per share Merger Consideration, the practical result of this provision is that no consideration will be delivered in exchange for the cancellation of all outstanding options and warrants to purchase Common Shares. Following the Merger, the Principal Stockholders will own 100% of the Surviving Corporation's outstanding shares of common stock. At such time, the holders of the Public Shares, including the holders of the Cooper Affiliate Shares (the "Public Stockholders"), will cease to have any ownership interest in the Company or rights as stockholders. The Public Stockholders will no longer benefit from any increases in the value of the Company or the payment of dividends on the Common Shares and will no longer bear the risk of any decreases in value of the Company. To date, the Company has never paid any dividends on the Common Shares. As a result of the Merger, the Surviving Corporation will be privately held and there will be no public market for its common stock. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Common Shares will cease to be traded over-the-counter with quotations compiled by the OTC Bulletin Board. In addition, registration of the Common Shares under the Exchange Act will be terminated. As of the Effective Time, Howard, Lawson, the financial advisor to the Principal Stockholders, will receive a warrant to purchase 8% of the Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation then outstanding, on a fully- -8- diluted basis at the time of issuance, of which 5% will be vested immediately at the Effective Time and an additional 1% will vest on each of the first three anniversaries of the Effective Time, for an aggregate exercise price of $240,000, provided that Mr. Lawson remains a member of the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation on each such date. In addition, stock appreciation rights of the Surviving Corporation are expected to be granted to Mr. Thomas D. Schmidt, the Company's Vice President of Marketing and Sales. Subsequent to the Merger, the Principal Stockholders intend to contribute additional funds to the Surviving Corporation to allow the Surviving Corporation to pay the expenses related to the transaction and certain trade debt of the Company and to provide initial working capital of approximately $2.5 million for the Surviving Corporation. Dr. Steven H. Pollack, who resigned as the Company's Chief Technical Officer on March 16, 1996 (effective April 6, 1996), is currently in negotiations with the Company to be retained as a consultant on a short-term basis. However, the terms of such engagement are still under negotiation, and no assurance can be made that Dr. Pollack will be so retained. Payment of the Merger Consideration. Promptly after the Effective Time, under Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement, the Surviving Corporation will deposit with American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, as paying agent (the "Paying Agent"), monies sufficient to pay the aggregate Merger Consideration, and the Paying Agent shall mail to each holder of record, as of the Effective Time, of an outstanding certificate or certificates for Common Shares (other than Mergerco), a letter of transmittal and instructions for use (the "Letter of Transmittal") in effecting the surrender of such certificates for payment of such Merger Consideration in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. In order to receive the Merger Consideration, Public Stockholders must send their certificates representing Public Shares to the Paying Agent along with the Letter of Transmittal. All certificates so surrendered will be canceled. Under Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement, upon surrender of a certificate representing Public Shares together with a duly executed Letter of Transmittal, a Public Stockholder will receive $.10 in cash in exchange for each Public Share, without interest, subject to applicable back-up withholding taxes. Any cash held by the Paying Agent that remains unclaimed by Public Stockholders for six months after the Effective Time of the Merger will be returned to the Surviving Corporation and any Public Stockholder who has not exchanged his Public Shares for the Merger Consideration prior to that time shall look thereafter only to the Surviving Corporation for payment of the Merger Consideration in respect of his Public Shares. Any amounts remaining unclaimed by Public Stockholders one year after the Effective Time will become the property of the Surviving Corporation, to the extent permitted by applicable abandoned property, escheat and other similar laws. Until surrendered pursuant to the procedures described above, each certificate (other than certificates representing Common Shares owned by Mergerco and certificates representing Common Shares for which dissenters' rights have been perfected) shall represent for all purposes solely the right to receive the Merger Consideration multiplied by the number of Common Shares evidenced by such certificate. Stockholders should NOT submit any stock certificates for Common Shares at the present time. SEE "THE MERGER AGREEMENT--Consideration to be Paid to Public Stockholders; Conversion of Common Shares." The Special Meeting Time, Date and Place. A Special Meeting of stockholders of the Company will be held on Tuesday, June 18, 1996 at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the offices of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, 3000 Two Logan Square, Eighteenth and Arch Streets, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-2799. -9- Purpose of the Meeting. The purpose of the Meeting is to consider and vote upon the Merger Proposal, to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement, a copy of which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Exhibits A-1 and A-2 and incorporated by reference herein. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Purpose of and Reasons for the Merger." For a brief discussion of the terms of the Merger Agreement, see "THE MERGER AGREEMENT." Record Date; Quorum. The close of business on May 17, 1996 has been fixed as the Record Date for determining holders of Common Shares entitled to vote at the Meeting. Each Common Share outstanding on such date is entitled to one vote at the Meeting. As of the Record Date, 14,358,666 Common Shares were outstanding and held of record by 423 holders. The presence, in person or by Proxy, of the holders of a majority of the Common Shares entitled to vote at the Meeting is necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at the Meeting. See "THE MEETING, MECHANICS OF VOTING AND PROXIES." Required Vote. Pursuant to the DGCL, the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of all of the outstanding Common Shares is required to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement. The Principal Stockholders will vote the Common Shares that they subsequently intend to contribute to Mergerco, representing approximately 35.9% of the outstanding Common Shares, in favor of the approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement. In addition, the Company has been informed that the Cooper Affiliate Shares, representing an additional 3.5% of the outstanding Common Shares, and the approximately 8.0% of the outstanding Common Shares owned by Dr. Pollack, will be voted in favor of the Merger Proposal. Therefore, the Company believes that at least approximately 47.4% of the outstanding Common Shares will be voted in favor of the Merger Proposal, and the affirmative vote of less than an additional 3.0% of the outstanding Common Shares will be necessary to approve the Merger Proposal. The approval of the holders of a majority of the Common Shares owned by unaffiliated stockholders is not required to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement. However, if the holders of a majority of the Common Shares owned by unaffiliated stockholders vote against the Merger, then Mergerco may elect not to proceed with the Merger. See "THE MEETING, MECHANICS OF VOTING AND PROXIES." For further information concerning the terms and conditions of the Merger, see "THE MERGER AGREEMENT-- Conditions to Consummation of the Merger." Proxies. A Proxy Card is enclosed for use at the Meeting. A Proxy may be revoked at any time prior to its exercise at the Meeting if written notice of revocation is given to the Secretary of the Company prior to the vote being taken at the Meeting, or by execution of a subsequent Proxy which is presented at the Meeting, or if the stockholder attends the Meeting and votes by ballot, except as to any matter or matters upon which a vote shall have been cast pursuant to the authority conferred by such Proxy prior to such revocation. Common Shares represented by properly executed Proxies received at or prior to the Meeting and which have not been revoked will be voted in accordance with the instructions indicated therein. If no instructions are indicated on a properly executed Proxy, such Proxy will be voted FOR the Merger Proposal to approve and adopt the Merger Agreement. See "THE MEETING, MECHANICS OF VOTING AND PROXIES." Special Factors Background of the Merger. For a description of the events leading to the approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement by the Company's Board of Directors, see "SPECIAL FACTORS--Background of the Merger." Purpose and Structure of the Merger. The Principal Stockholders' purpose in seeking to effect the Merger is to acquire all of the remaining equity interest in the Company not currently owned by them and to prevent the effects of a bankruptcy court proceeding which could result in a discontinuation of the Company's operations and/or the loss of all stockholder equity, including that of the Principal Stockholders' existing investment in the -10- Company. The acquisition of Public Shares from the Public Stockholders is structured as a cash merger in order to transfer ownership of that equity interest to the Principal Stockholders in a single transaction. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Purpose of and Reasons for the Merger." Reasons for the Merger. Throughout its history, the Company has incurred significant net losses and corresponding negative cash flows from operations. Due to the Company's past financial and operational performance and current financial condition, management of the Company does not believe that the Company will be able to continue to operate as a viable entity, absent substantial additional financing. The Company's independent auditors for every year since its initial public offering in 1989 (including with respect to its most recent audit) have qualified their audit reports to the effect that there was a substantial doubt as to the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The Company has met its capital requirements for the past 25 months only as a result of periodic cash advances from the Principal Stockholders to sustain its operations, in the form of term loans which, as of May 8, 1996, aggregate $2,891,253.10 in principal and interest, and the Principal Stockholders' willingness to personally guarantee the Company's bank line of credit with New Jersey National Bank (the "Bank"), of which $1,700,000 is currently outstanding. The Principal Stockholders are not willing at the present time to guarantee any additional debt of the Company as a public company. On the basis of such guarantees, the Bank has agreed to extend the expiration of the Company's line of credit through June 30, 1996. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Background of the Merger" for a description of this indebtedness. The Company is experiencing a critical shortage of working capital and continuing negative cash flows, is in default under its borrowing agreements with both the Bank and with the Principal Stockholders, and has a substantial and increasing total shareholders' deficit. Absent guarantees of the Principal Stockholders, the Company presently is unable to obtain additional debt financing from third party lenders on any terms. At least in part as a result of the Company's poor historical financial and operational performance and condition, the Common Shares currently are thinly and sporadically traded over-the-counter and do not represent a liquid investment. In addition, they may not be pledged or hypothecated with respect to certain credit arrangements because they do not constitute "margin securities" under the rules of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and are considered "penny stock" with a value of less than $5 per share. Moreover, due to the current trading range of the Common Shares of approximately $.02 to $.05 per share (high and low sales prices) during the twelve week period prior to the public announcement of the proposed Merger (as reported on the OTC Bulletin Board), when such shares trade, and the resulting total market capitalization of the Company, the Company believes it is unable to raise sufficient, if any, additional capital through the sale of equity securities at the present time to adequately improve its working capital shortage, without substantially, if not completely, diluting the interests of its existing stockholders. The Company has undergone several changes in senior management during the past 15 months, including the resignations of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer as of February 1, 1996, its Controller and Secretary as of March 8, 1996 and its Chief Technical Officer on March 16, 1996 (effective April 6, 1996). In addition, the Company is experiencing certain operational difficulties, including delays in the implementation of its largest contract on which it was relying for the generation of significant cash flows and the expansion of its business, and has experienced strained relations with a number of its customers and vendors as a result of its limited working capital and the changes in senior management. Due to the foregoing factors, the Principal Stockholders have concluded that they are no longer willing to continue, as stockholders of a public corporation, to be the sole source of funding for the Company. They believe that in order for them, as prudent businessmen, to make the decision to invest additional capital in an amount believed necessary to revive the Company's prospects, they should own its entire outstanding equity interest. They -11- have determined that the best alternative for the Company to survive as a going concern beyond the immediate future is to cause the Company to become a private company that is substantially owned by them through a transaction such as the one contemplated by the Merger Proposal and effect a substantial financial, operational and managerial restructuring of the Company. Such a transaction permits the Company to be taxed as an "S" corporation and will save the Company the significant costs of remaining a public reporting company, including but not limited to the expense of SEC counsel, accountants, and transfer agents, and the cost of filing reports with the SEC and producing and printing and delivery of annual reports and proxy statements to stockholders. The Company estimates that these costs approximated $175,000 for each of the last two years, exclusive of unquantifiable management time. Recommendation of the Board of Directors; Fairness of the Merger. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board of Directors") has concluded that the terms of the Merger are fair to, and in the best interests of, the Public Stockholders. Accordingly, the Board of Directors has unanimously approved and adopted the Merger Agreement. The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement. For a discussion of the factors considered by the Board of Directors in making its recommendation, see "SPECIAL FACTORS--Determination of Fairness of the Merger by the Board of Directors." It must be noted, however, that the sole members of the Board of Directors at the present time are the Principal Stockholders, who have formed Mergerco for the purpose of acquiring all of the equity interest in the Company, and who therefore have an economic interest in the consummation of the Merger. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Conflict of Interests of Principal Stockholders in the Merger." Opinion of Financial Advisor. On March 18, 1996, TM Capital Corp. ("TM Capital") delivered its oral opinion to the Board of Directors, which was confirmed in writing on March 19, 1996, that, as of such date, the $.10 per Public Share to be received by the Public Stockholders in the Merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Public Stockholders. The full text of the written opinion of TM Capital, which sets forth assumptions made, matters considered and limitations on the review undertaken in connection with the opinion, is attached hereto as Exhibit H and is incorporated herein by reference. Holders of Public Shares are urged to, and should, read such opinion in its entirety. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Opinion of TM Capital; Summary of Financial Analyses." Conflict of Interests of Principal Stockholders in the Merger. In considering the recommendation of the Board of Directors with respect to the Merger, the Public Stockholders should be aware that the directors have certain interests summarized below that present actual economic conflicts of interest in connection with the Merger. For a more detailed discussion of such interests, see "SPECIAL FACTORS--Conflict of Interests of Principal Stockholders in the Merger." In making its determination with respect to the Merger Proposal in accordance with its fiduciary duties to the stockholders, the Board of Directors considered the actual conflicts of interest of its members, along with the other matters described under "SPECIAL FACTORS--Determination of Fairness of the Merger by the Board of Directors." The Principal Stockholders are the only persons who currently serve on the Company's Board of Directors. As the sole stockholders of Mergerco, they have a direct economic interest in the Merger which creates a conflict of interest with their roles as Board members in making the determination whether the Merger is in the best interests of the Company and the Public Stockholders so as to recommend its approval and adoption by the Public Stockholders. The Principal Stockholders are also currently the Company's largest stockholders. As of the date of this Proxy Statement, Mr. Cooper has beneficial ownership, including voting control of the Cooper Affiliate Shares, of approximately 27.6% of the outstanding Common Shares, and Mr. Colket has beneficial ownership of approximately 11.8% of the outstanding Common Shares. On a fully-diluted basis, assuming the exercise of warrants that have been issued to each of the Principal Stockholders in connection with debt financings provided to the Company by the Principal Stockholders (the exercise prices of which are greater than the current trading price ($.04 on May 10, 1996) or the Merger Consideration of $.10 per Public Share), those percentages of beneficial ownership -12- would have been approximately 30.4% and 17.3%, respectively. In addition, the Company is indebted to each of Messrs. Cooper and Colket for loans aggregating $1,017,167.92 and $1,874,085.18, respectively, including accrued interest through May 8, 1996. If the Merger is consummated, the Principal Stockholders will own the entire outstanding equity interest of the Surviving Corporation. As a result of the anticipated contributions to Mergerco and to the Surviving Company by the Principal Stockholders, it is currently anticipated that the equity interest in the Surviving Corporation ultimately will be evenly divided between the Principal Stockholders. Additionally, the Principal Stockholders, together with Mr. Lawson, will constitute the initial members of the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation. Future Plans for the Company. The Principal Stockholders have agreed with each other to provide approximately $2,500,000 in funds to the Surviving Corporation (not including payment of the Merger Consideration and expenses related to the transaction) during the period from the Effective Time through July 1, 1997 in order to pay certain trade debt of the Company and provide initial capital. The Surviving Corporation's balance sheet will therefore be improved from that of the Company's balance sheet immediately prior to the Merger, although the Surviving Corporation will remain indebted to the Bank in the aggregate amount of $1,700,000 and to the Principal Stockholders in the aggregate amount of $2,891,253.10, including accrued interest through May 8, 1995. Moreover, such improvement in the Surviving Corporation's balance sheet will occur only as a direct result of the going private transaction, in the absence of which the Principal Stockholders do not currently intend, and are under no obligation, to invest the additional capital. Except as indicated in this Proxy Statement, the Principal Stockholders do not have any present plans or proposals subsequent to the Merger which relate to or would result in an extraordinary corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation, involving the Company, a sale or transfer of a material amount of assets of the Company or any material change in the Company's corporate structure. The Principal Stockholders do presently contemplate that, if the Merger is consummated, the Surviving Corporation will be converted from a "C" corporation to a corporation taxed under Subchapter "S" of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for the tax year beginning July 1, 1996 and consider the election of a Subchapter "S" corporate status to be one of the significant benefits to them engaging in the contemplated transactions because such election permits any losses or income that may be incurred by the Surviving Corporation to be passed through to its stockholders to be reported on such stockholders' personal income tax returns and to eliminate a corporate level federal income tax to the extent of future profits, if any. The election of Subchapter "S" corporation status is not practical prior to the Merger because it is unavailable to the Company in its current ownership structure as a result of, among other reasons, having more than 35 stockholders. The Principal Stockholders also expect that the Company will need to undergo a significant financial, operational and managerial restructuring subsequent to the Merger for it to have any possibility of attaining financial stability and economic viability as a going concern, with realistic prospects for long-term profitability and growth. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Future Plans for the Company." Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal. Under Section 2.2 of the Merger Agreement, by following the procedures prescribed by the DGCL, Public Stockholders have the right to dissent from the Merger and to receive cash equal to the fair value of their Public Shares, exclusive of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the Merger, as determined pursuant to appraisal proceedings in the Delaware courts. A WRITTEN DEMAND FOR APPRAISAL OF PUBLIC SHARES MUST BE DELIVERED TO THE PRESIDENT OF THE COMPANY WITHIN 20 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THE MAILING OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT. The Delaware courts appraise dissenting shares by considering, among other things, proof of value by any techniques or methods which are generally acceptable in the financial community and otherwise admissible in court taking into consideration market value, asset value, dividends, earnings prospects, the nature of the enterprise -13- and all other relevant factors involving the value of a company. Because of the complexity of the procedures for exercising the right to dissent, the Company believes that Public Stockholders who consider exercising such right should seek the advice of counsel. Failure to take any step in connection with the exercise of dissenters' right of appraisal may result in the termination or waiver of such rights. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal" and Exhibit I. Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences. The Company has received an opinion of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, which serves as counsel to the Principal Stockholders, indicating its concurrence with the discussion set forth below as to certain federal income tax consequences of the Merger to the Public Stockholders. Specifically, the receipt of cash for Public Shares pursuant to the Merger will be a taxable transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and may be a taxable transaction for foreign, state and local income tax purposes as well. Public Stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the Merger, as well as any tax consequences under the laws of any state or other jurisdiction. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger." Sources and Amounts of Funds. It is currently expected that approximately $920,000 will be required to pay the Merger Consideration to the Public Stockholders (assuming no such holder exercises dissenters' rights), approximately $520,000 will be required to pay the expenses of the Company, Mergerco and the Principal Stockholders in connection with the Merger Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, approximately $600,000 will be required to repay certain trade debt of the Company and approximately $1,960,000 will be required to provide initial capital for the Surviving Corporation's operations subsequent to the Merger. Such funds will be furnished from available personal funds of the Principal Stockholders. It is currently anticipated that the Company's existing bank debt and debt outstanding to the Principal Stockholders will remain in place immediately after the Effective Time. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Fees and Expenses; Sources of Funds." Accounting Treatment. The Merger will be accounted for as a "purchase" as such term is used under generally accepted accounting principles for accounting and financial reporting purposes. See "SPECIAL FACTORS-- Accounting Treatment." Regulatory Approvals. No federal or state regulatory approvals are required to be obtained, nor are any regulatory requirements required to be complied with, in connection with the Merger by any party to the Merger Agreement, except for the requirements of the DGCL in connection with stockholder approvals and consummation of the Merger and the SEC with respect to the filing and dissemination of Proxy materials, including this Proxy Statement. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Regulatory Approvals." -14- SPECIAL FACTORS Background of the Merger Overview and Current Condition of Company. The Company was organized in 1985 and in 1989 consummated an initial public offering ("IPO") of Units at a price of $5.00 per Unit. Each Unit consisted of five Common Shares and four redeemable warrants to purchase Common Shares. Throughout its history, the Company has experienced significant net losses and corresponding negative cash flows from operations, which currently continue. As of March 31, 1995, the Company had an accumulated deficit of $9,525,949, the Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $4,228,683 and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by $3,625,618, as compared to $6,257,000, $743,000 and $356,000 for each such calculation, respectively, as of December 31, 1994. The Company continues to experience negative cash flows and a critical shortage of working capital at the present time. In addition, the Company is in default under certain of the terms of its bank line of credit, which is fully extended at its current maximum borrowing availability of $1,700,000 and is guaranteed by the Principal Stockholders, and the term loans owing to the Principal Stockholders in the aggregate amount of $2,891,253.10, including accrued interest thereon through May 8, 1996. The Bank and the Principal Stockholders have agreed to extend the due dates on the Company's loans until June 30, 1996, although such due dates remain subject to acceleration on demand by the lenders at their sole discretion. Additionally, the extension of the bank line of credit is also subject to the requirement of the extension of the guarantees of the Principal Stockholders. In the absence of continued forbearance by the Bank and Principal Stockholders, the Company would likely be subject to bankruptcy proceedings. The annual interest rate on both term loans is the prime rate plus 4% with a maximum annual rate of 12%, payable quarterly in arrears. Substantially all of the assets of the Company are pledged as collateral for the Company's obligations under the term loans, however the terms loans have been subordinated to the credit line (described below). The Principal Stockholder may terminate the term loans and declare the entire outstanding amount due and payable, together with accrued interest, and exercise such rights as are available under a security agreement with respect to the collateral. Events of default include, among other things, any breach of a representation or warranty in the term loan agreements, default in the payment of principal or interest of the term loans, insolvency or bankruptcy, failure to perform certain covenants under agreements with the Principal Stockholders and failure to complete the development of the Mega 2 project by January 31, 1994. The term loans impose various covenants on the Company including the maintenance of its corporate existence, the maintenance of insurance, the payment of taxes, a prohibition against the incurrence of additional indebtedness (except the bank line of credit) or the creation of any liens against Company assets and certain asset dispositions. Provisions of the term loans also prohibit the Company from paying cash dividends until these obligations are repaid. The line of credit with the Bank provides for maximum borrowings of $1,700,000 bearing an interest rate at the prime rate. The line is secured by trade receivables and monies of the Company held in the Bank and is also guaranteed by the Principal Stockholders. In the event of a default, the Bank may declare the loans immediately due and payable, together with accrued interest, exercise the right of set off including the right to take immediate possession of or sell the collateral. Events of default under the bank line of credit include nonpayment of principal or interest, failure to perform any agreements or covenants the Company has with the Bank, insolvency or dissolution, attachment, the occurrence of any materially adverse effects on the Company, any disclaimer by the guarantors of liability or any defaults on other debt of the Company. Additionally, the guarantee agreement with the Principal Stockholders imposes borrowing formula limitations of the sum of 85% of trade receivables and 40% -15- of the qualifying open order backlog. The Principal Stockholders each are entitled to receive from the Company quarterly fees calculated at 1.5% annual rate on the average outstanding balance of the line to which the Principal Stockholders are the guarantors. The Company's independent auditors have rendered qualified reports every year since before its IPO in 1989 on the Company's audited financial statements to the effect that, based on the above or similar factors, there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. At least in part as a result of the Company's poor historical financial and operational performance and condition, the Common Shares currently are thinly traded over-the-counter and do not represent a liquid investment. Moreover, they may not be pledged or hypothecated with respect to certain credit arrangements because they do not constitute "margin securities" under the rules of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and are considered "penny stock" with a value of less than $5 per share. In December 1994 and January 1995, the Company's recently hired Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer presented assessments to the Board of Directors as to their view that the Company was in severe financial distress, continued to face significant cash flow constraints and was in arrears on its fiscal year 1994 financial statements and SEC filings and recommended that the Company pursue a private placement financing with a strategic investor during 1995. During 1995, the Company experienced delays in implementing its automated system for its largest customer of 1995, SmithKline Beecham, a major healthcare supplier, which resulted in delays in the receipt of revenues from that installation. In addition, additional orders the Company had anticipated from such customer have not materialized because the installation program for such customer's remaining sites has been deferred and currently remains on hold. There can be no assurance that all or any of the additional deliveries that the Company had anticipated will ever be realized. Moreover, the Company experienced delays in 1995 with respect to implementation of another significant project for a different customer. Also during calendar 1995, the Company, through its prior management, implemented a strategy which focused primarily on building specialized automation workstations for the healthcare industry and, specifically, the completion of installations at one significant customer, a major health care supplier. In February 1996, current management of the Company subsequently determined to reverse this strategy because sales in the healthcare industry did not materialize as expected and now is attempting to focus again on serving a larger number of customers operating in multiple industries. The Company's largest customers, accounting for 10% or more of the Company's gross revenues for the period January 1, 1996 to May 5, 1996 were SmithKline Beecham at 22%, Ford Motor Company at 13% and Progressive Tool & Industry at 10%. For fiscal 1995, customers which accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenues were SmithKline Beecham at 31% and Northern Telecom at 15%. For fiscal 1994, customers which accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenues were Micron at 15%, TK Electronics at 15%, Northern Telecom at 12%, Alcoa at 11% and Hewlett Packard at 11%. For further discussion of the Company's business and strategy, see "CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY; RECENT DEVELOPMENTS." The Principal Stockholders have, from time to time, considered the possibility of committing sufficient capital in the Company to sustain its operations for an indefinite period (beyond the scope of the frequent cash advances that they have historically provided as needed to continue operations on an interim basis). They have contemplated such substantial investment by themselves or with possible partners, among other reasons, to prevent a bankruptcy of the Company which could result in a discontinuation of operations and/or the loss of their existing investment. Between January and October of 1995, the Company's then Chief Executive Officer contacted a few potential investors that were considered to be promising, including a venture capital firm and a large industrial -16- company, to inquire as to their possible interest in investing in the Company, none of which proved to be interested in making an investment. Between March and September of 1995, the Company considered instituting, and began preparation of documentation for, a rights offering to all existing stockholders to raise additional capital. However, as the Company's financial condition and backlog continued to deteriorate during the second half of calendar 1995, the Company recognized by November of 1995 that such a public financing was not prudent at that time, given the Company's financial condition and the fact that two significant projects, including the one for its major health care customer, were substantially delayed, thereby impacting the Company's results of operations. Moreover, the Company and the Principal Stockholders determined that the amount of capital that could be raised in this fashion would not adequately address the Company's operating and financial difficulties. Instead, the Principal Stockholders began at this time to focus their attention on other possible alternatives for the Company, including bankruptcy protection or a going private transaction in which they would acquire all of the Common Shares. To assist in this evaluation, pursuant to an engagement letter (the "HL Engagement Letter"), the Principal Stockholders retained Howard, Lawson to advise them in analyzing the Company's financial and operational condition and business prospects for the purpose of determining the feasibility of effecting a turn-around of the Company. Howard, Lawson was also engaged to evaluate the options available for financing the Company, including a possible acquisition of the Public Shares by means of a tender offer financed by the Principal Stockholders, and to render financial advisory services to the Principal Stockholders in the event that the Principal Stockholders determined to seek to acquire the Public Shares. Between November of 1995 and January of 1996, Howard, Lawson reviewed certain public and non-public information with respect to the Company, discussed with certain members of the Company's management, technical employees and customers the business and financial condition and prospects of the Company, analyzed the Company's ability to obtain financing and contacted the most likely independent financing source, in their professional judgment, due to such source's previous knowledge of the Company, and generally conducted a financial analysis of the Company. With respect to the non-public information regarding the Company, Howard, Lawson received certain confidential information from the Company, including certain intermittent summaries prepared by prior management setting forth five year forecasts regarding operating results of the Company and internally generated projected cash flow forecasts. The forecasts provided for Total Revenues of $7,312,500, $15,371,875, $20,690,000, $36,693,750 and $58,887,500 for the fiscal years ending June 30, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Gross Profit was projected to be $2,925,000, $6,609,906, $9,310,500, $16,512,188 and $26,263,825 for the same periods, respectively. Income from Operations was forecasted to be $825,000, $2,709,906, $4,810,500, $8,012,188 and $14,763,825 for the same periods, respectively. Net Income was projected to be $825,000, $2,709,906, $3,607,875, $4,807,313 and $8,858,295 for the same periods, respectively. The Board, current management of the Company and Howard, Lawson believe that certain assumptions used to prepare these forecasts were highly optimistic and unattainable, and such assumptions are substantially different from those used by current management in the forecasts delivered to TM Capital. On December 8, 1995, a meeting of the Board of Directors was held in which the future viability of the Company was discussed in light of the Company's inability to generate sufficient working capital from operations. The Principal Stockholders informed the other two Board members that they had retained Howard, Lawson to consider financing alternatives for the Company. On February 1, 1996, due to differences in the direction and implementation of the Company's strategies, the Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer resigned from their positions as executive officers and members of the Board of Directors. As a result of such resignations, the Principal Stockholders became the sole members of the Board of Directors. Mr. Edward F. Borkowski was hired effective -17- February 12, 1996 to lead a transition team and assume the responsibilities of President on an interim basis, becoming the Company's third chief executive officer in 14 months. During February and the first half of March 1996, various combinations of the Principal Stockholders, their respective counsel, management of the Company, Company counsel, Howard, Lawson and, after their engagement by the Board of Directors on February 21, 1996, TM Capital, held several meetings and telephonic conferences to discuss and negotiate the terms of a going private transaction, and to prepare the documentation in connection therewith, including this Proxy Statement and the Merger Agreement. In addition, the Company consulted with its auditors on certain tax and accounting issues related to the transaction during this period. On March 15, 1996, Howard, Lawson presented its findings to the Principal Stockholders with respect to the current status of the Company's customer and employee relationships, financial condition and results of operations and stock price activity and ownership. Howard, Lawson concluded that the Company was in severe financial distress and would not be viable without continued infusions of capital for a period of time that was estimated to be at least 18 months. In addition, Howard, Lawson concluded that given the historical performance of the Company, the delays with the two major customer projects, and the current stock price and "pink sheet" status of the Common Shares, other third party financing sources were not likely to be interested in investing in the Company in time to meet the Company's immediate or long-term capital needs. Throughout this period, the Principal Stockholders, in conjunction with Howard, Lawson, developed a set of implementation items which represent the steps believed to be necessary, in addition to and assuming the infusion of substantial capital, in order to effect a turnaround in the Company's business within the 18-month time frame. These steps included the following: support the Company's current customers; complete current projects in a manner so as to promote customer satisfaction; contact certain past customers of the Company with respect to whom recent contact had been limited; increase technical staff to continue product enhancements and sales staff to address new potential markets; recruit a permanent chief executive officer, possibly one with industry specific experience; complete a cost engineering analysis of the Company's products with the goal of significantly reducing the Company's costs in an effort to increase gross margins; and develop an upgrade package to its existing products for long-standing customers. The Principal Stockholders believe that, if they invest an additional $2,500,000 in capital and all of the above steps are effectively implemented, and absent further material adverse changes to the Company's business, financial condition and prospects, the Company could reach a breakeven cash flow position in approximately 18 months. However, the Principal Stockholders recognize that there is no assurance, even if all of the above steps are implemented, that the Company will ever be profitable or that they will realize a return on or of their investment (including the additional capital to be contributed). The Principal Stockholders have determined that the strategy described above requires them to continue to fund the Company and to infuse additional capital into the Company and, as prudent businessmen, have concluded that they are unwilling to pursue this strategy without the opportunity to obtain all of the potential benefit, if any, of the equity in the Company. On March 18, 1996, the Board of Directors met to consider the approval of the Merger Agreement. At such meeting, TM Capital rendered its oral opinion to the Board, which was confirmed with a written opinion dated March 19, 1996, that the Merger Consideration was fair, from a financial point of view, to the Public Stockholders. Following discussion, the Board of Directors unanimously approved the Merger Agreement and determined to recommend adoption and approval of the Merger Agreement by the stockholders of the Company. The Merger Agreement was executed on March 19, 1996, and a press release announcing the transaction and the preliminary filing of this Proxy Statement was issued after the close of the stock markets on such date. -18- Potential Business Prospects. For all of the above reasons, management of the Company and the Principal Stockholders presently do not believe that the Company will be able to continue to operate as a viable economic entity, absent substantial additional financing and a fundamental operational and management restructuring. The Company will need to hire additional management and technical personnel, recruit a permanent Chief Executive Officer, improve relations with its current major customers and vendors, reinitiate relationships with its other historical customers, restructure its financial condition and obtain sufficient working capital in order to execute its business plans and position itself to achieve financial and operational stability. It should be noted, however, that recently the Company has made certain operational changes in its business (new interim management was hired on February 1, 1996 and the Company refocused its strategy by targeting a larger spectrum of potential clients), although the Company continues to suffer from the above-described working capital shortages and negative cash flows and is unable to sustain its operations without continued capital infusions from the Principal Stockholders or other sources. The Company is unaware of the existence or availability of any other sources of capital. Management of the Company does believe that, in the event the Company is able to obtain sufficient working capital and financial resources, it has several prospects which currently exist or could be developed and which may potentially result in various business opportunities for the Company that could counter its current negative cash flows. Among such potential opportunities, during fiscal 1995, the Company negotiated a letter of intent with SmithKline Beecham described above to supply, for approximately $4.5 million, 100 MEGA 2 single tool systems for automating operations in five regional clinical laboratories. The letter of intent contemplated delivery and installation of the 100 MEGA 2 systems over a 22 month period commencing in February, 1995. During fiscal 1995 the potential value of this order increased to approximately $9.5 million upon the customer's request that the Company provide engineering services and specialized versions for the original 100 MEGA 2 systems. The Company received a firm order late in the first quarter of fiscal 1995 for delivery of 16 units for the first laboratory and subsequently sold the 16 systems and provided related engineering services to the customer which generated revenues of approximately $1.25 million in fiscal 1995 and $244,000 to date in fiscal 1996. In the event that the customer is satisfied with the deliverables for the first laboratory, the customer could release an additional order for its second laboratory by the first quarter of fiscal 1997. Although no assurance can be given, additional orders may follow. Due to uncertainty related principally to its cost structure, the Company is not able to predict reliably at this time the effect such additional orders would have on the Company's cash flows, gross profit and net income. Moreover, management cautions that the customer is not obligated to make additional requests and that the Company is only one of several vendors which is contributing to the project and further orders are subject to the customer's satisfaction with the entire project. In the event that the customer does not purchase the balance of the 84 units, the Company expects to receive an additional approximately $428,000, which represents the recapture of revenue due to the loss of volume discounts originally offered to such customer based upon the entire order of 100 units. The Company has also been developing a product with Ford Motor Company that supplies visual inspection systems for the automotive industry to customize and integrate its workstations into a visual inspection product. In the event that the Company is successful in engineering the product and if this customer is satisfied with the product, it could request additional workstations to integrate with its own product to sell to automotive plants. Such customer has indicated that it may decide to resell this product to others in the automotive industry. The Company is currently engineering the specifications of the product. In addition, the Company has developed a relationship with a potential customer in the automobile industry which integrates layout and assembly of various third-party provided conveyors and parts-feeders. The Company has developed a high precision mechanical assembly product used in automotive transmission assembly. A beta automation line has been developed which integrates the Company's equipment with the equipment of other vendors. However, other vendors participating in the project have not completed their products to be integrated on the line. Consequently, no test of the entire line has been performed. -19- Purpose of and Reasons for the Merger The Principal Stockholders' purpose for the Merger is to acquire all of the equity interest in the Company represented by the Public Shares and to protect their existing investment in the Company for the reasons described below. As a result of the Company's deteriorating financial and operational condition and prospects, the Principal Stockholders are no longer willing to continue to risk their personal capital and fund the Company to sustain its operations if they cannot own all of its outstanding shares. The Principal Stockholders have indicated that, absent any further material adverse change in the Company's business, financial condition and prospects, they will finance the Company's current cash needs through June 30, 1996. Subsequent to that time, the Principal Stockholders will be willing to risk making available to the Company the substantial additional capital that will be necessary to implement effectively its business plans, which may make it possible for the Company to achieve economic viability over time, only if the Company is privately owned substantially by them. Therefore, the purpose of the Merger transaction is to take the Company private while providing a fair price per Common Share to all stockholders, other than the Principal Stockholders, for their Common Shares in the Company. The Principal Stockholders have advised the Company that, in connection with the Merger Proposal, they did not consider any alternative that would have allowed the Public Stockholders to maintain an equity interest in the Company. As previously discussed, the possibility of a rights offering to existing stockholders and potential investments by several third parties were discussed at various times between the spring and fall of 1995, but none of these alternatives materialized or proved feasible. An alternative structure for the going private transaction of a cash tender offer for all of the Public Shares was considered but ultimately rejected due to the possibility that such tender offer would likely need to be followed by a long-form merger which would require the preparation, filing with and clearance by the SEC and mailing to all stockholders of an information statement similar to this Proxy Statement. This two-step transaction would take significantly longer and would likely result in greater expense than the proposed one-step structure and, accordingly, would further expose the Principal Stockholders' investment in the Company to unwarranted risks without providing any commensurate financial benefit to the Public Stockholders. The Board of Directors believes that there is little or no continued benefit either to the Company, or to the Public Stockholders, in the Company's continuing to be a public company for the following reasons: . If the Merger Proposal is not adopted, in all likelihood the Company will be unable to continue business operations without substantial capital infusions, either from the Principal Stockholders, who presently do not intend to make such contributions under such circumstances, or another source that has not been located to date. In the absence of such substantial financings, the Company would be forced into bankruptcy liquidation. In such a case, there is no possibility of any return for any of the stockholders of the Company. There is not currently any alternative transaction to the Merger Proposal available that the Board of Directors is aware of to solve the Company's current financial and operational crises and prevent a bankruptcy. The Principal Stockholders are only willing to fund the Company's operations as a public company through June 30, 1996, absent further material adverse changes to the Company. . The spread between the price offered and the price asked for Common Shares is disproportionate to the spread on shares with greater trading volume and higher sales prices. Additionally, because the trading volume is thin and stock trades are so infrequent, "market makers" demand commissions that are disproportionately large in comparison to their investment or the net sale proceeds. Because the per share equity of the Common Shares as of December 31, 1995 was a negative $.21, the proposed Merger would result in holders of Public Shares receiving a price per share which is $.31 in -20- excess of such amount. In addition, as is detailed hereafter, the Merger Consideration represents a 186% premium over the closing sale price on March 18, 1996, the last date in which the Common Shares traded prior to the public announcement of the Merger. See "Market Price and Shareholder Information." . In the Company's current financial condition, absent the personal guarantee of the Principal Stockholders, the Company is unable to obtain additional debt financing from third party lenders on any terms. The Company is in critical need of both substantial operating capital and the establishment of new or additional banking relationships which would allow it to refinance its existing debt and to expand its credit limits. The Company is unable to establish these banking relationships predicated on its own credit worthiness. The Principal Stockholders believe that if the Company is privately held, has an improved balance sheet due to interim debt and capital infusions from the Principal Stockholders and continued subordination of the Company's loan made by them, it will be more likely in the future to be able to obtain debt financing from third party sources on more commercially reasonable terms. Thus far, the Principal Stockholders have agreed to provide personal funds as working capital without the Public Stockholders doing the same, and have provided the Company's lender with such personal guarantees. Presently, without such guarantees the Company would be unable to borrow and, thus, could not conduct its financial affairs. In a private company, financing arrangements can be structured where all stockholders allocate amongst themselves the risk of loans and guarantees in a more equitable manner. Such mutual stockholder arrangements are unavailable to a public company such as the Company. . Under the market conditions which presently prevail for the Common Shares, it is unlikely that the Company could take advantage of the capital markets to secure funds through another public offering of equity securities. Thus, one of the primary benefits of being a public company, access to the equity capital markets, does not exist for the Company. On the other hand, the Company pays the cost of being a public company. Annually, the Company pays auditors, SEC counsel, printers, brokerage companies, its transfer agent and the postage in connection with the costs of preparing and filing reports and proxy statements with the SEC, producing, printing and delivering an annual report and proxy statement to the stockholders and effecting transfers of stock. The proposed Merger would eliminate the costs (including the valuable time of certain employees of the Company) which are exclusively related to being a public company and are disproportionately large for a company with revenues the size of the Company's. . Similarly, the Company believes that, given its current total market capitalization, the amount of funds that the Company may be able to raise through a private placement would substantially, if not completely, dilute the equity ownership of the existing stockholders. The effect of the transaction, if approved by the Public Stockholders, will be that all Public Stockholders will be entitled to receive $.10 per share, in cash, subject to applicable back-up withholding taxes, for each share of Common Stock of the Company. The Principal Stockholders would then own 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation. The possible detriment to the Company, the Public Stockholders and the Principal Stockholders if the proposed transaction is not consummated is a liquidation in bankruptcy, in which the equity interests in the Company are extinguished without any payment. The possible detriment to the Company if the transaction is consummated is a lack of access to the public capital markets, which -21- could be a benefit to the Company in the future if it were to become financially and operationally viable. The possible detriment to the Principal Stockholders if the transaction is consummated is that there can be no assurance that the Company will ever earn a profit, such that the Principal Stockholders would risk the complete loss of their investment, including the additional $4,000,000 they have agreed to fund for the transaction and the Surviving Corporation. Determination of Fairness of the Merger by the Board of Directors For the reasons discussed above, the Board of Directors believes that the Merger, including the Merger Consideration, is fair to the Public Stockholders of the Company. The Board of Directors considered the following in making its determination with respect to the fairness of the Merger and the Merger Consideration: . The opinion of TM Capital, as financial advisor to the Board of Directors, that the Merger Consideration is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Public Stockholders, and the analyses underlying such opinion. . The fact that the Merger Consideration represents a 186% premium over the last sales price on March 18, 1996, the last date prior to the public announcement of the Merger Agreement in which the Common Shares traded, and a 186% premium over the average of the closing prices during the 120 days prior to such date. . The fact that the Common Shares are not traded on a national exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market and, partially as a result, the trading volume for Common Shares is thin, and trading is extremely sporadic, in the over-the-counter market referred to as the "pink sheets." Bid and ask spreads and commissions on sales typically constitute a disproportionate portion of the net proceeds of such sales and often no sales take place for a period of several days. During the period between February 12, 1996 and March 18, 1996, trading took place on 7 of 25 possible trading days with total reported trading volume of 118,000 Common Shares (or an average of 4,720 Common Shares per trading day) with high and low sales prices for the period of $.05 and $.02, respectively. During the six month period between September 18, 1995 and March 18, 1996, trading took place on 59 of 122 possible trading days with total reported trading volume of 1,697,315 Common Shares (or an average of 13,912 Common Shares per trading day). Moreover, the Common Shares may not be pledged or hypothecated in certain credit arrangements because they may not serve as "margin securities" under the rules of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. . The fact that the Company's financial condition, results of operations and business prospects have deteriorated to such an extent that management of the Company does not believe the Company will be able to continue to operate without a substantial infusion of working capital, which the Principal Stockholders are willing to provide only if the Company is a private company. The report of each of the Company's current and former auditors on the Company's annual audited financial statements for every year since before the IPO in 1989 has contained a going concern qualification, which has affected the Company's ability to secure additional debt financing for its operations at any cost (absent the personal guarantees of the Principal Stockholders). The Company is currently in default on its bank line of credit and term loans to the Principal Stockholders. . The availability of dissenters' rights under the DGCL. -22- . Even if the Company were to survive its present critical working capital shortage, as previously detailed it currently is continuing to suffer from negative cash flows from operations and experiencing serious operational, customer and vendor relations, management and employee morale problems which will take substantial time and effort to correct, if they can be corrected at all, and there can be no assurance that the Company will ever become profitable. . If the Company were to receive the working capital it requires and improve upon its current operational, customer and vendor relations, management and employee situations, substantial risks to its business and future prospects will still remain. These risks include intense competition with a number of established companies with greater financial and other resources than the Company, substantial reliance on a small concentration of customers, rapid rates of technological change in the industry, uncertainty of further market acceptance for the Company's existing products and future system upgrades, and reliance on outside sources for critical manufacturing components. . The risks that the Company and its stockholders would not be able to realize potentially greater values from any other alternative transaction or restructuring. . The fact that, as a result of the Merger, the Public Stockholders will cease to have any ownership interest in the Company or right as stockholders, and will not have the opportunity to benefit from any increases in the value of the Company or the payment of dividends, if the Company's financial condition, results of operations and business prospects should improve, although the Company has not paid any dividends since it was formed in 1985 and such stockholders will no longer bear the risk of any further decreases in value of the Company, including a potential loss of their entire investment. The Board of Directors relied upon certain of TM Capital's analyses, including the discounted cash flow analysis related to a range of values for the Company as a going concern, to determine whether the Merger Consideration offered to the Public Shareholders constitutes fair value. However, the Board did not specifically conduct a liquidation value appraisal of the Company. It was aware, however, of the advice of Howard, Lawson to the Principal Stockholders that absent an additional capital infusion, the Company would be forced into a liquidation in bankruptcy and that given the value of the Company's liabilities compared to its assets, such an event would likely result in the stockholders receiving no return of their invested capital. In addition to the above factors, the Board believes that prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement there has been, and during the substantial period of time that will elapse between the announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the Merger following the Meeting to be held to vote upon the Merger there will be, sufficient time and opportunity for other persons to propose alternative transactions to the Merger. For that reason, the terms of the Merger Agreement authorize the Company to furnish information to and negotiate with third parties in response to unsolicited requests by such parties concerning any merger, sale of assets, sale of shares of capital stock or similar transaction involving the Company if the Board deems such action is appropriate in light of its fiduciary obligations to the Company's stockholders after consultation with legal counsel. Because the Board has a conflict of interest in reviewing competing offers, it may conclude in the exercise of its fiduciary obligations to retain independent advisors to review and advise on such offers. In view of the wide variety of these factors considered by the Board of Directors in connection with its evaluation of the Merger and the Merger Consideration, the Board of Directors did not find it practicable to quantify or otherwise attempt to assign relative weights to the specific factors considered in making its determination, -23- nor did it evaluate whether such factors were of equal weight. However, based upon these factors, the evaluation of all the relevant information provided to them by the Company's financial advisors and taking into account the existing trading ranges for the Company's stock, the Board determined that the Merger Consideration was fair from a financial point of view to the Public Stockholders. Since the resignation of the two management directors of the Company effective February 1, 1996 to pursue other interests, both remaining members of the Board of Directors, as Principal Stockholders, are "interested" directors under Section 144 of the DGCL with respect to the Merger Proposal. See "--Conflict of Interests of Principal Stockholders in the Merger." The Board of Directors has the authority under the Company's Bylaws to appoint additional members of the Board in order to fill vacancies. However, the current members of the Board have determined not to do so since any new members will be, by definition, unfamiliar with the Company's business and history during the past several years and, thereby, will be disadvantaged in evaluating a transaction of such fundamental nature under the financial and time pressures presently experienced by the Company. It would take a certain period for any independent director named to fill a vacancy to learn enough of the Company's situation to be comfortable making determinations that fundamentally affect its future, and the Company presently does not have the financial capacity to survive for such time. In addition, given the Company's current financial condition, it would be difficult if not impossible to locate qualified persons to fill such vacancies without the offer of significant financial remuneration, which would result in significant costs to the Company that are inordinate in comparison to the perceived benefits of an independent Board member under the present circumstances. The current members of the Board serve in those roles without any compensation as such. For these reasons, the Board made the determination that it would be unable to fill the present vacancy with an independent member in the time-frame necessary or at a cost which made fiscal sense for the Company at this time. The members of the Board acknowledge and understand the actual conflict that exists between them and the Company as a result of the interested transaction. However, they believe that they are able to fulfill their fiduciary duties to the Public Stockholders and bifurcate their separate roles as Principal Stockholders proposing the Merger and Board members evaluating it on behalf of the Company. Opinion of TM Capital; Summary of Financial Analyses On March 18, 1996, TM Capital delivered its oral opinion, which was confirmed in writing on March 19, 1996, that the $0.10 per Public Share to be received by the Public Stockholders in the Merger is fair, from a financial point of view, to the Public Stockholders. TM Capital's opinion related only to the consideration to be paid by Mergerco in connection with the Merger and does not constitute a recommendation to any Public Stockholder of the Company as to how such Public Stockholder should vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders. The full text of the written opinion of TM Capital, which sets forth the assumptions made, the matters considered and the limitations of the review undertaken in rendering such opinion, is attached hereto as Exhibit H and is incorporated herein by reference. As set forth in its opinion, TM Capital relied on the accuracy and completeness of publicly available information and such other information provided to it regarding the Company, including the views of management of the Company, and has not assumed any responsibility for the independent verification of such information. TM Capital further relied upon the assurance of management of the Company that they were unaware of any facts that would make such information incomplete or misleading. In arriving at its opinion, TM Capital did not perform nor obtain any independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets of the Company. TM Capital's opinion is necessarily based on the economic, market and other conditions existing on the date of the opinion. -24- In rendering its opinion, TM Capital, among other things, (i) reviewed a draft of the Proxy Statement, (ii) reviewed publicly available information relating to the Company, including annual reports on Form 10-K for the five fiscal years ended June 30, 1995 and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended September 30, 1995 and December 31, 1995, (iii) discussed with senior management the Company's historical and current operations, financial condition and future prospects and reviewed certain internal financial information, business plans and forecasts prepared by management, (iv) visited the headquarters and manufacturing facilities of the Company, (v) reviewed the historical prices and trading volume of the Company's Common Stock, (vi) reviewed certain financial and market data for the Company and compared such information with similar information for certain publicly traded companies which TM Capital deemed comparable, (vii) reviewed the financial terms of certain mergers and acquisitions of businesses which TM Capital deemed comparable, and (viii) performed such other analyses and investigations and considered such other factors as TM Capital deemed appropriate. Senior management indicated to TM Capital that, while the Company's technology was felt to be viable, the cash flow problems of the Company would cause the Company to fail if it were not recapitalized. In rendering its opinion and making its presentation to the Board of Directors, TM Capital discussed various financial analyses and certain other factors it deemed relevant in rendering its opinion. Certain valuation methodologies and certain other factors discussed and considered by the Board of Directors are summarized below. The summary set forth below does not purport to be a complete description of the analyses performed and the assumptions made by TM Capital in reaching its opinion. TM Capital considered the financial and stock market performance of a group of selected publicly traded companies and certain recent transactions involving acquisitions of companies deemed reasonably comparable to the Company. The companies and transactions analyzed were deemed by TM Capital to be reasonably comparable in certain relevant respects to the Company for the purpose of this analysis. However, an analysis of these results is not mathematical; rather, it involves complex considerations and judgments concerning differences in financial and operating characteristics of the comparable companies and transactions and other factors that could affect the valuation of the companies to which they are being compared. Analysis of Selected Publicly Traded Comparable Companies. TM Capital compared selected historical operating financial data and financial ratios as well as stock market data for the Company with similar data for a group of selected publicly traded companies (the "Public Comparables"). The Public Comparables included: Aetrium Inc., Adept Technology Inc., Amistar Corporation, Brooks Automation Inc., Cognex Corporation, Perceptron, Inc., PPT Vision Inc., Quad Systems Corp., Robomatix Technologies and Robotic Vision Systems. TM Capital considered these companies to be reasonably similar to the Company because they compete in the same general industry. However, TM Capital noted that the Public Comparables possess a wide range of revenues, market values and profitability. For the Public Comparables, TM Capital calculated the multiples of market capitalization and debt-free market value for a variety of financial parameters including net sales, earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"), operating income, and net income for the latest twelve months ("LTM") and book value as of the end of the latest fiscal quarter. The analysis of Public Comparables (excluding certain companies where multiples were not considered meaningful because the denominator was negative or minimal or where information regarded that statistic was not available) yielded the following ranges of debt-free market value multiples of LTM net sales, EBITDA and operating income. With respect to debt-free market value multiples to net sales, the range was from 0.5x to 4.8x; the Merger (in all cases based upon consideration of $0.10 per Public Share) results in a multiple of 1.3x. With respect to debt-free market value multiples to EBITDA, the range was from 7.9x to 37.7x; the Merger results in multiples of EBITDA that are not meaningful because the Company's LTM EBITDA results were negative. With respect to debt-free market value multiples to operating income, the range was -25- from 9.3x to 60.1x for LTM operating income; the Merger results in multiples of operating income that are not meaningful because the Company's LTM operating income was negative. The analysis of the Public Comparables also resulted in market capitalization multiples of 11.3x to 27.1x for current fiscal year forecast net income and 9.4x to 22.1x for next fiscal year forecast net income; the Merger results in multiples for current and next fiscal year forecast net income that are not meaningful due to the Company's forecast that net income will be negative for the 1996 and 1997 fiscal years. The analysis of this group of companies yielded a range of multiples for book value as of the latest fiscal quarter of 1.1x to 7.9x; the Merger results in a multiple that is not meaningful because the Company has negative equity. Many of the comparisons of the Company with the Public Comparables were not meaningful due to the poor performance of the Company; these results emphasized the distressed nature of the Company and assisted TM Capital, in conjunction with the various other analyses it performed, in supporting its ultimate conclusion. Analysis of Selected Acquisitions. TM Capital reviewed acquisition premiums paid in acquisitions of technology companies (the "Premium Analysis") since January 1, 1994. The Premium Analysis yielded a broad range of premiums, with overall median premiums of 36.0% and 45.6% relative to the target companies' stock prices one day and one month prior to announcement, respectively; the Merger results in premiums of 400% and 150% respectively. The multiples paid in an acquisition depend heavily upon the timing of the acquisition relative to a variety of criteria, including the trading conditions in the target's common stock and the overall market. Stock Trading History. TM Capital examined the historical price and trading volume of the Common Stock of the Company. TM Capital also compared the share price performance of the Company to an index of the Public Comparables and the S&P 500. Because of the illiquid nature of the Company's stock, this analysis was not materially meaningful. Discounted Cash Flow Analysis. TM Capital analyzed, through the use of a discounted cash flow analysis, the present value of the future unleveraged after-tax cash flow streams that the Company could produce over a five-year period ending June 30, 2000, if the Company were to perform in accordance with forecasts and other information provided by management. The forecasts supplied to TM Capital by interim management provided for Revenues of $2.8 million, $4.2 million, $6.0 million, $7.5 million and $11.0 million for the fiscal years ending June 30, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999 and 2000, respectively. Gross Profit was projected to be ($0.3) million, $0.8 million, $1.8 million, $3.0 million and $5.0 million for the same periods, respectively. EBITDA was forecasted to be ($1.7) million, ($0.7) million, ($0.3) million, $0.3 million and $1.5 million for the same periods, respectively. Operating Income was projected to be ($1.8) million, ($0.9) million, ($0.5) million, $0.1 million and $1.2 million for the same periods, respectively. Net Income was projected to be ($2.1) million, ($1.6) million, ($1.3) million, ($0.8) million and $0.3 million for the same periods, respectively. After-tax cash flow was calculated by taking projected operating income, adding depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items, and then subtracting income taxes, increases in working capital and capital expenditures. TM Capital estimated the terminal value for the Company at the end of the five-year period by applying a range of multiples to the terminal- year EBITDA. In performing this analysis, TM Capital utilized discount rates ranging from 30% to 40% and EBITDA multiples ranging from 10x to 14x, which resulted in common equity values for the Company ranging from negative $2.1 million to $0.8 million; the Merger results in a common equity value of $1.4 million. The discount rates used by TM Capital in this analysis were derived from TM Capital's experience and knowledge of the returns expected in the market for a high-risk investment such as this. The range of EBITDA multiples used in this analysis was derived from the Public Comparables analysis, in which the median EBITDA multiple was 14.6x. Due to the poor performance of the Company in comparison with the Public Comparables, TM Capital used a range below the median multiple. In reaching its conclusion, TM Capital broadly considered all of the above discussed analyses and did not assign specific weights to any analysis. TM Capital did not consider any single analysis as a threshold -26- measurement for rendering its opinion. Ranges of fairness within each analysis and with respect to the consideration to be paid in the Merger were not established. In addition, TM Capital considered other factors, as discussed above, including historical market and trading volume of the Company Common Stock, past and current business prospects and projections prepared by management. Based on the foregoing, TM Capital concluded that the consideration to be paid by Mergerco in the proposed Merger was within the fair values indicated by the above analyses considered in the aggregate. The analysis conducted by TM Capital in arriving at its opinion included numerous macroeconomic, operating and financial assumptions and involved the application of complex methodologies and educated judgment. Such analysis involves complex considerations and judgments concerning differences in financial operating characteristics of the comparable companies and transactions and other factors that could affect the valuations of the companies to which they are being compared. As indicated above, in preparing its opinion, TM Capital relied on the accuracy and the completeness of all information supplied or otherwise made available to it by the Company and assumed, without independent verification, that financial projections had been reasonably prepared and reflected the best currently available estimates and judgments of the Company's management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company. TM Capital also made numerous assumptions regarding industry performance, general business and economic conditions and other matters, many of which are beyond the control of the Company. Any estimates incorporated in the analyses performed by TM Capital are not necessarily indicative of the actual past or future results or values, which may be significantly more or less favorable than such estimates. Estimates of values do not purport to be appraisals and do not necessarily reflect the prices at which companies may be sold in the future. Pursuant to a letter agreement dated February 21, 1996, the Company engaged TM Capital to act as its financial advisor in connection with the contemplated transaction. Pursuant to the terms of such engagement letter, it was agreed that the Company would pay TM Capital a fee of $50,000 in connection with the rendering of its opinion. In addition, the Company has also agreed to reimburse TM Capital for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses up to $5,000, and to indemnify TM Capital against certain liabilities, including liabilities under federal securities laws. TM Capital is an investment banking firm engaged on a regular basis to provide a range of investment banking and financial advisory services, including the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions. The Company selected TM Capital as its financial advisor on the basis of the background, experience and reputation of TM Capital. Financial Advisor to the Principal Stockholders As described under "Special Factors / Background of the Merger," pursuant to the HL Engagement Letter, the Principal Stockholders retained Howard, Lawson to act solely as their financial advisor (and not the advisor to or agent of any other person) in connection with determining a course of action for the Principal Stockholders relating to their investment in the Company. Howard, Lawson was not requested to, and did not, make any valuation or render any opinion (oral or written) or advice concerning the fairness of the Merger Consideration to the Public Stockholders or to any other party (including the Principal Stockholders), although Howard, Lawson did conduct various analyses in connection with its engagement, as described below. A portion of Howard, Lawson's engagement was to prepare a feasibility study regarding a possible going private transaction and to initiate discussions with possible financing sources regarding such a transaction. In connection with its engagement, Howard, Lawson presented its report to the Principal Stockholders dated March 15, 1996 (the "Howard, Lawson Report"), which updated and superseded in its entirety an earlier report. -27- As part of their activities, Howard, Lawson visited and interviewed certain key customers, interviewed senior management of the Company, interviewed several members of the Company's engineering staff, reviewed the stock price and volume activity of the Common Shares since December 1, 1994, reviewed the financial condition of the Company, estimated the Company's working capital requirements through June 1996 and for fiscal 1997, reviewed the current ownership and investments in the Company, and analyzed the financial performance of other public companies in lines of business similar to that of the Company. Howard, Lawson also prepared, for illustrative purposes only, a sample five-year revenue and earnings scenario based on the five-year forecasts supplied by prior management which are more particularly described above on page 17, and which included various assumptions with respect to sales growth and gross margins, which assumptions were developed, in part, from historical sales and gross margin figures for a group of public companies deemed comparable for purposes of the illustration. Howard, Lawson selected Quad Systems Corporation, Perceptron, Inc., Robotic Vision Systems, Inc. and Adept Technology, Inc. as companies generally in the same line of business as the Company. More specifically, these companies provide industrial automation and robotics systems to the electronics and automotive industries. Additionally, these companies were relatively modest in absolute size with none having revenues in excess of $70 million annually or total assets in excess of $45 million. An analysis of these public companies indicated a median annual growth rate in sales of 35% and a median gross profit margin of 45% for such companies. Such scenario yielded the following: . The Fiscal 1996 operating results scenario was based on year-to- date results of the Company and future orders projected by the prior management as of January 31, 1996, and the existing expense structure of the Company, which resulted in revenues of approximately $3.6 million and a net loss of $1.1 million. . The Fiscal 1997 operating results scenario was based on possible orders to be delivered in Fiscal 1997 and existing expense structure of the Company as of December, 1995, which resulted in revenues of approximately $4.5 million and a loss of $600,000. . The Fiscal 1998 operating results scenario was based on prior management's October 1995 forecast for Fiscal 1996 which resulted in revenues of approximately $7.3 million and profits before taxes of $0.8 million. . The Fiscal 1999-Fiscal 2001 operating results scenarios were calculated by applying the prior years forecasts to the median growth rates in sales and growth profit margin derived from the analysis of the public companies discussed above. Operating expenses were forecasted to grow at the same rate as revenues. This calculation resulted in revenues of approximately $18.0 million and net income of $1.1 million for Fiscal 2001. Such scenario presented the results that might be achieved by the Company if it accomplished such assumed sales growth and gross margin levels, received the substantial capital infusion it required and effectively implemented the action items developed by the Principal Stockholders in conjunction with Howard, Lawson. There can be no assurance that the actual financial results of the Company will be consistent with those shown in such scenario, and Public Stockholders should not rely upon such illustration as a fair presentation of future financial performance of the Company. In addition, Howard, Lawson illustrated the potential investment, costs and fees associated with a going private transaction. Howard, Lawson did not prepare any indications of value of the Company or its Common Shares either prior to or after any potential transaction. The review of public companies was limited to their historical operating performance, such as sales growth and gross profit margins, and their public market data for illustration purposes only. -28- Based on their activities, Howard, Lawson concluded that: the Company required continuing infusions of capital to fund continuing operating losses; approximately $550,000 of additional capital would be required to fund the Company's operations from January to June 1996 (not including payment on trade accounts payable past due or accrued interest expense to Messrs. Cooper and Colket), the majority of which would be required between April and June of 1996; at least $1 million in additional capital would be required to fund the Company's operations during fiscal 1997; customer, vendor and employee satisfaction were low; new sources of capital (i.e., new investors) would be unlikely to be interested in an investment in the Company in the near term; and the Company would not be viable as a going concern until a substantial financial and operational restructuring had been completed. Howard, Lawson has stated to the Principal Stockholders that, in its view, the Howard, Lawson Report is not necessarily susceptible to partial analysis or summary description. In addition, Howard, Lawson has advised the Principal Stockholders that selecting portions of the Howard, Lawson Report or of the summary set forth above, without considering the analyses as a whole, could create an incomplete view of the processes underlying Howard, Lawson's analyses. No company or transaction used in the above analyses as a comparison is identical to the Company or the contemplated transaction. The Howard, Lawson Report was prepared solely for the purposes described above. Analyses based upon projected future results are not necessarily indicative of actual future results, which may be significantly more or less favorable than suggested by such analyses. Because such analyses are inherently subject to uncertainty, being based upon numerous factors or events beyond the control of the parties or their respective advisors, none of Mergerco, the Company or Howard, Lawson or any other person assumes responsibility if future results are materially different from those projected. The foregoing summary does not purport to be a complete description of the Howard, Lawson Report and is qualified by reference to the Howard, Lawson Report which is filed as an exhibit to the Schedule 13E-3. In the course of its investigation, Howard, Lawson relied upon, and assumed the accuracy and completeness of, publicly available information and the financial and other information provided by the Company, but Howard, Lawson did not assume any responsibility for independent verification for any of the foregoing information. See "--Background of the Merger" for a description of information provided by the Company. In addition, Howard, Lawson did not make an independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets of the Company, nor was Howard, Lawson furnished with any such evaluation or appraisals. The Howard, Lawson Report was based on facts and circumstances existing and disclosed to Howard, Lawson on the date such report was presented to the Principal Stockholders. Howard, Lawson provides financial advisory and investment banking services for its clients. Howard, Lawson was selected to act as the Principal Stockholders' financial advisor in connection with their interest in the Company based upon Howard, Lawson's qualifications, expertise and reputation, including the fact that Howard, Lawson, as part of its investment banking business, is continually engaged in the valuation of businesses and their securities in connection with mergers and acquisitions and private placements, and valuations for estate, corporate and other purposes. The Principal Stockholders selected Howard, Lawson as their financial advisor because it is a recognized investment banking firm that has substantial experience in transactions similar to the Merger. Pursuant to the terms of the HL Engagement Letter, the Principal Stockholders agreed to pay Howard, Lawson a non-refundable cash fee of $20,000 plus a cash completion fee of $150,000 in the event the Principal Stockholders elected to seek to acquire the Public Shares. The Principal Stockholders further agreed that immediately following the closing of the transaction pursuant to which the Principal Stockholders acquired the Public Shares, they will cause the Surviving Corporation to issue to Howard, Lawson, or its affiliate, a warrant to purchase 8% of the total number of shares of common stock of the Surviving Corporation then outstanding, calculated on a fully- diluted basis at the time of issuance of the warrant, of which 5% will be vested immediately at the Effective Time and the remaining 3% will vest one-third on each of the first three anniversaries of the Effective Time, -29- provided that Mr. Lawson remains on the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation at each such date. The aggregate exercise price of the warrant will be $240,000, which Howard, Lawson believes is a reasonable estimation of the fair market value of the underlying common stock as of the date of issuance of the warrant, in light of the capital contributions of approximately $2.5 million to be made to the Surviving Corporation by the Principal Stockholders as discussed above. The warrant will have a term of five (5) years. In addition, the Principal Stockholders agreed to reimburse Howard, Lawson for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses during the term of the engagement. Position of Principal Stockholders as to Fairness The Principal Stockholders considered the analyses of and the factors examined by Howard, Lawson, and have adopted those analyses and conclusions as their own. See "--Background of the Merger" and "--Financial Adviser to the Principal Stockholders." The Principal Stockholders determined the amount of the Merger Consideration by taking into account these analyses and factors and the existing trading ranges for the Company's stock and believe that these analyses and factors as well as the consideration of the trading ranges when considered together, provide a reasonable basis to believe that the Merger is fair from a financial point of view to the unaffiliated Public Stockholders. This belief should not, however, be construed as a recommendation by either of the Principal Stockholders to the unaffiliated Public Stockholders to vote to approve the Merger Agreement. The Principal Stockholders did not assign specific relative weight to the analyses and factors considered in reaching their belief as to fairness. Conflict of Interests of Principal Stockholders in the Merger The Principal Stockholders are the only persons who currently serve on the Company's Board of Directors. As the sole stockholders of Mergerco, they will have a direct economic interest in the Merger which creates a conflict of interest with their roles as Board members in making the determination whether the Merger is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders so as to recommend its approval and adoption by the stockholders of the Company. They are also currently the Company's two largest stockholders. As of the date of this Proxy Statement, Mr. Cooper has beneficial ownership (including voting control of the Cooper Affiliate Shares) of approximately 27.6% of the outstanding Common Shares, and Mr. Colket has beneficial ownership of approximately 11.8% of the outstanding Common Shares. On a fully-diluted basis, assuming the exercise of warrants that have been issued to each of the Principal Stockholders in connection with debt financings provided to the Company by the Principal Stockholders (the exercise prices of which are significantly greater than the current market value, those percentages of beneficial ownership would be 30.4% and 17.3%, respectively. In addition, the Company is currently indebted to each of Messrs. Cooper and Colket for loans aggregating $1,017,167.92 and $1,874,085.18, respectively, including accrued interest through May 8, 1996. In consideration of the anticipated contributions to Mergerco by the Principal Stockholders and additional equity contributions to be made to the Surviving Corporation by each of the Principal Stockholders, it is currently anticipated that the equity interest in the Surviving Corporation ultimately will be evenly divided between the Principal Stockholders. Additionally, the Principal Stockholders, together with Mr. Lawson, will constitute the initial members of the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation. -30- Certain Effects of the Merger Following the Merger, the Principal Stockholders will own 100% of the Surviving Corporation's outstanding shares of common stock. The Principal Stockholders will be the sole beneficiaries of any future earnings and growth of the Surviving Corporation (until shares of common stock are issued to other stockholders) and will have the ability to benefit from any divestitures, strategic acquisitions or other corporate opportunities that may be pursued by the Company in the future. At such time, the Public Stockholders will cease to have any ownership interest in the Company or rights as stockholders. The Public Stockholders will no longer benefit from any increases in the value of the Company or the payment of dividends on the Common Shares and will no longer bear the risk of any decreases in value of the Company. To date, the Company has never paid any dividends on the Common Shares. As a result of the Merger, the Surviving Corporation will be privately held and there will be no public market for its Common Stock. Upon consummation of the Merger, the Common Shares will cease to be traded over-the-counter with quotations compiled by the OTC Bulletin Board. In addition, registration of the Common Shares under the Exchange Act will be terminated, which will eliminate the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act. Howard, Lawson will receive a warrant to purchase 8% of the Common Stock of the Surviving Corporation under the terms set forth above, and certain key employees and consultants of the Surviving Corporation are expected to receive stock appreciation rights promptly after the Effective Time. In particular, stock appreciation rights may be granted to Mr. Schmidt, the Company's Vice President of Marketing and Sales. Moreover, the Surviving Corporation may determine to initiate employee stock option and other employee benefit plans in the future to compensate and incentives key employees. Future Plans of the Company The Principal Stockholders have agreed with each other to provide approximately $2,500,000 in funds to the Surviving Corporation (not including payment of the Merger Consideration and the expenses related to the transaction) during the period from the Effective Time through July 1, 1997 in order to pay certain trade debt of the Company and provide initial capital. The Surviving Corporation's balance sheet will therefore be improved from that of the Company's balance sheet immediately prior to the Merger, although the Surviving Corporation will remain indebted to the Company's bank in the aggregate amount of $1,700,000 and to the Principal Stockholders in the aggregate amount of $2,891,253.10, including accrued interest thereon through May 8, 1996. Moreover, such improvement in The Surviving Corporation's balance sheet will occur only as a direct result of the proposed transaction, in the absence of which the Principal Stockholders do not currently intend, and are under no obligation, to invest the additional capital. Except as indicated in this Proxy Statement, the Principal Stockholders do not have any present plans or proposals subsequent to the Merger which relate to or would result in an extraordinary corporate transaction, such as a merger, reorganization or liquidation, involving the Company, a sale or transfer of a material amount of assets of the Company or any material change in the Company's corporate structure. The Principal Stockholders do presently contemplate that, if the Merger is consummated, the Surviving Corporation will be converted from a "C" corporation to a corporation taxed under Subchapter "S" of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, for the tax year beginning July 1, 1996. The Principal Stockholders consider the election of a Subchapter "S" corporate status to be one of the significant benefits to engaging in the contemplated transactions because such election permits any losses or income that may be incurred by the Surviving Corporation to be passed through and reported on such stockholders' personal income tax returns and to eliminate a corporate level federal income tax to the extent of future profits, if any. Subchapter "S" status is not practical prior to the Merger because it is unavailable to the Company -31- in its current ownership structure as a result of, among other reasons, it has more than 35 stockholders. In addition, the Principal Stockholders expect that the Company will need to undergo a significant financial, operational and managerial restructuring subsequent to the Merger for it to have any possibility of attaining financial stability and economic viability as a going concern, with realistic prospects for long-term profitability and growth. The Principal Stockholders anticipate that the Merger will result in significant changes both in the management and financial structure of the Company. They anticipate that, by providing or making available additional debt financing, including continuing to guarantee corporate debt, and by injecting additional equity capital into the Company, they can assist the Company to restructure itself financially, which should result in eliminating much of its delinquent trade credit and all of its bank debt currently in default. They also anticipate that if they personally loan additional capital to the Company to help solve the Company's financial problems, corporate assets would continue to be used to collateralize the debt to them. The Principal Stockholders anticipate that the assumption by the Company of the status of a private company would allow the Company to eliminate certain overhead costs (including the time devoted by employees and the fees and expenses of various professional advisors and service providers of the Company) which relate exclusively to the Company's being a public company. Some of those costs include the following: the costs of certain accounting, auditing and SEC counsel activities, the cost of preparing, printing and mailing corporate reports and proxy statements, the expense of a transfer agent and the cost of dealing with stockholder questions. The Company estimates that these costs approximated $175,000 for each of the last two years exclusive of unquantifiable management time. Dissenters' Rights of Appraisal The following is a summary of the provisions of Section 262 of the DGCL relating to appraisal rights. Section 262 of the DGCL is reproduced in its entirety as Exhibit I to this Proxy Statement, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to Exhibit I. Stockholders should read carefully Exhibit I and, if they wish to exercise their rights to an appraisal, follow carefully the procedures set forth therein. Any stockholder considering demanding an appraisal is advised to consult legal counsel. Under Section 262 of the DGCL, holders of record of shares of the Company who do not wish to accept the consideration for their shares as provided for in the Merger Agreement have the right to seek an appraisal of the fair value of their shares exclusive of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the Merger in the Delaware Court of Chancery (the "Delaware Court"). Each stockholder is urged to read carefully the materials contained in this Proxy Statement and the other materials incorporated herein in making a determination whether to accept the consideration for their shares as provided for in the Merger Agreement or to seek an appraisal pursuant to the DGCL. Stockholders desiring to exercise their appraisal rights under the DGCL are referred to herein as "Appraisal Stockholders." Each Appraisal Stockholder wishing to assert a right to such appraisal must, before the taking of the vote at the Meeting to be held on June 18, 1996, make a written demand for the appraisal of his or her shares to the Company at the address set forth below. Failure to make such demand on or before such time will foreclose an Appraisal Stockholder's right to an appraisal. The demand must reasonably inform the Company of the identity of the Appraisal Stockholder making the demand as well as the intention of such Appraisal Stockholder to demand an appraisal of the fair value of the shares held by such stockholder. For purposes of making an appraisal demand, the address of the Company is: Megamation Inc., 51 Everett Drive, Building #B4, Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648, Attention: Edward F. Borkowski, President. -32- Only a holder of record of shares, or a person duly authorized and explicitly purporting to act on the record holder's behalf, is entitled to assert an appraisal right with respect to the shares registered in the record holder's name. Beneficial owners who are not record holders and who wish to exercise appraisal rights are advised to consult promptly with the appropriate record holders as to the timely exercise of appraisal rights. A record holder, such as a broker, who holds shares as a nominee for others may exercise appraisal rights with respect to the shares held for one or more beneficial owners, while not exercising such rights for other beneficial owners. In such a case, the written demand should set forth the numbers of shares as to which the demand is made. Where no shares are expressly mentioned, the demand will be presumed to cover all shares held in the name of such record holder. A holder of shares held in "street name" who desires an appraisal must take such actions as may be necessary to ensure that a timely and proper demand for an appraisal is made by the record holder of such shares. Shares held through brokerage firms, banks and other financial institutions are frequently deposited with and held of record in the name of a nominee of a central security depository, such as Cede & Co. Any holder of shares desiring an appraisal who held his or her shares through a brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution is responsible for ensuring that the demand for an appraisal is made by the record holder. The Appraisal Stockholder should instruct such firm, bank or institution that the demand for an appraisal must be made by the record holder of the shares, which might be the nominee of a central security depository if the shares have been so deposited. As required by Section 262 of the DGCL, a demand for an appraisal must reasonably inform the Company of the identity of the record holder (which might be a nominee as described above) and of such holder's intention to seek an appraisal of such shares. A demand for an appraisal of shares owned of record by two or more joint holders must identify and be signed by or for all of the holders. A demand for an appraisal signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians, attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity must so identify the persons signing the demand. An appraisal demand may be withdrawn by an Appraisal Stockholder within 60 days after the Effective Time, but thereafter the written approval of the Company is needed for any such withdrawal. Upon withdrawal of an appraisal demand, a holder of shares will be entitled to receive the consideration for their shares as provided for in the Merger Agreement. No interest will be paid on this amount. Within 120 days after the Effective Time (the "120-Day Period"), any Appraisal Stockholder who has properly demanded an appraisal and who has not withdrawn his or her demand as provided above (such Appraisal Stockholders being hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Dissenting Stockholders" and the shares held by such Dissenting Stockholders being hereinafter referred to as "Dissenting Shares") and the Company each has the right to file in the Delaware Court a petition (the "Petition") demanding a determination of the fair value of the Dissenting Shares held by all of the Dissenting Stockholders. If, within the 120-Day Period, no Petition shall have been filed as provided above, all rights to an appraisal will cease and all the Dissenting Stockholders will become entitled to receive the consideration for their shares as provided for in the Merger Agreement without interest thereon after the Effective Time, with respect to such Dissenting Shares. The Company is not obligated and does not intend to file such a Petition. Any Dissenting Stockholder is entitled, pursuant to a written request to the Company made within the 120-Day Period, to receive from the Company a statement setting forth the aggregate number of shares with respect to which demands for appraisal have been received and the aggregate number of Dissenting Stockholders. Upon the filing of the Petition, service of a copy thereof is required to be made upon the Company, which, within 20 days after such service, must file in the office of the Register in Chancery in which the Petition was filed a duly verified list containing the names and addresses of all Appraisal Stockholders. The Delaware Court may order that notice of the time and place fixed for the hearing on the Petition be sent by registered or certified -33- mail to the Company and all of the Dissenting Stockholders, and be published at least one week before the day of the hearing in a newspaper of general circulation published in the City of Wilmington, Delaware or in another publication determined by the Delaware Court. The Delaware Court will approve the form of notice by mail and by publication. The costs relating to these notices will be borne by the Company. If a hearing on the Petition is held, the Delaware Court is empowered to determine which Appraisal Stockholders have complied with the provisions of Section 262 of the DGCL and are entitled to an appraisal of their shares. The Delaware Court may require that Dissenting Stockholders submit their stock certificates which had represented shares for notation thereon of the pendency of the appraisal proceedings. The Delaware Court is empowered to dismiss the proceedings as to any Dissenting Stockholder who does not comply with such requirement. Accordingly, Dissenting Stockholders are cautioned to retain their stock certificates pending resolution of the appraisal proceedings. Dissenting Shares will be appraised by the Delaware Court at their fair value as of the Effective Time, exclusive of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the Merger. The Delaware courts appraise dissenting shares by considering, among other things, proof of value by any techniques or methods which are generally acceptable in the financial community and otherwise admissible in court taking into consideration market value, asset value, dividends, earnings prospects, the nature of the enterprise and all other relevant factors involving the value of a company. The value so determined for the shares could be equal to, more or less than the consideration for the shares as provided for in the Merger Agreement, and could be based upon consideration other than, or in addition to, the consideration for the shares as provided for in the Merger Agreement, the market value of the shares, asset values and earnings capacity. The Company reserves the right to assert in any appraisal proceeding that the fair value of the shares as of the Effective Time is less than the consideration for the shares as provided for in the Merger Agreement. In Weinberger v. UOP, Inc., et al. (decided February 1, 1983), the Delaware Supreme Court stated, among other things, that "proof of value by any techniques or methods which are generally considered acceptable in the financial community and otherwise admissible in court" should be considered in an appraisal proceeding, and that "fair price obviously requires consideration of all relevant factors involving the value of a company. . ." The Delaware Supreme Court stated that in making this determination of fair value the court must consider market value, asset value, dividends, earnings prospects, the nature of the enterprise and any other factors which could be ascertained as of the date of the merger that throw any light on future prospects of the merged corporation. The Delaware Supreme Court also held that "elements of future value, including the nature of the enterprise, which are known or susceptible of proof as of the date of the merger and not the product of speculation, may be considered." In addition, the Delaware Supreme Court stated in Weinberger that while ordinarily a stockholder's only monetary remedy would be an appraisal, such remedy may not be adequate "in certain cases, particularly where fraud, misrepresentation, self-dealing, deliberate waste of corporate assets, or gross and palpable overreaching are involved," and that in such cases the Delaware Court would be free to fashion any form of appropriate relief. The Delaware Court may also, on application, (i) determine a fair rate of interest, simple or compound, if any, to be paid to Dissenting Stockholders in addition to the value of the Dissenting Shares for the period from the Effective Time to the date of payment, (ii) assess costs among the parties as the Delaware Court deems equitable and (iii) order all or a portion of the expenses incurred by any Dissenting Stockholder in connection with the appraisal proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and fees and expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the value of all Dissenting Shares. Determinations by the Delaware Court are subject to appellate review by the Delaware Supreme Court. Dissenting Stockholders are generally permitted to participate in the appraisal proceedings. No appraisal proceeding in the Delaware Court shall be dismissed as to any Dissenting Stockholder without the approval of the Delaware Court, and this approval may be conditioned upon terms which the Delaware Court deems just. -34- From and after the Effective Time, Dissenting Stockholders will not be entitled to vote their shares for any purpose and will not be entitled to receive payment of dividends or other distributions in respect of such shares payable to stockholders of record thereafter. Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Merger The Company has received an opinion of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, counsel to the Principal Stockholders, indicating its concurrence with the following: . The receipt of cash for Common Shares pursuant to the Merger will be a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes under the Code, and also may be a taxable transaction under applicable state, local, foreign and other tax laws. . In general, for federal income tax purposes a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the tax basis for the Common Shares held by such stockholder and the amount of cash received in exchange therefor. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss if the Common Shares are capital assets in the hands of the stockholder and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holding period for the Common Shares is more than one year. As of the date of this Proxy Statement, long-term capital gains recognized in 1996 by stockholders who are individuals are taxable at a maximum statutory rate of 28% (as compared with a maximum statutory rate of 39.6% on ordinary income). Corporations generally are subject to tax at a maximum statutory rate of 35% on both capital gains and ordinary income. The distinction between capital gain and ordinary income may be relevant for certain other purposes, including the taxpayer's ability to utilize capital loss carryovers to offset any gain recognized. The foregoing discussion may not be applicable to stockholders who acquired their Common Shares pursuant to the exercise of options or other compensation arrangements or who are not citizens or residents of the United States or who are otherwise subject to special tax treatment under the Code. If payments are made to option or warrant holders under the terms of the Merger, it would be a taxable transaction for federal income tax purposes. The character of the income or loss, if any, would be dependent on the facts and circumstances under which the warrant or option was granted. Certain noncorporate stockholders may be subject to back-up withholding at a rate of 31% on the receipt of the Merger Consideration. Generally, back-up withholding applies only when the taxpayer fails to furnish or certify a proper taxpayer identification number or when the payor is notified by the Internal Revenue Service that the taxpayer identification number used by the stockholder is incorrect. THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE MERGER IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS BASED ON EXISTING TAX LAWS AS OF THE DATE OF THIS PROXY STATEMENT, WHICH MAY DIFFER AT THE EFFECTIVE TIME. PROPOSED LEGISLATION, IF ENACTED, MAY ALTER THE RATES OF TAXATION SHOWN ABOVE. EACH STOCKHOLDER IS URGED TO CONSULT SUCH STOCKHOLDER'S OWN TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER OF THE MERGER, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN AND OTHER TAX LAWS AND BACK-UP WITHHOLDING. -35- Estimated Fees and Expenses; Sources of Funds Estimated fees and expenses incurred or to be incurred by Company or Mergerco in connection with the Merger and the funds required to repay debt and provide initial working capital to the Company subsequent to the Merger are approximately as follows:
Payment of Merger Consideration (1)....... $ 920,483 Financial advisory fees and expenses (2).. 230,000 Legal fees and expenses (3)............... 260,000 Accounting fees and expenses.............. 15,000 SEC filing fees........................... 185 Printing and mailing expenses............. 5,000 Paying agent fees and expenses............ 5,000 Miscellaneous expenses.................... 4,332 Repayment of certain Company trade debt... 600,000 Working capital infusion.................. 1,960,000 ---------- TOTAL.................................... $4,000,000 - --------------------
(1) Includes payment for all outstanding Common Shares other than those owned by Mergerco. (2) Includes the fees and estimated expenses of TM Capital and Howard, Lawson. See "--Opinion of TM Capital; Summary of Financial Analyses--Financial Advisor to the Principal Stockholders." (3) Includes the estimated fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and counsel for each of the Principal Stockholders. The total amount of funds required to pay the Merger Consideration and the expenses incident to the Merger Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, to repay certain trade debt of the Company and to provide for initial working capital for the Surviving Corporation's operations subsequent to the Merger will be provided from the personal funds of the Principal Stockholders, and other than the Merger Consideration, which will be contributed to Mergerco as equity immediately before the Merger, may take the form of either a variety of debt financing arrangements, additional contributions to equity capital or a combination of both. Each party shall pay its own expenses if the Merger is not consummated. The total amount of $4,000,000 in capital to be invested in the transaction represents a commitment on the part of the Principal Stockholders to each other to support the investment in the Company made by the other. A portion of such total will be paid at or shortly after the Effective Time to pay the Merger Consideration and the expenses of the transaction and to fund the initial working capital requirements of the Surviving Corporation, and a portion of such total will be phased-in during the period through July 1, 1997. Accounting Treatment of the Merger The Merger will be accounted for as a "purchase" as that term is used under generally accepted accounting principles for accounting and financial reporting purposes. Regulatory Approvals No federal or state regulatory approvals are required to be obtained, nor are any regulatory requirements complied with, in connection with consummation of the Merger by any party to the Merger Agreement, except for the requirements of the DGCL in connection with obtaining shareholder approvals and consummation of the Merger and the SEC in connection with the filing and dissemination of this Proxy Statement and related documents. -36- THE MEETING; MECHANICS OF VOTING AND PROXIES Time, Date and Place The Meeting of the stockholders of the Company to consider and vote upon the Merger Proposal will be held on Tuesday, June 18, 1996 at 10:00 a.m., local time, at the offices of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, Two Logan Square, Eighteenth and Arch Streets, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-2799. Record Date; Voting Securities; Quorum Only stockholders of record at the close of business on June 18, 1996, the Record Date for the Meeting, will be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Meeting and any adjournments or postponements thereof. As of the close of business on the Record Date, there were 14,358,666 outstanding Common Shares held by 423 record holders of the Company. There was no other class of voting securities of the Company outstanding on that date. Each Common Share is entitled to one vote, and all Common Shares have equal voting rights. The presence, in person or by Proxy, of the holders of a majority of the total outstanding Common Shares entitled to vote is necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at the Meeting. Abstentions and broker non- votes (where a broker or other record holder submits a Proxy but does not have authority to vote a customer's Common Shares) will be considered present for purposes of establishing a quorum. Required Vote Pursuant to the DGCL, the affirmative vote of at least a majority of all of the outstanding Common Shares is required to approve and adopt the Merger Proposal. The approval of a majority of the Public Shares held by the Public Stockholders is not required. The Principal Stockholders will vote the Common Shares that they intend to contribute to Mergerco, representing approximately 35.9% of the outstanding Common Shares, in favor of the approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement. In addition, the Company has been informed that Dr. Pollack's Common Shares and the Cooper Affiliate Shares, aggregating approximately 8.0% and 3.5%, respectively, of the outstanding Common Shares will be voted in favor of the Merger Proposal. Therefore, an aggregate of approximately 47.4% of the outstanding Common Shares shall be voted in the affirmative. The vote in favor of the approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement is not assured for purposes of the DGCL without the affirmative vote of additional shares held by another stockholder of the Company. However, the vote of only approximately 373,325 additional shares, or less than an additional 3.0% of the outstanding Common Shares, is necessary to approve the Merger Agreement. Voting of Proxies Common Shares represented by Proxies, in the accompanying form of Proxy, which are properly executed, duly returned and not revoked, will be voted in accordance with the instructions contained therein. If no specification is indicated on the Proxy, the Common Shares represented thereby will be voted (i) FOR the Merger Proposal, and (ii) FOR any other matter that may properly be brought before the Meeting in accordance with the judgment of the person or persons voting the Proxies. The execution of a Proxy will in no way affect a stockholder's right to attend the Meeting and vote in person. Attendance at the Meeting will not in and of itself constitute the revocation of a Proxy. A stockholder voting through a Proxy who abstains with respect to approval of the Merger will be considered to be present and entitled to vote on that matter and will be, in effect, a negative vote, but a stockholder (including a broker) who does not give authority to a Proxy to vote, or withholds authority to vote, on such matter shall not be considered present and entitled to vote thereon. -37- Any Proxy executed and returned by a stockholder may be revoked at any time thereafter if written notice of revocation is given to the Secretary of the Company prior to the vote to be taken at the Meeting, or by execution of a subsequent Proxy which is presented at the Meeting, or if the stockholder attends the Meeting and votes by ballot, except as to any matter or matters upon which a vote shall have been cast pursuant to the authority conferred by such Proxy prior to such revocation. The cost of solicitation of Proxies from the stockholders on behalf of the Board of Directors will be paid by the Company. In addition to solicitation by mail, directors, officers and regular employees of the Company may solicit Proxies by telephone, telegram, facsimile transmission or by personal interviews. Such persons will receive no additional compensation for such services but may be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection therewith. The Company will reimburse banks, brokerage firms, nominees, fiduciaries and custodians for their reasonable charges and expenses incurred in forwarding Proxy material to the beneficial owners of Common Shares held of record by such persons. -38- THE MERGER AGREEMENT General The Merger Agreement provides for the Merger of Mergerco with and into the Company at the Effective Time and the separate corporate existence of Mergerco shall cease and the Company shall continue as the Surviving Corporation to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. As a result of the Merger, the Principal Stockholders will own all of the Surviving Corporation's common stock. In the Merger, the stockholders of the Company, other than Mergerco and stockholders who exercise their dissenters' rights under Delaware law, will received the Merger Consideration described below. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Purpose and Reasons for the Merger." Effective Time of the Merger The Effective Time of the Merger will occur upon duly filing a Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (as required by the DGCL) or at such later time as is specified in such Certificate of Merger. It is anticipated that such Certificate of Merger will be filed as promptly as practicable on or after the Closing Date. Such filing will be made, however, only upon satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the Merger contained in Article 5 of the Merger Agreement. The following discussion of the Merger Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of the Merger Agreement, which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Exhibits A-1 and A-2 and is incorporated herein by reference. The Surviving Corporation Under Article 1 of the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger will be as provided in Section 251 of the DGCL. The Company, as the Surviving Corporation, will possess all of the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises, of a public and private nature, of the Company and Mergerco, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all other causes of action and all and every other interest of, or belonging to or due to, Company or Mergerco, will be deemed to be transferred to and vested in such Surviving Corporation without further act or deed; and the title to any real estate, or any interest therein, vested in either of the merged companies shall not revert or in any way be impaired by reason of the Merger. The Surviving Corporation will thereafter be responsible and liable for all of the liabilities and obligations of the Company and Mergerco; any claim existing or action or proceeding pending by or against either of the merged companies may be prosecuted to judgment as if such Merger had not taken place, or the Surviving Corporation may be substituted in the place of the Company and Mergerco. Section 1.4 of the Merger Agreement provides that the Principal Stockholders, who will be the directors of Mergerco immediately prior to the Effective Time, will become the directors, together with Mr. Lawson, of the Surviving Corporation at the Effective Time, and the executive officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time will become the executive officers of the Surviving Corporation after the Effective Time, until their respective successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualified in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation, or as otherwise provided by law. In addition, Sections 1.2 and 1.3 of the Merger Agreement provides that the Surviving Corporation will adopt as its Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of Mergerco as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, until duly amended in accordance with the terms thereof and the DGCL. Consideration to be Paid to Public Stockholders; Conversion of Common Shares Under Section 2.1 of the Merger Agreement, as a result of the Merger, each Common Share (except shares held by the Company as treasury stock, shares owned by Mergerco and shares owned by Public Stockholders who perfect their dissenters' rights under the DGCL) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time -39- will be converted into and represent the right to receive the Merger Consideration of $.10 in cash, without interest, subject to applicable back-up withholding taxes. Upon conversion, each Common Share will no longer be outstanding and will automatically be canceled and retired and cease to exist and certificates previously evidencing Common Shares immediately prior to the Effective Time will thereafter represent only the right to receive the Merger Consideration. Each Common Share owned by Mergerco or held by the Company as treasury stock will be canceled without any conversion rights or consideration. Each share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Mergerco issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will automatically be converted into one newly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Surviving Corporation. Under Section 2.4 of the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, except as otherwise provided in the Merger Agreement, each option and warrant granted by the Company to purchase Common Shares, which is outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time, will be canceled and retired and will cease to exist, subject to the written agreement of each option and warrant holder. In the event that an option or warrant granted by the Company to purchase Common Shares has vested and is exercisable (or vests and becomes exercisable as a result of the Merger), each holder of such option or warrant will, in settlement thereof, receive from the Surviving Corporation for each Common Share subject to such option or warrant an amount in cash (subject to applicable withholding tax) equal to the difference between the Merger Consideration and the per share exercise price of such option or warrant, to the extent such difference is a positive number. Upon receipt of such consideration, the option or warrant will be canceled. Because none of the exercise prices for such options or warrants is less than the $.10 per share Merger Consideration, the practical result of this provision is that no consideration will be delivered in exchange for the cancellation of all outstanding options and warrants to purchase Common Shares. As described above, upon consummation of the Merger, subject to the provisions described below, each Common Share outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (except shares held by the Company as treasury stock, shares owned by Mergerco and shares owned by Public Stockholders who perfect their dissenters' rights under the DGCL) will be converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration. Under Section 2.3 of the Merger Agreement, if the Merger is consummated promptly after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall deposit with the Paying Agent monies sufficient to pay the aggregate Merger Consideration (the "Payment Fund"). In addition, instructions with regard to the surrender of certificates formerly representing Common Shares, together with the Letter of Transmittal to be used for that purpose, will be mailed by the Paying Agent to the Public Stockholders as soon as practicable after the Effective Time. The Paying Agent, as soon as practicable following receipt from a Public Stockholder of a duly executed Letter of Transmittal, together with certificates formerly representing Common Shares and any other items required by the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent, shall pay to such Public Stockholder the product of: (x) the number of Common Shares previously evidenced by such certificates and (y) the Merger Consideration, out of the Payment Fund and the certificates so surrendered will be canceled. If payment is to be made to a person other than the person in whose name the certificate surrendered is registered, it will be a condition of payment that the certificate so surrendered be properly endorsed or otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the person requesting such payment pay any transfer or other taxes required by reason of such payment or establish to the satisfaction of the Surviving Corporation that such taxes have been paid or are not applicable. STOCKHOLDERS OF THE COMPANY SHOULD NOT SEND ANY STOCK CERTIFICATES EVIDENCING COMMON SHARES WITH THEIR PROXY CARDS AT THIS TIME. ALL QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO THE PROCEDURE FOR PAYMENT OF THE MERGER CONSIDERATION FOR THE PUBLIC SHARES SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE PAYING AGENT. Under Section 2.3(b) of the Merger Agreement, until surrendered, in accordance with provisions of the Merger Agreement, from and after the Effective Time, each certificate previously evidencing Common Shares -40- (other than certificates previously evidencing shares held in treasury of the Company or held by Mergerco) shall represent for all purposes only the right to receive the Merger Consideration to which such holder is entitled and shall cease to have any rights with respect to the Common Shares formerly represented thereby except as otherwise provided by the Merger Agreement or by law. Under Section 2.3(c) of the Merger Agreement, any funds remaining in the Payment Fund that remain unclaimed by Public Stockholders for six months after the Effective Time will be returned to the Surviving Corporation and any Public Stockholder who has not exchanged his Public Shares for the Merger Consideration prior to that time shall look thereafter only to the Surviving Corporation for payment of the Merger Consideration in respect of his Public Shares. Any amounts remaining unclaimed by Public Stockholders one year after the Effective Time will, to the extent permitted by abandoned property and any other applicable law, become the property of the Surviving Corporation without further action or request, free and clear of all claims or interest of any person previously entitled to such claims. All interest accrued in respect of the Payment Fund shall inure to the benefit of and be paid to the Surviving Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Mergerco nor the Surviving Corporation shall be liable to any holder of Common Shares for any amount paid to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar law. Under Section 2.3(d) of the Merger Agreement, the Surviving Corporation will be entitled to deduct and withhold from consideration payable to any holder of Common Shares such amounts as the Surviving Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under applicable tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by Surviving Corporation, such amounts will be treated for all purposes of the Merger Agreement as having been paid to the relevant holder of Common Stock. Under Section 2.3(e) of the Merger Agreement, at the Effective Time, the stock transfer books will be closed and there will be no further registration of transfer of Common Shares thereafter on the records of the Company. Representations and Warranties Article 4 of the Merger Agreement contains various representations and warranties of the Company and Mergerco relating to, among other things, the following matters (which representations and warranties are subject, in certain cases, to specified exceptions and, generally, apply only to facts and circumstances existing as of the date of the Merger Agreement): (a) due incorporation, corporate existence, good standing and power of, and similar corporate matters with respect to, each of the Company and Mergerco; (b) corporate power and authority to enter into, and the valid and binding execution and delivery of, the Merger Agreement by each such party; (c) the absence of any governmental authorization, consent or approval required to consummate the Merger, except as disclosed; (d) the Merger Agreement and the Merger not resulting in contraventions or conflicts with respect to the Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws of the Company or Mergerco and violations of laws, regulations, judgments, injunctions, orders or decrees relating to the Company and Mergerco; and (e) the accuracy of information supplied by the Company and Mergerco included in this Proxy Statement and the Schedule 13E-3. In Section 4.1 of the Merger Agreement, the Company has made certain additional representations and warranties to Mergerco relating to the following matters (which representations and warranties are subject, in certain cases, to specified exceptions and, generally, apply only to facts and circumstances existing as of the date of the Merger Agreement): (a) the capital structure of the Company; (b) the delivery to Mergerco of certain documents filed by the Company with the SEC and the accuracy of the information contained in such documents; (c) the fair presentation of the financial statements of the Company; (d) the absence of any material adverse changes to the Company's business operations or financial conditions resulting in a Material Adverse Effect to the Company; (e) the vote of the Board of Directors of the Company to approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger, to elect -41- not to be subject to the applicable state takeover law and to recommend the approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger by the Stockholders of the Company; (f) the delivery of a fairness opinion from TM Capital; and (g) certain tax matters. In Section 4.2 of the Merger Agreement, Mergerco has made certain additional representations and warranties to the Company relating to the following matters (which representations and warranties are subject, in certain cases, to specified exceptions and, generally, apply only to facts and circumstances existing as of the date of the Merger Agreement): (a) the vote of the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of Mergerco to approve the Merger Agreement and the Merger and (b) at the Effective Time, the sufficiency of available funds to provide all of the requisite Merger Consideration, to effect all refinancing required in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and to pay all related fees and expenses. Covenants In Article 6 of the Merger Agreement, the Company has agreed that during the period from the date of the Merger Agreement to the Effective Time, except as otherwise provided in the Merger Agreement or consented to by Mergerco, the Company will conduct its business only in the regular and ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve substantially intact its business organizations and preserve its relationships with third parties with whom they have business dealings. The Company has further agreed that it shall not: (i) declare or pay any dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of its capital stock, (ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any other securities in respect of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock, (iii) repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock, except as required by the terms of its securities already outstanding or as contemplated by the Merger Agreement; (iv) grant any options, warrants or rights to purchase Common Shares or amend or reprice any option or the stock option plan; (v) issue, deliver or sell, or authorize, or propose to issue any shares of its capital stock, any Company Voting Debt (as defined in the Merger Agreement) or any rights, warrants or options to acquire such shares; (vi) make any changes in its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws; (vii) subject to the fiduciary responsibilities of the Directors, acquire by merger or consolidation or purchase a substantial equity interest in or substantial portion of the assets of any corporation, partnership or associate or division thereof; (viii) subject to the fiduciary responsibilities of the Directors, sell, lease, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of its assets except dispositions in the ordinary course of business; (ix) authorize, recommend or propose to adopt a plan of complete or partial dissolution except as permitted by the Merger Agreement; (x) take or agree to take any action that would make inaccurate any of the representations or warranties contained in the Merger Agreement; (xi) increase in any manner the compensation of directors, officers or key employees or enter into any new employment agreement or materially amend any existing employment agreement with any such director, officer or key employee or except as may be required by law, become obligated under any new employee benefit plan or pension plan; (xii) except for any indebtedness incurred to the Principal Stockholders as an interim financing arrangement, assume or incur indebtedness or act as guarantor or, other than an extension of its lease with its current landlord specifically approved by the Board of Directors, enter into any lease or create any mortgages, liens or security interests on the Company's property other than certain specified arrangements; or (xiii) fail to provide Mergerco with copies of all filings made by the Company with the Commission or any other Governmental Entity in connection with the Merger Agreement. Additional Agreements Article 7 of the Merger Agreement provides that as soon as practicable, the Company, with the cooperation of Mergerco, will prepare and file with SEC the Proxy Statement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to all SEC comments with respect to the Proxy Statement and to cause the Proxy Statement to be mailed to the Company's stockholders at the earliest practicable date. The Company will, as soon -42- as practicable, use commercially reasonable efforts to duly call, give notice of, convene and hold the Company Stockholders Meeting for the purpose of approving the Merger Agreement and the Merger. Under Section 7.2 of the Merger Agreement, from time to time, as and when required by the Surviving Corporation or by its successors or assigns, there shall be executed and delivered on behalf of the Company such deeds and other instruments, and there shall be taken or caused to be taken by all such further and other action, as shall be appropriate, advisable or necessary in order to vest, perfect or confirm, or record or otherwise, in the Surviving Corporation the title to and possession of all property interest, assets, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and authority of the Company and Mergerco, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of these resolutions. The officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of the Company and Mergerco or otherwise, to take any and all such action and to execute and deliver any and all such deeds and other instruments. In addition, under Section 7.3 of the Merger Agreement, the Company will take such commercially reasonable steps as are appropriate, including the giving of required notices, to preserve its rights under the Company Agreements (as defined in the Merger Agreement) and to ensure that such rights will be transferred to the Surviving Corporation. Section 7.5 of the Merger Agreement provides that, until the Effective time, Mergerco will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the confidentiality and not disclose to any person or entity, other than its employees, agents, attorneys and financial advisors who are participating in the Merger, and will not use, other than in connection with the Agreement, any proprietary and confidential information of the Company; provided, however, Mergerco may make such disclosures if and to the extent required by applicable law, legal process or other regulatory requirements. In the event that the Merger is not consummated and the Merger Agreement is terminated, Mergerco agrees to keep confidential all Confidential Information for a period of two (2) years after such termination. Indemnification Article 8 of the Merger Agreement provides that the Surviving Corporation will indemnify and hold harmless the present and former officers, employees and agents of the Company to the extent provided in its charter, codes of regulation or By-laws, by agreement or otherwise in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Surviving Corporation will have no obligation to indemnify a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company against any loss, cost, liability or expense arising out of or in connection with any action or claim asserted by Surviving Corporation against such director, officer, employee or agent for fraud, provided that Surviving Corporation prevails in such action or claim. The indemnification provisions of the Merger Agreement are binding on any successor entity to the Surviving Corporation with respect to any action or omission occurring prior to the Effective Time and will not amend, reduce or limit the rights of indemnity afforded to them or the ability of Surviving corporation to indemnify them, nor hinder, delay or make more difficult the exercise of such rights of indemnity. Right to Solicit Alternative Proposals Section 7 of the Merger Agreement provides that, from and after the date thereof until the Closing Date, Mergerco grants the Company and any of its officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents or affiliates (including, without limitation, any investment banker, attorney or accountant retained by the Company), the right to, directly or indirectly, initiate, solicit and encourage (including by way of furnishing non-public information or assistance), or take any other action to facilitate, any inquiries or the making of any proposal as an alternative to the Merger (as defined in the Merger Agreement, an "Alternative Proposal"), or enter into or maintain or continue -43- discussions or negotiate with any person or entity in furtherance of such inquiries to obtain an Alternative Proposal or agree to or endorse any Alternative Proposal, or authorize or permit any of its officers, directors or employees or any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other representative to take any such action. Conditions to Consummation of the Merger The respective obligations of the Company, on the one hand, and Mergerco, on the other hand, to consummate the Merger are set forth in Article 5 of the Merger Agreement and are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (except for stockholder approval), at or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions, among others: (a) approval and adoption of the Merger Agreement and the Merger by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares at the Meeting; (b) the absence of any claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration or litigation which has been threatened to be filed, has been filed or is proceeding which has arisen in whole or in part out of, or pertaining to the approval of the Board of Directors of either party of the Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement, the performance of obligations hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (c) the absence of any statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or other order (whether temporary, preliminary or permanent) enacted, issued, promulgated, enforced or entered prohibiting or restricting the consummation of the Merger; (d) the receipt of SEC clearance of the Proxy Statement, all state securities laws and "Blue Sky" permits and other necessary authorizations, consents and approvals of governmental authorities; (e) the recommendations of the Company's Board of Directors that the Company's stockholders approve the Merger or the opinion of TM Capital to the effect that the Merger Consideration is fair to the Company's stockholders, from a financial point of view, shall not have been withdrawn; (f) the performance of and compliance with, in all material respects, all agreements and obligations contained in the Merger Agreement and required to be performed or complied with at or prior to the Effective Time by the respective parties to the Merger Agreement; (g) the material truth and correctness of all representations and warranties of the parties to the Merger Agreement; (h) the furnishing of officers' certificates as to the matters covered in clauses (f) and (g) above; (i) the holders of less than 10% of the Common Shares entitled to vote on the Merger Proposal exercise their dissenters' rights; (j) the holders of outstanding options and warrants agree in writing to the cancellation of such options and warrants solely for the consideration set forth in the Merger Agreement. Under Section 5.2 of the Merger Agreement, the obligation of Mergerco to consummate the Merger is further subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the following conditions, among others: (a) the Company shall have carried on its business, between the date of the Agreement and the Closing Date, in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and from and after February 2, 1996, there shall not be any adverse change to the Company's business operations or financial condition which has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company (other than adverse changes consistent with events occurring in 1995); (b) the Company shall have obtained and delivered evidence to Mergerco of all material third party consents and approvals necessary, proper and advisable to consummate the Merger and to enable the Surviving Corporation to continue to carry on the business of the Company as it is presently being conduct; and (c) the holders of less than a majority of the Common Shares owned by unaffiliated shareholders vote against the Merger. Termination Under Section 9 of the Merger Agreement, the Merger Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after approval of the matters presented in connection with the Merger by the Stockholders of the Company or Mergerco by: (a) by either the Company or Mergerco if either: (i) the Merger Agreement and the Merger fail to receive the requisite vote for approval and adoption by the stockholders of the Company at the Company's Stockholders Meeting or (ii) the holders of 10% of the Common Shares entitled to vote on the Merger Proposal exercise their dissenters' rights; (b) by mutual written consent of the Company and Mergerco, if authorized or taken by mutual action of their respective Boards -44- of Directors; (c) either the Company or Mergerco (i) if there has been a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the other party, which breach has not been cured within five (5) business days following receipt by the breaching party of notice of such breach, or (ii) if a claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration or litigation has been threatened to be filed, has been filed or is proceeding which has arisen in whole or in part out of, or pertaining to the approval of the Board of Directors of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, the negotiation, execution, or delivery of this Agreement, the performance of obligations hereunder or the consummation of the transaction hereby; (d) either the Company or Mergerco, so long as such party has not breached its obligations under the Merger Agreement, if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or before June 30, 1996; provided that such right to terminate the Merger Agreement is not available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under the Merger Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date; or (e) by the Company, if the Board of Directors of the Company in the good faith exercise of its judgment reasonably determines after consultation with and based upon the advice of independent legal counsel to cause the Company to enter into an agreement regarding the Alternative Proposal because such action is reasonably necessary for the Board of Directors of the Company to comply with its fiduciary duties to its Stockholders under applicable law. In the event of termination of the Merger Agreement by either the Company or Mergerco as provided therein, the Merger Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Mergerco or the Company or their respective affiliates, officers, directors or shareholders, except as provided in the Merger Agreement. Fees and Expenses Under Section 7.4 of the Merger Agreement, if the Merger is not consummated, all fees and expenses related to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger (including attorneys' and consultants' fees and expenses) incurred by each of the parties to the Merger Agreement shall be borne by the party incurring such fees and expenses. If the Merger is consummated, all such fees and expenses will be paid by the Surviving Corporation from the funds provided by the Principal Stockholders to Mergerco or the Company for such purpose, as discussed in "SPECIAL FACTORS--Estimated Fees and Expenses; Sources of Funds." Amendments Section 9.2 of the Merger Agreement provides that any provision of the Merger Agreement may be, at any time prior to the Effective Time: (i) waived by the party benefitted by the provision or by both parties by a writing executed by an executive officer of such party, or (ii) amended or modified at any time (including the structure of the transaction) by an agreement in writing between the Company and Mergerco approved by their respective Boards of Directors. -45- MARKET PRICE AND STOCKHOLDER INFORMATION The Common Shares are traded over-the-counter under the symbol "MEGI," with market-makers submitting quotations in the so-called "pink sheets," and through The Nasdaq Stock Market, Inc.'s automated OTC Bulletin Board. The Common Shares began trading on the Nasdaq Stock Market after its IPO was consummated in September 1989. The table below sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the reported high and low bid information for the Common Shares, which represent quotations in the over-the-counter market as compiled by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc., with respect to the first three quarters of fiscal 1994, and the OTC Bulletin Board, with respect to the remainder of the information presented below. The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices without retail mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.
Bid ------------ High Low ----- ----- Fiscal 1994 First Quarter................................. $.344 $.063 Second Quarter................................ .260 .063 Third Quarter................................. .270 .010 Fourth Quarter................................ .130 .065 Fiscal 1995 First Quarter................................. $.240 $.130 Second Quarter................................ .220 .125 Third Quarter................................. .190 .100 Fourth Quarter................................ .375 .100 Fiscal 1996 First Quarter................................. $.344 $.100 Second Quarter................................ .13 .020 Third Quarter................................. .030 .020 Fourth Quarter (through May 5)................ .04 .03
On March 18, 1996, the last full trading day prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement and the public announcement thereof, the last reported sales price quoted by the OTC Bulletin Board was $.035 per Common Share. On May 17, 1996, the most recent practicable date prior to the printing of this Proxy Statement, the last reported sales price quoted by the OTC Bulletin Board was $.04 per Common Share. As of such date, there were 423 holders of record of Common Shares of the Company. The Company has not paid any dividends on the Common Shares and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on the Common Shares in the foreseeable future. The Company is prohibited under the terms of its bank line of credit and other credit instruments from paying cash dividends or from purchasing or retiring any of its capital stock. The Company's stockholders are urged to obtain a current market quotation for the Common Shares. -46- SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA The following selected financial data of the Company for the five years ended June 30, 1995 are derived from the financial statements of the Company which have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP (with respect to 1995), and Deloitte & Touche LLP (with respect to the previous four years), independent auditors. Each of such auditor's report on the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively, which appear in the Company's 1995 Annual Report attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 to this Proxy Statement, includes an explanatory paragraph because of substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern, described in Note 12 to the financial statements that are part of the 1995 Annual Report. The financial data for the six month periods ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 are derived from unaudited financial statements which appear in the Company's 1996 Second Quarterly Report attached hereto as Exhibits E-1 and E-2. The unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring accruals, which the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for these periods. Operating results for the six months ended December 31, 1995 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year ended June 30, 1996. The data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements, related notes and other financial information include in such Exhibits to this Proxy Statement.
Six Months Ended Years Ended June 30, December 31, ------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1994 1995 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- (In thousands, except per share data) (unaudited) Operating Data: Revenues................. $2,962 $6,307 $6,133 $3,094 $4,014 $1,967 $1,716 Cost of revenues......... 2,493 4,963 4,487 2,492 4,191 1,362 1,663 Research and development............. 124 165 295 381 352 170 200 Net loss................. (1,629) (613) (155) (1,107) (1,991) (155) (875) Net loss per share (1)..................... $(.18) $(.07) $(.01) $(.08) $(.14) (.01) (.06) Weighted average shares outstanding (1)..................... 9,106,000 9,406,000 12,352,749 13,343,324 14,207,982 14,059,752 14,358,666 As of June 30, December 31, ------------------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1994 1995 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Balance Sheet Data: (In thousands) (unaudited) Current assets............... $2,421 $2,074 $2,504 $1,712 $1,873 $2,670 $1,019 Working capital (deficiency)................ 856 427 522 (726) (2,833) (743) (3,653) Net plant and equipment...... 129 131 164 126 274 72 224 Total assets................. 2,724 2,409 2,913 2,132 2 ,513 3,057 1,604 Current liabilities.......... 1,565 1,647 1,982 2,439 4,706 3,413 4,672 Long-term debt............... 1,750 1,700 230 0 0 0 0 Shareholders' equity (deficit)................... (591) (938) 701 (307) (2,193) (356) (3,068) Book value per share......... ($0.06) ($0.10) $0.05 ($0.02) ($0.15) ($0.05) ($0.21) - ------------------------
(1) Net loss per share is computed on the basis described in Note 1 of "Notes to Financial Statements." -47- CERTAIN INFORMATION REGARDING THE BUSINESS OF THE COMPANY; RECENT DEVELOPMENTS General Overview The Company designs, develops, manufactures and services programmable, flexible, single and multiple tool, automation work cells designed to help customers improve manufacturing and materials handling processes by performing more work, in less space, more safely than by traditional work methods. The Company's product can improve productivity, increase product quality and decrease costs in the manufacturing workplace. The Company sells its automation workstations under the trade name MEGA 2(R). The MEGA 1 was the Company's first product line and the lower cost, less complex MEGA 2 group of workstations, the single automatic tool version of which was introduced in 1993, is the Company's current product line. The automation workstations have been primarily sold to clinical laboratories for test tube handling, to the automotive industry for light mechanical assembly and to the computer and telecommunications industries for electronic circuit board assembly. For many customers, the Company has also performed the additional custom manufacturing and engineering design to prepare for one or more automation workstations for a specific assembly application. Known as "integration," this additional process involves design and fabrication of gripper tools, layout and assembly of various third-party provided conveyors and parts-feeders, and software modifications to permit the automation workstations to control the additional equipment. The Company has placed approximately 120 automation workstations using approximately 330 automatic assembly tools since deliveries began in 1988. The Company's largest customers, accounting for 10% or more of the Company's gross revenues for the period January 1, 1996 to May 5, 1996 were SmithKline Beecham at 22%, Ford Motor Company at 13% and Progressive Tool & Industry at 10%. For fiscal 1995, customers which accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenues were SmithKline Beecham at 31% and Northern Telecom at 15%. For fiscal 1994, customers which accounted for 10% or more of the Company's revenues were Micron at 15%, TK Electronics at 15%, Northern Telecom at 12%, Alcoa at 11% and Hewlett Packard at 11%. The Company's business strategy is to offer the automation workstations as specialized, integrated products that perform tasks demanding accuracy, repeatability, speed, reliability and safety. The Company is focusing its efforts on identifying and penetrating vertical market product applications, like clinical laboratories, for automation workstations where there is a large and continuous demand. Accordingly, the Company is creating systems which incorporate proprietary software and hardware that minimize the need for customer application engineering or integration. The application software is generally developed collaboratively with targeted customers in selected markets to make sure the needs of the market are met. The Company's products in many cases are used by production personnel in an in-line manufacturing environment. The automation workstations are flexible and therefore re-configurable. The automation workstations application software provide easy-to-use, intuitive, graphical user interfaces operating under Microsoft Windows(R). The Company, a Delaware corporation, was founded on July 8, 1985 and its IPO was consummated September 21, 1989. The Company operates on a fiscal year which ends on June 30th. -48- Recent Financial Condition The Company experienced significant and increasing net losses and corresponding negative cash flows from operations in fiscal 1994 and 1995, and continuing during the first half of fiscal 1996, primarily due to insufficient revenues relative to cost and expense levels, a declining gross profit margin and the completion of all long term contracts of the Company which has resulted in a reduction of revenues recognized from the percentage of completion method. Additionally, substantial costs have been incurred associated with the development of the MEGA 2 system. At June 30, 1994 and 1995, and December 31, 1995, respectively, the Company had accumulated deficits of $6,102,000, $8,093,000 and $8,968,000, respectively, current liabilities exceeded current assets of the Company by approximately $726,000, $2,833,000 and $3,653,000, respectively, and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by $307,000, $2,193,000 and $3,068,000, respectively. The Company's independent auditors have issued qualified reports on the Company's audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1994 and 1995 (as well as every year since before the Company's IPO in 1989) to the effect that, based on the above factors, there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The Company has met its capital requirements for the past 25 months only as a result of frequent cash advances from the Principal Stockholders to sustain its operations in the form of term loans which at May 8, 1996 aggregated $2,891,253.10 in principal and interest, and the Principal Stockholders' personal guarantee of the Company's bank line of credit, of which $1,700,000 is currently outstanding. For more detailed information respecting the Company's business, operations and financial condition, see "SPECIAL FACTORS - -- Background of the Merger" and the Company's 1995 Annual Report, 1996 First Quarterly Report, 1996 Second Quarterly Report and 1996 Third Quarterly Report attached hereto as Exhibits B-1, B-2, B-3, E-1, E-2 and G, respectively. To improve the Company's financial results, prior management implemented during fiscal 1995 a business strategy that focused primarily on building specialized automation workstations for the healthcare industry and, specifically, the completion of installations at one significant customer, a major health care supplier. The Company determined not to continue supplying large-scale integrated systems for diverse industries, as it decided that it did not possess the human and financial resources to effectively and profitably compete in building large-scale integrated systems in that marketplace at this time. The success of this strategy was primarily dependent on (a) the Company's ability to successfully complete the current installation at its significant healthcare customer, gain additional orders in the short-term from this and other customers, and use the success in serving this customer to develop customer relationships with other leading healthcare industry companies, and (b) the Company's ability to obtain sufficient working capital and financial resources to execute its business plans. In February 1996, current management of the Company subsequently determined to reverse this strategy because sales in the healthcare industry did not materialize as expected and is now attempting to focus again on serving a larger number of customers operating in multiple industries. Recent Developments Management believes that the Company will be able to finance its operations only if the Principal Stockholders continue to provide debt financings to counter the Company's working capital shortages and negative cash flows, and the Principal Stockholders and the Company's bank lender do not exercise their rights to elect to accelerate the due dates of the Company's bank line of credit and term loans. The Principal Stockholders have agreed to continue to fund the Company's operations as a public company only until May 31, 1996. On March 18, 1996, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its bank line of credit and its term loans until May 31, 1996. See "SPECIAL FACTORS -- Background of the Merger" for a description of this indebtedness. However, as a result of the Company's deteriorating financial and operational condition and business prospects, the Principal Stockholders are no longer willing to continue to risk their personal capital (including debt and equity already invested) to sustain the Company's operations beyond such date unless a substantial restructuring occurs and the -49- Company becomes a private company in which they own all of the equity interest (other than certain warrants, employee stock options or stock appreciation rights that may be granted by the Surviving Corporation to certain key employees and consultants of the Company). These factors among others indicate that there is substantial likelihood that the Company will be unable to continue to operate as a viable economic entity, absent substantial additional financing and a fundamental operational restructuring. The Company has experienced delays in implementing its automated system for its largest customer of 1995, SmithKline Beecham, a major healthcare supplier, which has resulted in delays in the receipt of revenues from that installation. In addition, additional orders the Company had anticipated from such customer have not materialized because the installation program for such customer's remaining sites has been deferred and currently remains on hold. There can be no assurance that all or any of the additional deliveries that the Company had anticipated will ever be realized. Moreover, the Company experienced delays in 1995 with respect to implementation of another significant project for a different customer. It should be noted that the Company has made certain operational changes since the beginning of February 1996, although it continues to suffer from the above-described working capital shortage and negative cash flows and is unable to sustain its operations without continued capital infusions from the Principal Stockholders or other sources, the existence or availability of which the Company is not aware. Management of the Company does believe that in the event the Company is able to obtain sufficient working capital and financial resources it has several prospects which currently exist or could be developed and which may potentially result in various business opportunities for the Company. Among such potential opportunities, during fiscal 1995, the Company negotiated a letter of intent with SmithKline Beecham to supply, for approximately $4.5 million, 100 MEGA 2 single tool systems for automating operations in five regional clinical laboratories. The letter of intent contemplated delivery and installation of the 100 MEGA 2 systems over a 22 month period commencing in February, 1995. During fiscal 1995 the potential value of this order increased to approximately $9.5 million upon the customer's request that the Company provide engineering services and specialized versions for the original 100 MEGA 2 systems. The Company received a firm order late in the first quarter of fiscal 1995 for delivery of 16 units for the first laboratory. The Company sold the 16 systems and provided engineering services to the customer which generated revenues of approximately $1.25 million in fiscal 1995 and $244,000 to date in fiscal 1996. In the event that the customer is satisfied with the deliverables for the first laboratory, the customer could release an additional order for its second laboratory by the first quarter of fiscal 1997. Although no assurance can be given, additional orders may follow. Due to uncertainty principally related to its cost structure, the Company is not able to predict reliably at this time the effect such additional orders would have on the Company's cash flows, gross profit and net income. Moreover, management cautions that the customer is not obligated to make additional requests and that the Company is only one of several vendors which is contributing to the project and further orders are subject to the customer's satisfaction with the entire project. In the event that the customer does not purchase the balance of the 84 units, the Company expects to receive an additional approximately $428,000, which represents the recapture of revenue due to the loss of volume discounts offered to such customer based upon the entire order of 100 units. The Company has also been developing a product with Ford Motor Company that supplies visual inspection systems for the automotive industry to customize and integrate its workstations into a visual inspection product. In the event that the Company is successful in engineering the product and if this customer is satisfied with the product, it could request additional workstations to integrate with its own product to sell to automotive plants. Such customer has indicated that it may decide to resell this product to others in the automotive industry. The Company is currently engineering the specifications of the product. -50- In addition, the Company has developed a relationship with a potential customer in the automobile industry which integrates layout and assembly of various third-party provided conveyors and parts-feeders. The Company has developed a high precision mechanical assembly product used in automotive transmission assembly. A beta automation line has been developed which integrates the Company's equipment with products from other vendors. However, other vendors participating in the project have not completed their products to be integrated into the line. Consequently, no testing of the entire line has been performed. Throughout this period, the Principal Stockholders, in conjunction with Howard, Lawson, developed a set of implementation items which represent the steps believed to be necessary, in addition to and assuming the infusion of substantial capital, in order to effect a turnaround in the Company's business within the 18-month time frame. These steps included the following: support the Company's current customers; complete current projects in a manner so as to promote customer satisfaction; contact certain past customers of the Company with respect to whom recent contact had been limited; increase technical staff to continue product enhancements and sales staff to address new potential markets; recruit a permanent chief executive officer, possibly one with industry specific experience; complete a cost engineering analysis of the Company's products with the goal of significantly reducing the Company's costs in an effort to increase gross margins; and develop an upgrade package to its existing products for long-standing customers. The Principal Stockholders believe that, if they invest an additional $2,500,000 in capital and all of the above steps are effectively implemented, and absent further material adverse changes to the Company's business, financial condition and prospects, the Company could reach a break-even cash flow position in approximately 18 months. However, the Principal Stockholders recognize that there is no assurance, even if all of the above steps are implemented, that the Company will ever be profitable or that they will realize a return on or of their investment (including the additional capital to be contributed). The Principal Stockholders have determined that the strategy described above requires them to continue to fund the Company and to infuse additional capital into the Company and as prudent businessmen, have concluded that they are unwilling to pursue this strategy without the opportunity to obtain all of the potential benefit, if any, of the equity in the Company. -51- SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT The following table sets forth, as of May 9, 1996 (but without taking into account the contribution of Common Shares to Mergerco by the Principal Stockholders): (i) certain information concerning the ownership of the Common Shares by, and the addresses of, each person who is known by the Company to own of record or beneficially more than 5% of the outstanding Common Shares; and (ii) certain information concerning ownership of the Common Shares by each of the Company's directors and all directors and executive officers as a group, based upon reports filed by such persons. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to the proxies and powers of attorneys referred to in Note 1, the stockholders listed in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated.
Name and Address of Number of Shares Percentage Beneficial Owners Beneficially Owned(1) of Class - ------------------------------------ --------------------- ----------- Max Cooper (2)(3) 4,538,167 30.4% c/o CLP Inc. 124 Summit Parkway Birmingham, Alabama 35209 Cooper Investments (3) 1,900,000 12.8% 124 Summit Parkway Birmingham, Alabama 35209 Tristram C. Colket, Jr. (4) 2,656,667 17.3% 500 Chester Field Parkway Suite 170 Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355 Steven H. Pollack (5) 1,251,666 8.7% c/o 51 Everett Drive, Building #B4 Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648 Thomas D. Schmidt (6) 354,662 2.4% 51 Everett Drive, Building #B4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 All Directors and -- --% Executive Officers as a group (4 persons) (2)(3)(4)(5)(6) ______________________
(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3(d) promulgated by the SEC under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Common Shares issuable pursuant to options, warrants and convertible securities, to the extent such securities are currently exercisable or convertible, or are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the Record Date, May 17, 1996, are treated as outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such securities but are not treated as outstanding for -52- computing the percentage of any other person (irrespective of whether such options or warrants are currently in-the-money). (2) Includes: (i) 1,657,167 shares for which Mr. Cooper is the holder of record; (ii) 72,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant dated February 10, 1994; (iii) 509,000 shares held by certain individual stockholders for which Mr. Cooper is Proxy and Attorney-in-fact or otherwise has voting control; (iv) 1,900,000 shares beneficially owned by Cooper Investments, an Alabama general partnership, of which Mr. Cooper is a general partner, and (v) 400,000 shares owned by CLP, Inc., an Alabama corporation of which Mr. Cooper is Chairman of the Board. (3) Includes (i) 250,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant dated December 16, 1994 and (ii) 250,000 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant dated February 23, 1995. These shares are also included in the shares beneficially owned by Mr. Cooper. (4) Includes: (i) 1,696,667 shares for which Mr. Colket is the holder of record; (ii) 460,000 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant dated February 10, 1994; (iii) 250,000 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant dated December 16, 1994; and (iv) 250,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant dated February 8, 1995. (5) Includes 100,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of the Record Date. (6) Includes 354,662 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within 60 days of the Record Date. -53- PURCHASES OF COMMON SHARES BY AND OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH CERTAIN PERSONS Neither the Company, the Principal Stockholders nor, to the Company's knowledge, any of the officers or directors of the Company have purchased Common Shares within sixty days of the date of this Proxy Statement. On December 21, 1988, Mr. Cooper extended a term loan to the Company in an amount not to exceed $1,000,000 to mature on December 31, 1992. On September 14, 1992, the Company underwent a recapitalization pursuant to which Mr. Cooper extended the maturity date on the term loan to December 31, 1993 and entered into a subscription agreement with the Company to purchase up to 1,136,000 shares of Common Stock from July 1, 1992 to October 15, 1993. The Principal Stockholders also converted certain 12% Convertible Debentures and exercised certain warrants so that Mr. Cooper received 216,667 Common Shares and Mr. Colket received 1,191,667 Common Shares. On February 11, 1994, Mr. Colket provided the Company with an additional $230,000 in the form of a new term loan. In connection with the new term loan, Mr. Colket was issued a warrant to purchase 460,000 Common Shares of the Company at $.55 per share. In consideration for extending the due date of the original term loan and modifying the security interest in the Company's assets to recognize the co-priority of the new term loan, Mr. Cooper was issued a warrant to purchase 72,000 Common Shares of the Company exercisable at $.55 per share. No value was assigned to these warrants as the amount was not material. In August 1994, the Principal Stockholders each purchased 500,000 Common Shares. Net proceeds to the Company were $105,000. On December 16, 1994, the original term loan and the new term loan were amended to provide for an additional $500,000 in borrowings from the Principal Stockholders. Additionally, the due dates of both term loans were extended to June 30, 1995. Coincident with these amendments, the Company borrowed an additional $250,000. In consideration for the December 1994 amendments, the Principal Stockholders were each issued warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company at $.50 per share. No value was assigned to these warrants as the amount was not material. In February 1995, the Company borrowed the remaining $250,000 available under the term loans. See "SPECIAL FACTORS--Background of the Merger" for a description of this indebtedness. On March 3, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with the Principal Stockholders to provide an additional $800,000 in the form of short term loans through June 30, 1995, and the Company borrowed this amount during fiscal 1995. In addition, past due interest of approximately $120,000 under the existing term loans was deferred until July 1, 1995. On May 12, 1995, the Company obtained an agreement to extend the term loans until January 1, 1996. Additionally, the May 12, 1995 agreement modified the lending terms of the March 3, 1995 agreement whereby the Principal Stockholders provided $700,000 in the form of short term loans and deferred $100,000 of the past due interest on the term loans to January 1, 1996. The May 12, 1995 agreement set forth the parties intention to convert the $700,000 of loans and the $100,000 of deferred past due interest to shares of the Company's capital stock on terms and conditions to be agreed upon by the parties as soon as practicable. At the present time, no agreements or commitments for consummating such transaction exists, and they no longer have such intention. At December 31, 1995, there was accrued interest of $107,178 on the term loans. In December 1995, the Company borrowed $100,000 from Mr. Colket. -54- Between January 1, 1996 and May 8, 1996, the Company has borrowed a total of $785,000 from the Principal Stockholders. These term loans follow the same terms and conditions as previously issued term loans. On March 18, 1996, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of all of the term loans until May 31, 1996. In addition, under agreements entered into on May 12, 1994, and amended on August 18, 1994, the Company is a party to a Credit and Security Agreement with the Bank secured by trade receivables and guaranteed by the Principal Stockholders pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement. The line provides for maximum borrowings of $1,700,000. Under the terms of the agreement, the Principal Stockholders each guarantee one-half of the outstanding balance of the line. The guarantee agreement imposes borrowing formula limitations of the sum of 85% of trade receivables and 40% of the qualifying open order backlog. At June 30 and December 31, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with these borrowing limitation requirements. Borrowings under the line bear interest at the prime rate (9% and 7.25% at June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively). Additionally, the Principal Stockholders each accrue quarterly fees calculated at 1.5% annual rate on the average outstanding balance of the line. At December 31, 1995, there was accrued interest of $13,069 on the line. The guarantee fee expense which is included in interest expense was $45,187 for the year ended June 30, 1995 and $25,710 for the six months ended December 31, 1995. The expiration of the line has been extended by the lender until May 31, 1996. At June 30 and December 31, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with several financial covenants under the term loans and the credit lines. As of May 17, 1996, such noncompliance was continuing. The lenders have not exercised their rights to accelerate payment under the loans, but may do so at anytime. See "SPECIAL FACTORS -- Background of the Merger" for a description of this indebtedness. On July 29, 1992, Ms. Rose Fivelson, Mr. Scott Fivelson, Mr. Ed Jacobson, Ms. Sarah Jacobson, Mr. Kenneth Neuman, Ms. Shirley Neuman and Mr. Stephen Neuman (the "Cooper Stockholders") each executed a Durable Power of Attorney and Proxy appointing Mr. Cooper as each stockholder's Proxy and Attorney-in-Fact to represent and to vote in his or her discretion all of his or her Common Shares at any annual or special meeting of the Company's Stockholders until December 31, 1997. On September 4, 1992, Mr. Cooper, CLP, Inc., Cooper Investments, the Cooper Stockholders, Dr. Pollack, Messrs. Colket and Schmidt and two former officers and directors of the Company, Mr. Brian Hoffman and Mr. Alan Leiderman, entered into a Shareholders Agreement, which provides, among other things, that, beginning with the Company's 1992 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and continuing for a five-year period, each party to the Shareholders Agreement will vote the shares they currently or may hereafter control in favor of such actions as may be necessary to elect and maintain in office on the Board of Directors, each of (i) Mr. Cooper or one individual designated by Mr. Cooper; (ii) Mr. Colket or one individual designated by Mr. Colket; (iii) each of Mr. Hoffman, Dr. Pollack and Mr. Schmidt (the "Management Directors") or up to three individuals designated by a majority of the Management Directors (or their respective successors); (iv) Mr. Leiderman, if nominated by the Board of Directors; and (v) one additional Independent Director, if nominated by the Board of Directors. The Shareholders' Agreement was terminated on November 6, 1995 pursuant to a Termination Agreement of that same date. -55- TRANSACTION OF OTHER BUSINESS The Board of Directors knows of no other matters which may be presented at the Meeting, but if other matters do properly come before the Meeting, it is intended that the persons named in the Proxy will vote, pursuant to their discretionary authority, according to their best judgment in the interest of the Company. EXPERTS The financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 1995 and for the year then ended included in Exhibit B-1 to this Proxy Statement have been audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in its report with respect thereto, and are incorporated herein in reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The report of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP covering the June 30, 1995 financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph that states that the Company has incurred significant net losses, is in default under certain borrowing agreements, is in a negative working capital position and has a net shareholders' deficit at June 30, 1995, all of which raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. The financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 1994 and for each of the two years in the period then ended included in Exhibit B to this Proxy Statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report (which report includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company's ability to continue as a going concern) with respect thereto, and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm as given upon their authority experts in accounting and auditing. It is expected that representatives of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP will be present at the Meeting, where they will have an opportunity to respond to appropriate questions of stockholders and to make a statement if they so desire. Change in and Disagreements with Accountants and Financial Disclosure See Item 9 of Exhibit B-1 to this Proxy Statement for information respecting the Company's change in auditors. MISCELLANEOUS If the Merger is not consummated for any reason, proposals of stockholders intended to be presented at the 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders must be received by the Company at its principal executive offices on or prior to June 30, 1996, to be eligible for inclusion in the Company's Proxy Statement and form of Proxy relating to that meeting. Stockholders should mail any proposals by certified mail -- return receipt requested. BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS Thomas D. Schmidt, Secretary PLEASE COMPLETE AND RETURN YOUR PROXY CARD PROMPTLY IN THE ENCLOSED ENVELOPE. NO POSTAGE IS REQUIRED IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES. -56- EX-99.0 2 AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER - EXECUTION EXHIBIT A-1 EXECUTION AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER ---------------------------- AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of March 19, 1996 ("Agreement"), by and between Megamation Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and MI Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Mergerco"). WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of the Company and Mergerco deem it advisable and in the best interests of each corporation that Mergerco be merged with and into the Company (the "Merger"); and WHEREAS, the respective Boards of Directors of the Company and Mergerco (i) have approved the Merger pursuant to and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and (ii) have recommended approval of the Merger to the stockholders of each corporation; and WHEREAS, for federal income tax purposes, it is intended that Mergerco will be viewed as a transitory corporation and the Merger will be viewed as a purchase of Megamation shares by the Principal Shareholders. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows: 1. THE MERGER AND RELATED MATTERS ------------------------------ 1.1 The Merger. ---------- (a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, and in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL"), at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 1.1(b) hereof) Mergerco shall be merged with and into the Company and the separate corporate existence of Mergerco shall cease, and the Company shall continue as the surviving corporation of the Merger to be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Surviving Corporation"). (b) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the parties hereto shall cause the Merger to be consummated by duly filing a certificate of merger (the "Certificate of Merger") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and --------- acknowledged by Mergerco and the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, as provided by the DGCL, as soon as practicable on or after the Closing Date (as defined in Section 3 hereof). The Merger shall become effective upon such filing or at such time thereafter as is provided in the Certificate of Merger (the "Effective Time"). (c) At the Effective Time, the effect of the Merger shall be as provided in Section 251 of the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, the Surviving Corporation shall thereupon and thereafter possess all the rights, privileges, immunities, powers and franchises, of a public as well as of a private nature, of the Company and Mergerco; and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due on whatever account and all other causes of action and all and every other interest of, or belonging to or due to, Company or Mergerco, shall be deemed to be transferred to and vested in such Surviving Corporation without further act or deed; and the title to any real estate, or any interest therein, vested in either of the merged companies shall not revert or in any way be impaired by reason of the Merger. The Surviving Corporation shall thereafter be responsible and liable for all of the liabilities and obligations of the Company and Mergerco; any claim existing or action or proceeding pending by or against either of the merged companies may be prosecuted to judgement as if such Merger had not taken place, or the Surviving Corporation may be substituted in the place of the Company or Mergerco. 1.2 Certificate of Incorporation. The Certificate of Incorporation ---------------------------- of Mergerco as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until duly amended in accordance with the terms thereof and the DGCL. 1.3 By-Laws. The By-Laws of Mergerco as in effect immediately prior ------- to the Effective Time shall be the By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation until duly amended in accordance with the terms thereof and the DGCL. 1.4 Directors and Officers. Mr. Tristram C. Colket, Jr. and Mr. Max ---------------------- Cooper, the directors of Mergerco immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be, from and after the Effective Time, together with Mr. Joel S. Lawson, III, the initial directors of the Surviving Corporation, and the executive officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time will be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation, in each case until their successors have been duly elected or appointed and qualified in the manner provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation, or as otherwise provided by law. 2. CONVERSION OF SHARES -------------------- 2.1 Conversion of Shares. At the Effective Time, by virtue of the -------------------- Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of any shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of the Company -2- ("Company Common Stock") or the holder of any shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, of Mergerco ("Mergerco Common Stock"): (a) Each share of Mergerco Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and exchanged for one newly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable share of common stock, $.01 par value, of the Surviving Corporation ("Surviving Corporation Common Stock"). (b) Each share of Company Common Stock owned by Mergerco and all other shares of capital stock of the Company that are held in the treasury of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time, if any, shall be canceled and extinguished without any conversion right thereof and no consideration shall be delivered or deliverable in exchange therefor. (c) Each share of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than any shares of Company Common Stock described in Subsection (b) above or held by Dissenting Stockholders, as defined in Section 2.2 hereof) shall be converted into and represent the right to receive an amount in cash equal to $.10, payable to the holder thereof, without any interest thereon, less any required back-up withholding taxes (the "Merger Consideration"). At and after the Effective Time, all such shares of Company Common Stock, when converted as provided in this Section 2.1(c), no longer shall be outstanding and shall automatically be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist, and certificates previously evidencing shares of Company Common Stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, taking into account all certificates of a holder of Company Common Stock delivered by such holder at any one time (taken together, a "Company Certificate" or "Company Certificates") shall thereafter represent only the right to receive the Merger Consideration. 2.2 Dissenting Stockholders. Notwithstanding anything in this ----------------------- Agreement to the contrary, but only to the extent required by Section 262 of the DGCL, shares of Company Common Stock that are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and are held by holders who comply with all the provisions of the DGCL concerning the right of holders of Company Common Stock to dissent from the Merger and require appraisal of their shares of Company Common Stock ("Dissenting Stockholders") shall not be converted into the Merger Consideration but, instead, shall become the right to receive such consideration as may be determined to be due such Dissenting Stockholders pursuant to the DGCL; provided, however, that shares of Company Common Stock outstanding -------- ------- immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a Dissenting Stockholder who shall, after the Effective Time, withdraw his or her demand for appraisal or lose his or her right -3- of appraisal, in either case pursuant to the DGCL, shall thereupon be deemed to have been converted, as of the Effective Time, into the Merger Consideration, without interest. The Company shall give the Surviving Corporation: (i) prompt notice of any written demands for appraisal, withdrawals of demands for appraisal and any other related instruments received by the Company, and (ii) the opportunity to direct all negotiations and proceedings with respect to demands for appraisal under Delaware law. 2.3 Payment Procedures. ------------------ (a) As of the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall deposit or cause to be deposited with a paying agent to be selected by Mergerco as paying agent (the "Paying Agent"), in a separate fund established for the benefit of the holders of shares of Company Common Stock, for payment in accordance with this Section 2.3 (the "Payment Fund"), immediately available funds in amounts necessary to make the payments pursuant to Section 2.1(c) to the holders of Company Common Stock entitled thereto pursuant to Section 2.1(c). As soon as reasonably practicable after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall mail to each holder of record entitled to the Merger Consideration, (i) a form of letter of transmittal (which shall specify that delivery shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to the Company Certificates shall pass, only upon proper delivery of the Company Certificates to the Surviving Corporation, and shall be in such form and have such other provisions as the Surviving Corporation reasonably may specify) and (ii) instructions for use in effecting the surrender of the Company Certificates in exchange for payment therefor. Upon the proper surrender of a Company Certificate to the Surviving Corporation, together with such letter of transmittal and any additional documentation as the Surviving Corporation may reasonably require, the holder of such Company Certificate shall be entitled to receive in exchange therefor a check representing the amount of cash equal to the product of: (x) the number of shares of Company Common Stock represented by such Company Certificate and (y) the Merger Consideration, and the Company Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be canceled. If payment is to be made to a person other than the person whose name the surrendered Company Certificate is registered, it shall be a condition of payment that the Certificate so surrendered shall be promptly endorsed or otherwise in proper form for transfer and that the person requesting such payment shall pay any transfer or other taxes required by reason of the payment to a person other than the registered holder of the surrendered Company Certificate or established to the satisfaction of the Surviving Corporation that such tax has been paid or is not applicable. -4- (b) Until surrendered in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.3, from and after the Effective Time, each Company Certificate (other than Certificates representing shares held in the treasury of the Company) shall represent for all purposes only the right to receive the Merger Consideration and shall cease to have any rights with respect to the shares of Company Common Stock formerly represented thereby, except as otherwise provided herein or by law. (c) Any portion of the Payment Fund which remains undistributed to the holders of Company Common Stock for six months after the Effective Time will be returned to the Surviving Corporation and any stockholder who has not exchanged his shares of Company Common Stock for the Merger Consideration prior to such time shall look thereafter only to the Surviving Corporation for payment of the Merger Consideration in respect of his shares. Any amounts remaining unclaimed by stockholders of the Company one year after the Effective Time shall, to the extent permitted by abandoned property and any other applicable law, become the property of the Surviving Corporation, free and clear of all claims or interest of any person previously entitled to such claims. All interest accrued in respect of the Payment Fund shall inure to the benefit of and be paid to the Surviving Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Surviving Corporation shall not be liable to any former holder of Company Common Stock for any amount delivered to a public official pursuant to applicable abandoned property, escheat or similar laws. (d) The Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from the consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of shares of Company Common Stock such amounts as the Surviving Corporation is required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign tax law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by the Surviving Corporation, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of the shares of Company Common Stock in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made by the Surviving Corporation. (e) At the Effective Time, the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed and there shall be no further registration of transfers of shares of Company Common Stock thereafter on the records of the Company. 2.4 Options and Warrants. -------------------- (a) At the Effective Time, except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.4, each option and warrant granted by the Company to purchase shares of Company Common Stock, which is -5- outstanding immediately prior thereto (an "Option" or, collectively, the "Options"), shall be canceled and retired and shall cease to exist and no consideration shall be delivered or deliverable in exchange therefor, except to the extent that any such Option granted by the Company to purchase shares of Company Common Stock has vested and is exercisable immediately prior to the Effective Time, whether as a result of the passage of time, the Merger or otherwise. In such event, each holder of such an Option shall, individually, in settlement thereof, receive from the Surviving Corporation for each share subject to such an Option an amount (subject to any applicable back-up withholding taxes) in cash equal to the difference between: (i) the Merger Consideration and (ii) the per share exercise price of such Option, to the extent such difference is a positive number (the "Option Consideration"). (b) Upon receipt of the Option Consideration, the Option shall be canceled. The surrender of an Option to the Surviving Company in exchange for the Option Consideration shall be deemed a release of any and all rights the holder had or may have had in respect of such Option. (c) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall use its best efforts to obtain all necessary consents or releases from holders of Options under any and all Company stock option plan(s) and take all such other lawful action as may be necessary to give effect to the transactions contemplated by this Section (except for such action that may require the approval of the Company's stockholders). Except as otherwise agreed to by the parties: (i) any and all Company stock option plan(s) shall terminate as of the Effective Time and the provisions in any other plan, program or arrangement providing for the issuance or grant of any other interest in respect of the capital stock of the Company shall be canceled as of the Effective Time and (ii) the Company shall take all commercially reasonable action in an effort to provide that following the Effective Time no participant in stock option plan(s) or other plans, programs or arrangements shall have any right thereunder to acquire equity securities of the Company or the Surviving Corporation and to terminate all such plans. 3. CLOSING ------- 3.1 Closing. The closing of the Merger (the "Closing") shall take ------- place at the offices of Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz, 3000 Two Logan Square, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, at 10:00 A.M., local time, on the day which is the third business day after the day on which the last of the conditions set forth in Section 5 hereof is fulfilled or waived (subject to applicable law), or at -6- such other time and place and on such other date as Mergerco and the Company shall mutually agree (the "Closing Date"). 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES ------------------------------ 4.1 Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company --------------------------------------------- represents and warrants to Mergerco as follows: (a) The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted, and is duly qualified and in good standing to conduct business in each jurisdiction in which the business it is conducting, or the operation, ownership or leasing of its properties, makes such qualification necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined below) with respect to the Company. The Company further represents that it does not have any subsidiaries. As used in this Agreement, a "Material Adverse Effect" shall mean, with respect to a particular party, the result of one or more events, changes or effects which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations, assets or financial condition of such party. (b) The Company has hereto made available to Mergerco complete and correct copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws. The Company is not in violation of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or By- Laws except that the Company currently only has two directors. (c) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. At the close of business on March 18, 1996: (i) 14,358,666 shares of Company Common Stock and no shares of Preferred Stock were issued and outstanding, pursuant to the exercise of options provided under the Company's stock option plans, there are no employment, executive termination or similar agreements providing for the issuance of Shares, and (ii) no bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments or evidence of indebtedness having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which the Company stockholders may vote ("Company Voting Debt") were issued or outstanding. All outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are not subject to preemptive or other similar rights. Except as set forth in this Section, or as otherwise disclosed on Schedule 4.1(c), there are outstanding: -7- (i) no shares of capital stock, Company Voting Debt or other voting securities of the Company; (ii) no securities of the Company convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, shares of capital stock, Company Voting Debt or other voting securities of the Company; and (iii) no options, warrants, calls, rights (including preemptive rights), commitments or agreements to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, in any case obligating the Company to issue, deliver, sell, purchase, redeem or acquire, or cause to be issued, delivered, sold, purchased, redeemed or acquired, additional shares of capital stock or any Company Voting Debt or other voting securities of the Company, or obligating the Company to grant, extend or enter into any such option, warrant, call, right, commitment or agreement. Between January 1, 1996 and the date hereof, the Company has not: (i) granted any options, warrants or rights to purchase shares of Company Common Stock or (ii) amended or repriced any Option or Company stock option plan. There are not as of the date hereof and there will not be at the Effective Time any stockholder agreements, voting trusts or other agreements or understandings to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound relating to the voting of any shares of the capital stock of the Company which will limit in any way the solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of the Company from, or the casting of votes by, the stockholders of the Company with respect to the Merger. (d)(i) The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and, subject to the Company Stockholder Approval (as defined in Section 4.1(d)(iii)), to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, subject to the Company Stockholder Approval. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and, subject to the Company Stockholder Approval, and assuming that this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding agreement of Mergerco, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms except that the enforcement hereof may be limited by: (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). (ii) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company will not conflict with, or result in any violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or -8- acceleration of any obligation or the creation of a lien, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance on assets or property,or right of first refusal with respect to any asset or property (any such conflict, violation, default, right of termination, cancellation or a "Violation"), pursuant to any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or, except as to which requisite waivers or consents have been obtained, and except as disclosed on Schedule 4.1(d), and assuming the consents, approvals, authorizations or permits and filings or notifications referred to in paragraph (iii) of this Section 4.1(d) are duly and timely obtained or made and, if required, the Company Stockholder Approval has been obtained, result in any Violation of any loan or credit agreement, note, mortgage, indenture, lease, Company employee benefit plan or other agreement, obligation, instrument, Company permit, concession, franchise, license (collectively, "Company Agreements") to which the Company is a party, or any judgment, order, decree, statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation (collectively, "Laws") applicable to the Company or its respective properties or assets, in each case which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company. (iii) No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, notice to, or permit from any court, administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority or instrumentality, domestic or foreign (a "Governmental Entity"), including such other such filings and consents as may be required under any environmental, health or safety law or regulation pertaining to any notification, disclosure or required approval necessitated by the Merger or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, is required by or with respect to the Company in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby, which if not obtained or made could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company, except for: (a) the filing with and clearance by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") of: (x) a Transaction Statement on Schedule 13E-3 and Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A in definitive form relating to a special meeting of the holders of Company Common Stock ("Company's Stockholders Meeting") to approve the Merger ("Company Stockholder Approval") (such Schedule 13E-3 and Proxy Statement as amended or supplemented from time to time being hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Proxy Statement"), and (y) such reports under and such other compliance with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, as may be required in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of -9- Delaware; and (c) such filings and approvals as may be required by any applicable state securities, "blue sky" or takeover laws. (e)(i) The Company has made available to Mergerco a true and complete copy of each report, schedule, effective registration statement (other than preliminary registration statements which later became effective) and definitive proxy statement filed by the Company with the SEC since January 1, 1993 and prior to the date of this Agreement (the "Company SEC Documents") which are all the documents (other than preliminary material) that the Company was required to file with the SEC since such date. As of their respective dates, the Company SEC Documents complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act, or the Exchange Act, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder applicable to such Company SEC Documents, and none of the Company SEC Documents contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The financial statements of the Company included in the Company SEC Documents complied as to form in all material respects with the published rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto, were prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (except as may be indicated in the notes thereto or, in the case of the unaudited statements, as permitted by Rule 10-01 of Regulation S-X of the SEC) and fairly present in accordance with applicable requirements of GAAP (subject, in the case of the unaudited statements, to normal, recurring adjustments, none of which will be material) the consolidated financial position of the Company as of their respective dates and the consolidated results of operations and the consolidated cash flows of the Company for the periods presented therein. (ii) None of the information supplied or to be supplied by the Company in writing expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Proxy Statement, on the date it is first mailed to the holders of the Company Common Stock or at the time of the Company's Stockholders Meeting, will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. (f) Subject to the rights and obligations set forth in Section 7.6 hereof, the Company hereby consents to the Merger and represents that: (a) its Board of Directors (at a meeting duly called and held) has (i) unanimously determined that each of this Agreement and the Merger are fair to and in the best interests of the stockholders of the Company, (ii) approved this Agreement and -10- the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Merger, and such approval constitutes approval of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Merger, and such approval is sufficient to render inapplicable to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, the provisions of any anti-takeover laws of the State of Delaware, (iii) resolved to elect not to be subject to any applicable state takeover law, and (iv) resolved to recommend the approval and adoption of this Agreement and approval of the Merger by the holders of Company Common Stock, and (b) TM Capital Corp. has delivered to the Board of Directors of the Company its written opinion that each of the Merger Consideration to be received by the holders of Company Common Stock is fair, from a financial point of view, to such holders, a signed, true and complete copy of which has been delivered to Mergerco and is attached hereto as Exhibit B, and such opinion has not been --------- withdrawn or modified. (g) Since December 31, 1995, the business of the Company has been carried on only in the ordinary and usual course and there has not been any adverse change in its business, operations or financial condition (other than such adverse changes consistent with events occurring in 1995) which has resulted in or reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company. (h) The Company has filed all United States federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns required to be filed by it, and the Company has paid and discharged all taxes shown as due on such returns or assessed on the Company by the relevant taxing authority in connection with or with respect to the periods or transactions covered by such tax returns, except such as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (to the extent that any such proceedings are required), and there are no other material taxes that would be due if asserted by a taxing authority, except with respect to which the Company is maintaining materially sufficient reserves. Except as does not involve or would not result in liability to the Company that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company, (i) there are no tax liens on any assets of the Company; and (ii) the Company has not been granted any waiver of any statute of limitations with respect to, or any extension of a period for the assessment of, any tax. The accruals and reserves for taxes (including deferred taxes) reflected in the balance sheet contained in Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 are adequate in all material respects to cover all taxes accruable through the date thereof (including interest and penalties, if any, thereon and taxes being contested) in accordance with GAAP. The Company has previously delivered or made available to Mergerco true and complete copies of its federal income tax returns for each of the -11- fiscal years ended June 30, 1993 through June 30, 1995. The Company is not a party to or bound by any agreement providing for the allocation or sharing of taxes with any entity which is not, either directly or indirectly, a subsidiary of the Company. The Company has not filed a consent pursuant to or agreed to the application of Section 341(f) of the Code. The Company is not a "United States real property holding corporation" as defined in Section 897(c) (2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code. For the purpose of this Agreement, (i) the term "tax" (and, with correlative meaning, the terms "taxes" and "taxable") shall include all federal, state, local and foreign income, profits franchise, gross receipts, payroll, sales, employment, use, property, withholding, excise and other taxes, duties or assessments of any nature whatsoever, together with all interest, penalties and additions imposed with respect to such amounts, and (ii) the term "tax returns" shall mean returns, reports and information statements with respect to taxes to be filed with Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority, domestic or foreign, including without limitation consolidated combined and unitary tax returns. 4.2 Representations and Warranties of Mergerco. Mergerco represents and ------------------------------------------ warrants to the Company as follows: (a) Mergerco is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, has all requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted, and is duly qualified and in good standing to conduct business in each jurisdiction in which the business it is conducting, or the operation, ownership or leasing of its properties, makes such qualification necessary, other than in such jurisdictions where the failure so to qualify could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Mergerco. (b) Mergerco has hereto made available to the Company complete and correct copies of its Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws. Mergerco is not in violation of any provisions of its Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws. (c)(i) Mergerco has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of Mergerco. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Mergerco and, assuming this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding agreement of the Company, constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Mergerco -12- enforceable in accordance with its terms except that the enforcement hereof may be limited by: (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). (ii) The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by Mergerco will not conflict with, or result in any Violation pursuant to any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of Mergerco or, except as to which requisite waivers or consents have been obtained, and assuming the consents, approvals, authorizations or permits and filings or notifications referred to in paragraph (iii) of this Section 4.2(c) are duly and timely obtained or made, result in any Violation of any Agreements to which Mergerco is a party, or any Laws applicable to Mergerco or its respective properties or assets, in each case which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Mergerco. (iii) No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, declaration or filing with, notice to, or permit from any Governmental Entity, including such other such filings and consents as may be required under any environmental, health or safety law or regulation pertaining to any notification, disclosure or required approval necessitated by the Merger or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, is required by or with respect to Mergerco in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Mergerco or the consummation by Mergerco of the transactions contemplated hereby, which if not obtained or made could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to Mergerco, except for: (a) the filing with and clearance by the SEC of such reports under and such other compliance with the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, as may be required in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby; (b) the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware; and (c) such filings and approvals as may be required by any applicable state securities, "blue sky" or takeover laws. (d) None of the information supplied or to be supplied by Mergerco in writing expressly for inclusion or incorporation by reference in the Proxy Statement, on the date it is first mailed to the holders of the Company Common Stock or at the time of the Company's Stockholders Meeting, will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the -13- statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading. (e) Mergerco hereby consents to the Merger and represents that (a) its Board of Directors (at a meeting duly called and held) has (i) unanimously determined that each of this Agreement and the Merger are fair to and in the best interests of the stockholders of Mergerco; and (ii) approved this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the Merger; and (b) its Stockholders have by written consent, unanimously determined that each of this Agreement and the Merger are fair to and in the best interest of Mergerco and has approved the same. (f) Mergerco was formed solely for the purpose of effecting the Merger, and has undertaken no other business than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Prior to the Closing Date, the stockholders of Mergerco shall have sufficiently capitalized Mergerco such that the monies available to Mergerco are sufficient in amount to make the payment of all Merger Consideration. 5. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO MERGER. ------------------------------ 5.1 Conditions Precedent to Obligations of Mergerco and the Company. --------------------------------------------------------------- The respective obligations of Mergerco and the Company to effect the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (subject to applicable law) at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions: (a) This Agreement and the Merger shall have been approved and adopted by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of the Company Common Stock entitled to vote thereon if such vote is required by applicable law. (b) No claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration or litigation has been threatened to be filed, has been filed or is proceeding which has arisen in whole or in part out of, or pertaining to the approval of the Board of Directors of either party of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement, the performance of obligations hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. (c) No statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, injunction or order of any kind shall have been enacted, issued, entered, promulgated or enforced by any Governmental Entity which prohibits the consummation of the Merger and which is in effect at the Effective Time. -14- (d) The Company shall have received SEC clearance of the Proxy Statement, all state securities laws and "Blue Sky" permits and other necessary consents, approvals and authorizations of Governmental Entities. (e) The recommendation of the Company's Board of Directors that the Company's stockholders approve the Merger or the opinion from TM Capital Corp to the effect that the Merger Consideration is fair to the Company's Stockholders from a financial point of view, shall not have been withdrawn or modified. (f) The holders of no more than 10% of Common Shares entitled to vote thereon shall exercise their dissenters rights and become Dissenter Stockholders. (g) The holders of all Options, the per share exercise price of which is greater than the Merger Consideration, shall have entered into written agreements terminating such Options as set forth in Section 2.4 hereof. 5.2 Conditions of Obligations of Mergerco. The obligations of Mergerco ------------------------------------- to effect the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (subject to applicable law) at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions: (a) The representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct, in all material respects, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by, this Agreement, and Mergerco shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or by the chief financial officer of the Company to such effect. (b) The Company shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date, and Mergerco shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by the chief executive officer or by the chief financial officer of the Company to such effect. (c) From and after the date hereof, the Company shall have carried on its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted between February 2 and the date hereof and, from and after February 2, 1996, there shall not be any adverse change to the Company's business, operations or financial condition which has resulted in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Company (other than adverse changes consistent with events occurring in 1995). -15- 5.3 Conditions of Obligations of the Company. The obligations of ---------------------------------------- Mergerco to effect the Merger are subject to the satisfaction or waiver (subject to applicable law) at or prior to the Closing Date of each of the following conditions: (a) The representations and warranties of Mergerco set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct, in all material respects, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of the Mergerco by the chief executive officer or by the chief financial officer of the Mergerco to such effect. (b) Mergerco shall have performed in all material respects all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date, and the Company shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Mergerco by the President of Mergerco to such effect. 6. COVENANTS RELATING TO THE CONDUCT OF THE BUSINESS ------------------------------------------------- 6.1 Covenants of the Company. During the period from the date of ------------------------ this Agreement and continuing until the Effective Time, the Company agrees that, except as expressly contemplated or permitted by this Agreement: (a) The Company shall carry on its business in the usual, regular and ordinary course in substantially the same manner as heretofore conducted and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve substantially intact its present business organizations, keep available the services of its current officers and employees and preserve its relationships with customers, suppliers and others having business dealings with it. (b) The Company shall not: (i) declare or pay any dividends on or make other distributions in respect of any of its capital stock; (ii) split, combine or reclassify any of its capital stock or issue or authorize or propose the issuance of any other securities in respect of, in lieu of or in substitution for shares of its capital stock; or (iii) repurchase or otherwise acquire any shares of its capital stock, except as required by the terms of its securities outstanding or contractual obligations in effect on the date hereof, as contemplated by this Agreement. (c) The Company shall use its best efforts to obtain the written agreements from holders of Options referenced in Section 5.1(g) hereof and shall not: (i) grant any options, -16- warrants or rights, to purchase shares of Company Common Stock, (ii) amend or reprice any Option or the Stock Option Plan, or (iii) issue, deliver or sell, or authorize or propose to issue, deliver or sell, any shares of its capital stock of any class or series, any Company Voting Debt or any securities convertible into, or any rights, warrants or options to acquire, any such shares, Company Voting Debt or convertible securities. (d) The Company shall not amend or propose to amend its Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws. (e) Subject to the rights and obligations of the Company set forth in Section 7.6 hereof, the Company shall not acquire or agree to acquire by merging or consolidating with, or by purchasing a substantial equity interest in or a substantial portion of the assets of, or by any other manner, any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof. (f) Subject to the rights and obligations of the Company set forth in Section 7.6 hereof, other than dispositions, sales, leases or encumbrances in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, the Company shall not sell, lease, encumber or otherwise dispose of, or agree to sell, lease (whether such lease is an operating or capital lease), encumber or otherwise dispose of, any of its assets. (g) Subject to the rights and obligations of the Company set forth in Section 7.6 hereof, the Company shall not authorize, recommend, propose or announce an intention to adopt a plan of complete or partial liquidation or dissolution of the Company. (h) The Company will not take or agree or commit to take any action that is reasonably likely to result in any of the Company's representations or warranties hereunder being untrue in any material respect or in any of the Company's covenants hereunder or any of the conditions to the Merger not being satisfied in all material respects. (i) The Company shall not: (i) grant any increases in the compensation of any of its directors, executive officers or key employees, except, other than with respect to directors or officers, for annual increases in salary or wages consistent with past practices, those required pursuant to the terms of any existing agreement or those contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) pay or agree to pay any pension, retirement allowance or other employee benefit not required by law or required or contemplated by any of the existing Company employee -17- benefit plans as in effect on the date hereof to any such director, officer or key employee, whether past or present; (iii) enter into any new, or materially amend any existing, employment or severance or termination agreement with any such director, executive officer or key employee; or (iv) except as may be required to comply with applicable law, become obligated under any new Company employee benefit plan which was not in existence on the date hereof, or amend any such plan or arrangement in existence on the date hereof if such amendment would have the effect of materially enhancing any benefits thereunder. (j) Other than any indebtedness incurred in connection with any interim financing commitment provided to the Company by Tristram C. Colket Jr. and/or Max Cooper, the Company shall not assume or incur any indebtedness for borrowed money or guarantee any such indebtedness or issue or sell any debt securities or warrants or rights to acquire any debt securities of such party or guarantee any debt securities of others or, other than an extension of its lease with its present landlord specifically approved by the Board of Directors to retain the Company's current space, enter into any lease (whether such lease is an operating or capital lease) or create any mortgages, liens, security interests or other encumbrances on the property of the Company in connection with any indebtedness described above, or enter into any "keep well" or other agreement or arrangement to maintain the financial condition of another person. (k) The Company shall not take any action, other than in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practice or as required by the SEC or by law, with respect to accounting policies, procedures and practices. (l) The Company shall promptly notify Mergerco of: (i) notice or other communication from any person alleging that the consent of such person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (ii) any notice or other communication from any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (iii) any actions, suits, claims, investigations or proceedings commenced or, to the Company's knowledge overtly threatened against the Company which, if pending on the date of this Agreement, would have been required to have been disclosed pursuant to this Agreement or which relate to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. -18- 7. ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS --------------------- 7.1 Preparation of Proxy Statement. As soon as practicable after the ------------------------------ date hereof, the Company, with the cooperation of Mergerco, shall prepare and file with the SEC the Proxy Statement. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to respond to all SEC comments with respect to the Proxy Statement and to cause the Proxy Statement to be mailed to the Company's stockholders at the earliest practicable date. The Company will, as soon as practicable, use commercially reasonable efforts to duly call, give notice of, convene and hold the Company's Stockholders Meeting for the purpose of approving this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. 7.2 Further Assistance. After the Effective Time, from time to time, ------------------ as and when required by the Surviving Corporation or by its successors or assigns, there shall be executed and delivered on behalf of the Company such deeds and other instruments, and there shall be taken or caused to be taken by all such further and other action, as shall be appropriate, advisable or necessary in order to vest, perfect or confirm, or record or otherwise, in the Surviving Corporation the title to and possession of all property interests, assets, rights, privileges, immunities, powers, franchises and authority of the Company and Mergerco, and otherwise to carry out the purposes of these resolutions. The officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of the Company and Mergerco or otherwise, to take any and all such action and to execute and deliver any and all such deeds and other instruments. 7.3 Agreements. The Company will take such commercially reasonable ---------- steps as are appropriate, including the giving of required notices, to preserve its rights under the Company Agreements and to ensure that such rights will be transferred to the Surviving Corporation. 7.4 Fees and Expenses. All fees and expenses (including attorneys' ----------------- and consultants' fees and expenses) incurred by the parties hereto in connection with or related to the authorization, preparation, negotiation, execution and performance of this Agreement and all other matters related to the closing of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be borne solely and entirely by the party which has incurred the same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, all of such fees and expenses will be paid by the Surviving Corporation from the funds provided by the stockholders of Mergerco for such purpose. 7.5 Confidentiality. From and after the date hereof and until the --------------- Effective Time, and for a period of two years after the -19- effective date of any termination of this Agreement, Mergerco: (i) shall use commercially reasonable efforts (x) to maintain the confidentiality and (y) not disclose to any person or entity other than its employees, agents, attorneys and financial advisors who are participating in the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) shall not, use other than in connection with this Agreement, any proprietary and confidential information of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mergerco may make such disclosures if and to the extent required by applicable law, legal process or other regulatory requirements. 7.6 Right to Solicit Alternative Proposals. From and after the date -------------------------------------- hereof until the Closing Date, Mergerco hereby grants the Company and any of its officers, directors, employees, representatives, agents or affiliates (including, without limitation, any investment banker, attorney or accountant retained by the Company), the right to, directly or indirectly, initiate, solicit and encourage (including by way of furnishing non-public information or assistance), or take any other action to facilitate, any inquiries or the making of any proposal as an alternative to the Merger ("Alternative Proposal") (as defined below), or enter into or maintain or continue discussions or negotiate with any person or entity in furtherance of such inquiries to obtain an Alternative Proposal or agree to or endorse any Alternative Proposal, or authorize or permit any of its officers, directors or employees or any investment banker, financial advisor, attorney, accountant or other representative to take any such action. The Company will promptly notify Mergerco after receipt of any Alternative Proposal or any indication that any person or entity is considering making an Alternative Proposal or any request for non-public information relating to the Company or for access to the properties, books or records of the Company by any person considering making, or has made, an Alternative Proposal, and the Company will keep Mergerco fully informed of the status and details of any such Alternative Proposal (unless the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith after consultation with and based on the advice of legal counsel that giving such notice would breach the fiduciary duties of the Board of Directors in connection with an Alternative Proposal). For purposes of this Agreement, "Alternative Proposal" shall mean any proposal with respect to any of the following (other than the transactions between the Company and Mergerco contemplated hereunder) involving the Company: (i) any merger, consolidation, share exchange, recapitalization, business combination, or other similar transaction; (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the Company, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or series of transactions; (iii) any tender offer or exchange offer for 10% or more of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company or -20- the filing of a registration statement under the Securities Act in connection therewith; or (iv) any public announcement of a proposal, plan or intention to do any of the foregoing or any agreement to engage in any of the foregoing. 8. INDEMNIFICATION --------------- 8.1 Subject to applicable law, the Surviving Corporation will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the present and former directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company to the extent provided in its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, by agreement or otherwise in effect on the date hereof, with respect to any action or omission occurring prior to the Effective Time and will not amend, reduce or limit rights of indemnity afforded to them or the ability of the Surviving Corporation to indemnify them, nor hinder, delay or make more difficult the exercise of such rights of indemnity. 8.2 Any indemnified party wishing to claim indemnification under this Section, upon learning of any indemnifiable action, suit, claim, proceeding or investigation (an "Indemnifiable Claim"), shall promptly notify the Surviving Corporation thereof; provided, however, that any failure so to notify the Surviving Corporation of any obligation to indemnify such indemnified party or of any other obligation imposed by this Article 8 shall not affect such obligation except to the extent Surviving Corporation is prejudiced thereby. The indemnified parties as a group shall retain only one counsel in each jurisdiction to represent them with respect to any such matter (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Surviving Corporation); provided, however, in the event that there is, under applicable standards of professional conduct, a conflict on any significant issue between the positions of any two or more indemnified parties, the Surviving Corporation and such indemnified parties may retain, at the expense of the Surviving Corporation, such number of additional counsel as are necessary to eliminate all conflicts of the type referred to above. The Surviving Corporation shall periodically advance to such indemnified party all reasonable out-of-pocket and other expenses incurred by the indemnified party in respect of such Indemnifiable Claim, including the reasonable fees and expenses of the counsel described above. 8.3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 8, the Surviving Corporation will have no obligation to indemnify a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company against any loss, cost, liability or expense arising out of or in connection with any action or claim asserted by the Surviving Corporation against such director, officer, employee or agent for fraud, provided that the Surviving Corporation prevails in such action or claim. -21- 8.4 The provisions of this Article 8 shall be binding on any successor entity to the Surviving Corporation. 9. TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT ------------------------- 9.1 Abandonment and Termination. --------------------------- (a) This Agreement may be terminated and the Merger may be abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time, whether before or after approval of the matters presented in connection with the Merger by the stockholders of the Company or Mergerco: (i) by either the Company or Mergerco if either: (a) the Merger Agreement and the Merger fail to receive the requisite vote for approval and adoption by the stockholders of the Company at the Company's Stockholders Meeting or (b) the holders of 10% of Common Shares entitled to vote thereon exercise their dissenters rights and are Dissenter Stockholders; (ii) by mutual written consent of the Company and Mergerco if authorized or taken by mutual action of their respective Boards of Directors; (iii) by either the Company or Mergerco: (a) if there has been a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the other set forth in this Agreement which breach has not been cured within five (5) business days following receipt by the breaching party of notice of such breach, or (b) if a claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration or litigation has been threatened to be filed, has been filed or is proceeding which has arisen in whole or in part out of, or pertaining to the approval of the Board of Directors of either party of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, the negotiation, execution or delivery of this Agreement, the performance of obligations hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; (iv) by either the Company or Mergerco, so long as such party has not breached its obligations hereunder, if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or before June 30, 1996; provided, that the right to terminate -------- this Agreement under this subsection shall not be available to any party whose failure to fulfill any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of or resulted in the failure of the Merger to occur on or before such date; or (v) by the Company, if its Board of Directors, in the good faith exercise of its judgment reasonably determines after consultation with and based upon the advice of independent legal counsel (who may be the Company's regularly engaged independent -22- legal counsel), to enter into an agreement regarding an Alternative Proposal because such action is reasonably necessary for the Board of Directors of the Company to comply with its fiduciary duties to the stockholders of the Company under applicable law. (b) In the event of termination of this Agreement by either the Company or Mergerco as provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability or obligation on the part of Mergerco or the Company or their respective affiliates, officers, directors or stockholders except (i) the provisions of Section 7.5 and Article 8 shall continue in full force and effect, and (ii) to the extent that such termination results from the willful breach by a party hereto of any of its representations or warranties, or of any of its covenants or agreements, in each case, as set forth in this Agreement. 9.2 Waiver; Amendment. At any time prior to the Effective Time, any ----------------- provision of this Agreement may be: (i) waived by the party benefitted by the provision or by both parties by a writing executed by an executive officer of such party, or (ii) amended or modified at any time (including the structure of the transaction) by an agreement in writing between the parties hereto approved by their respective Boards of Directors. 10. MISCELLANEOUS ------------- 10.1 Survival. Only those agreements and covenants of the parties -------- that are applicable in whole or in part after the Effective Time shall survive the Effective Time. All representations and warranties and other agreements and covenants shall be deemed to be conditions of this Agreement and shall not survive the Effective Time. 10.2 Entire Agreement; Etc. This Agreement represents the entire ---------------------- understanding of the parties hereto with reference to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersedes any and all other oral or written agreements heretofore or contemporaneously made. All terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. 10.3 Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any rights, interests or ---------- obligations hereunder may be assigned by any party hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other party. 10.4 Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Articles and -------- Sections of this Agreement are inserted for -23- convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. 10.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more ------------ counterparts, and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. 10.6 Applicable Law. This Agreement and the legal relations between -------------- the parties hereto shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts laws thereof. Each party hereby agrees that any dispute arising out of this Agreement or the Merger shall be heard in the Courts of the State of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware and, in connection therewith, each party hereby consents to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that any service of process in connection with any dispute arising out of this Agreement or the Merger may be given to any other party hereto at the respective addresses and pursuant to the notice provisions set forth in Section 10.8 below. 10.7 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction ------------ contained in this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against its regulatory policy, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions contained in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated. 10.8 Notices. Any notice or communication required or permitted ------- hereunder shall be in writing and wither delivered personally, telegraphed or telecopied or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed to be given, dated and received when so delivered personally, telegraphed or telecopied or, if mailed, five (5) business days after the date of mailing to the following address or telecopy number, or to such other address or addresses as such person may subsequently designate by notice given hereunder: (a) if to Mergerco, to: MI Merger Corp c/o Tekloc Enterprises 500 Chester Field Parkway Suite 170 Malvern, PA 19355 Attn: President Telephone: (610) 647-7475 Facsimile: (610) 889-0383 -24- with copies to: Pepper, Hamilton & Scheetz 3000 Two Logan Square 18th & Arch Streets Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103-2799 Attn: James D. Epstein, Esq. Telephone: (215) 981-4000 Facsimile: (215) 981-4750 (b) if to the Company, to: Megamation Inc. 51 Everett Drive Building #B4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 Attn: Mr. Edward Borkowski, President Telephone: (609) 799-7711 Facsimile: (609) 799-4780 with copies to: Edmond M. Coller, Esquire Goodkind Labaton Rudoff & Sucharow LLP 100 Park Avenue New York, NY 10017-5563 Telephone: (212) 901-0753 Facsimile: (212) 818-0477 -25- IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have caused this Agreement to be executed as of this day and year first above written. MEGAMATION INC. By: /s/ Edward Borkowski ---------------------- Name: Edward Borkowski Title: President MI Merger Corp. By: /s/ Tristram C. Colket, Jr. --------------------------- Name: Tristram C. Colket, Jr. Title: President EX-99.1A 3 FIRST AMEND TO AGREE. & PLAN OF MERGER FIRST AMENDMENT TO THE AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER ---------------------------- FIRST AMENDMENT to the AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of May 10, 1996 ("Agreement"), by and between Megamation Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and MI Merger Corp., a Delaware corporation ("Mergerco"). WHEREAS, the Company and Mergerco executed an Agreement and Plan of Merger ("Merger Agreement") dated March 19, 1996 pursuant to which, at the Effective Date (as described therein), Mergerco would be merged with and into the Company with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation of the merger; and WHEREAS, the Company and Mergerco have decided to amend the Merger Agreement pursuant to this Agreement. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and of the mutual covenants, representations, warranties and agreements herein contained, the parties, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows: 1. Section 5.2 of the Merger Agreement. Section 5.2 of the Merger ----------------------------------- Agreement is hereby amended in part to include the following language as subsection (d): (d) The holders of less than a majority of the outstanding shares of the Company Common Stock (excluding shares beneficially owned by Tristram C. Colket, Jr. or Max Cooper) shall vote against the Merger. 2. No Other Changes. Except as amended hereby, the Merger Agreement ---------------- shall remain in full force and effect. 3. Waiver; Amendment. No amendment or other modification of this ----------------- Agreement shall be valid or binding on either party hereto unless reduced to writing and executed by the parties hereto. 4. Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed and construed under ------------- and in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. 5. Section Headings. All section headings herein have been inserted ---------------- for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. 6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more ------------ counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have caused this Agreement to be executed as of this day and year first above written. MEGAMATION INC. By: /s/ Edward F. Borkowski ----------------------- Name: Edward F. Borkowski Title: President MI Merger Corp. By: /s/ Tristram C. Colket, Jr. --------------------------- Name: Tristram C. Colket, Jr. Title: President -2- EX-99.2 4 FORM 10-K ================================================================================ SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, DC 20549 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended: June 30, 1995 COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-18192 MEGAMATION INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware 13-3372947 (State of incorporation) (IRS Employer Identification Number) 51 Everett Drive, Building B #4 Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's telephone number, including area code: 609-799-7711 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act Common Stock $.01 Par Value per Share (Title of Class) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (I) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months, and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: [X] Yes [ ] No The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the average of the Bid and Asked price of the Common Stock on July 31, 1995, as reported by the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, was approximately $1,471,800, (assuming, but not admitting for any purpose, that all directors and executive officers of the registrant are affiliates). The number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding as of July 31, 1995 was: 14,358,666. Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K. [ ] DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE Portions of the following document, to the extent specified in this report, are incorporated by reference in the indicated parts of this report. Document Incorporated by reference in: -------- ----------------------------- Proxy Statement for 1995 Annual Meeting Part III, Items 10-13 of Shareholders ================================================================================ PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS. General Megamation Inc. ("Megamation" or the "Company"), designs, develops, manufactures, markets and services programmable, flexible, single and multiple tool, automation work cells which help customers improve manufacturing and materials handling processes by performing more work, in less space, more safely than by traditional work methods. The Company's product offerings are intended to improve productivity, increase product quality and decrease costs in the manufacturing workplace. The Company sells its automation workstations under the trade name MEGA 2(R). The MEGA 1 was the Company's first product line and the lower cost, less complex MEGA 2 group of workstations, the single automatic tool version of which was introduced in 1993, is the Company's current product line. The automation workstations have been primarily sold to clinical laboratories for test tube handling, the automotive industry for light mechanical assembly and to the computer and telecommunications industries for electronic circuit board assembly. For many customers, the Company has also performed the additional custom manufacturing and engineering design to prepare one or more automation workstations for a specific assembly application. Known as "integration", this additional process involves design and fabrication of gripper tools, layout and assembly of various third-party provided conveyors and parts-feeders, and software modifications to permit the automation workstations to control the additional equipment. The Company has placed approximately 120 automation workstations using approximately 330 automatic assembly tools since deliveries began in 1988. The Company's business strategy is to offer the automation workstations as specialized, integrated products that perform tasks demanding accuracy, repeatability, speed, reliability and safety. The Company is focusing its efforts on identifying and penetrating vertical market product applications, like clinical laboratories, for automation workstations where there is a large and continuous demand. Accordingly, the Company is creating systems which incorporate proprietary software and hardware that minimizes the need for customer application engineering or integration. This application software is generally developed collaboratively with targeted customers in selected markets to make sure the needs of the market are met. The Company's products in many cases are used by production personnel in an in-line manufacturing environment. The automation workstations are flexible and therefore re-configurable. The automation workstations application software provide easy-to-use, intuitive, graphical user interfaces operating under Microsoft Windows(R). The Company, a Delaware corporation, was founded on July 8, 1985. The Company's initial public offering was consummated September 21, 1989. The Company operates on a fiscal year which ends on June 30th. Products Overview The automation workstation/work cell is comprised of a control unit that includes a personal computer and power supplies, database and programming software; a platen typically in sizes of 26.5" x 37.75", 53" x 37.75", "106. x 37.75" and 86" x 53"; a platen frame that suspends the platen over a conveyer or work area; and from one to four automatic tools that each include a linear motor and acceleration sensing and feedback circuitry. The automation workstations use dual-axis linear stepper 2 motor electro-magnetic drive technology to move and position the automatic tools. The linear motors are suspended from the platen magnetically and ride on a frictionless air bearing permitting placement of the automatic tool anywhere in the workspace with high accuracy. The Company's patented collision avoidance software enables multiple automatic tools to move about and perform work within the work cell without colliding. Each automatic tool is capable of the highly accurate placement of objects of up to ten pounds in weight. The Company has also designed and manufactured linear motors for its automation workstations which are capable of handling payloads in excess of one hundred pounds. The linear motors do not wear and therefore they do not lose precision over time. Management of the Company ("management") believes that its automation workstations can consistently achieve greater accuracy and repeatability throughout their workspace than other automation systems within the price range offered by the Company. The automation workstations can also incorporate a visual parts-identification and verification option, which permits the system to reject non-conforming parts prior to handling, assembly or insertion. All automation workstations incorporate an automatic shutdown feature which is activated when any moving automatic tool encounters an obstruction, making the Company's products among the safest automation systems available. The automation workstations can usually perform more work, in less space, more safely, than traditional arm type robots. Markets and Applications The automation workstations are suited to a variety of applications in various industries typically requiring precision handling, placement, or positioning of various small parts, specialized tools, or sensors. Applications for the Company's products have included: (1) test tube sorting and handling applications in the clinical laboratory industry; (2) high speed non-contact scanning applications for gathering dimensional data for high volume parts manufacturing applications; (3) material handling applications in the pharmaceutical industry; (4) applications involving the sequencing of RNA and DNA material; (5) 'through-hole' and 'surface mount' printed circuit board assembly for major computer, electronic, telecommunications, and automotive companies; and (6) light electronic and mechanical part assembly for the major domestic automakers and other manufacturers. The Company's automation workstations provide the following capabilities: Automation workstations. The Company's core product today is a programmable, ----------------------- flexible, multiple tool, automation workstation. The automation workstation can employ from one to four automatic tools that perform identical or different tasks within the work cell. Today the automation workstation can be supplied as a "generalized" automation workstation or as a "specialized" automation workstation for specific high volume applications. The Company's primary strategy today is to focus on providing more specialized versus generalized automation workstation applications. Picking, conveying and placing. The automation workstation was initially ------------------------------ designed to pick and place automotive light assembly parts and printed circuit board components. Management believes there is a growing demand today for automation workstations for picking, sorting, and placing test tubes in clinical laboratories. Clinical laboratories. The automation workstation serves as the platform --------------------- for specialized workstations used for test tube unloading, sorting, and loading tasks in clinical laboratories. Clinical laboratories require automation solutions for processing ever increasing numbers of blood and other body fluid and human tissue samples. Management believes today that automating the handling and record keeping of these samples is deemed a strategic requirement by the leading clinical laboratories. High speed, non-contact scanning (automatic inspection). The Company's ------------------------------------------------------- automation workstations serve as an integrated workstation for high speed non- contact scanning applications for gathering dimensional data for high volume parts manufacturing applications. The Company's automation 3 workstation is combined with scanners and related database and application software to gather dimensional data of an object or surface to validate the dimensions to the design intent. The automation workstation positions a scanner employing laser radar technology that provides accurate three-dimensional images. The captured images are then converted into dimensions by another supplier's proprietary digital signal processing electronics and a sophisticated rectification process. The automation workstation provides a high-speed means of precisely addressing and positioning the scanners at designated data points in defined planes and angles. This application can measure and analyze sources of variation to enhance continuous process improvement which will enable customers to reduce cost and increase both quality and throughput. This inspection and measurement automation workstation provides customers with cost-effective solutions for process control or reverse engineering applications. Management believes that there is a substantial potential market for the inspection and measurement of parts in high volume, repetitive manufacturing applications. RNA and DNA sequencing. The Company's automation workstation serves as an ---------------------- integrated workstation for extremely accurate placement of RNA and DNA material for a genetic engineering sequencing application. The Company has granted an exclusive worldwide license to a company that provides specialized application software that works in conjunction with an automation workstation to place and record the location of the placement of RNA and DNA material within extremely accurate specifications and tolerances. The Company provides an integrated, standardized automation workstation in either single or multiple tool configurations to the licensee. The licensee "customizes" the automation workstation with its application software and specialized precision placement tool for placing the RNA and DNA material. The licensee believes that its "customized" automation workstation can be used to develop genetic engineering models designed to facilitate the discovery of new drugs or improvement of existing drugs. Other applications. The Company has also designed a specialized automation ------------------ workstation for titration applications for pharmaceutical companies. This specialized automation workstation can engage one automatic tool to remove lids from trays holding a number of pipettes while another automatic tool begins dispensing precisely measured fluids into the pipettes. This application utilizes the automation workstation's pick and place, and positioning capabilities. This specialized automation workstation could easily dispense powders rather than fluids or could even perform this function simultaneously with the addition of a third automatic tool. Management believes that titration applications for pharmaceutical companies may constitute a significant market for the Company's products. Management believes that the Company's technology has proven strengths as an imbedded and integrated platform for picking, sorting, conveying and placing objects within other devices such as blood analyzers. The Company's core product offers advantages from such features as fewer moving parts, programmability, expandability, upgradability and serviceability. Management intends to seek OEM relationships with manufacturers of products that can utilize and benefit from such features. Proprietary Application Software The nucleus of the Company's products are a number of sophisticated and proprietary software modules which enable the Company to provide easy-to-use, customer-configurable, application specific products. The Company's software products run under Microsoft Windows(R). By using Windows as the base environment, the Company's software customers are presented an "Open System". Open system architecture enables the use of a variety of standard commercial hardware platforms; based on a familiar, standard, commercial computer operating system that is in widespread use (sixty million licensed Windows users according to a recent prominent business publication); employs modular software with open interfaces that permit the use of software products from multiple sources or vendors The Company has developed "Windows extensions" to provide an easy-to-use customer configurable, software environment. The software modules are organized as follows: 4 Level I. The highest level of software consists of a graphical interface ------- allowing users to control the automatic tool and any external peripheral hardware. Among the software modules that make up the interface the Company has developed is a graphical programming environment called SPI (Simplified Programming Interface). The SPI interpreter is started from the main screen that the user sees when the automatic tool controller is brought up in Windows. From this main screen, or "shell", the user can initiate SPI, examine the system status, run diagnostics, "teach" points for the purpose of establishing the automatic tool(s) task lists, or perform other common automatic tool controller functions. Level II. The next level of software consists of a set of real time -------- extension routines that run on the personal computer ("PC") under Windows. This level of software interacts with the automatic tool control hardware and any other peripheral equipment integrated into the automation workstation. In addition to supervisory control and communication, another function of this level is to facilitate multiple-automatic tool operation by automatically preventing collisions between automatic tools. The paths of all proposed automatic tool moves are mathematically checked for potential collisions with the active paths of other automatic tools before a new move is initiated. In the event of a potential collision, a collision avoidance routine delays moves until the path is cleared. Alternatively, a programmable table-driven routine can perform any collision recovery actions the user prefers. Level III. The lowest level of software is "microcode" which resides in the --------- distributed intelligent automatic tool controllers. When a move is sequenced and initiated by the PC, the individual microprocessor based robot controllers take over and actually execute the move. When an automatic tool move ends, the controller interrupts the PC so that it can sequence the next move. Marketing Strategy The Company intends to expand its customer base and markets. To do this, the Company is attempting to develop the following programs: Develop specialized integrated automation workstations. The Company's ------------------------------------------------------ strategy is to develop specialized integrated automation workstations that are designed and intended for a specific task. These specialized workstations will enable the Company to deliver "turn-key" or "plug-and-play" systems that enable customers to achieve desired levels of productivity faster than would have been possible with a "customized" automation workstation. An additional benefit that the company can realized by designing and selling a specialized integrated automation workstation is a lower manufacturing cost per unit. Develop smaller "table top" automation workstations. Driven by its --------------------------------------------------- experience base, increased product performance and computing power, and increased software capabilities, the Company has developed and will begin marketing a table top automation workstation. Inquiries from customers and prospects seeking such a product for use in research and development and experimentation activities indicate that there may exist a significant market for such a product. Provide database and networking capabilities for the automation --------------------------------------------------------------- workstations. The ability to collect, compile, manipulate, and store data is a - ------------ feature which a growing number of users of automation equipment requires. Coincident with providing database capabilities, the ability to network automation workstations is another feature the Company is working to include in its automation workstations in order to meet the additional needs of customers. Migrate existing and future automation workstations into new markets. The -------------------------------------------------------------------- Company is increasing its activity with potential customers and evaluating potential applications for automation workstations in specific industries such as pharmaceuticals, medical devices, and health care. The high speed, non- contact inspection and measurement automation workstation is applicable to both process control and reverse engineering applications for a broad category of industries. 5 To date, the Company has marketed its systems either directly to the end users of the Company's automation workstations, to independent marketing representatives or to system integrators who in turn sell to the same companies. Additionally, the Company has also relied on trade publication advertising and attendance at trade shows for marketing its product and services. During fiscal 1995 the Company eliminated two of its three marketing and sales positions in order to reduce costs and in anticipation of focusing and redirecting the Company's marketing and sales efforts in accordance with its current business strategy. The Company intends to hire new salespeople to support its current business strategy as soon as adequate funding is secured. With respect to the high speed non-contact inspection and measurement automation workstation, the Company's marketing strategy is focused initially on sales to manufacturers and suppliers in the automotive industry. The Company is also considering and evaluating an arrangement with the manufacturer of the scanners, database and software used in the automatic inspection workstation for that company to market, sell and service this product. The customized automation workstations used for RNA and DNA sequencing are marketed and sold by the licensee for this specific application. The Company's marketing strategy for research and clinical laboratories is to focus initially on sales to existing customers of the automation workstations. With respect to the table top automation workstation, the Company's marketing strategy is focused on marketing this product directly to the end user, to system integrators, or to original equipment manufacturers ("OEM's") who will integrate the Company's product into larger systems for sale to the same companies or to companies that are not presently customers of the Company. The Company's principal customers have historically been large companies that the Company either sells to directly or through system integrators. The Company's products are typically purchased for installation in connection with production line introductions or changes, new product tooling or product re- tooling automation programs undertaken by these companies. Because sales are dependent on the timing of customers automation programs, sales by customer vary significantly from year to year, as do the Company's largest customers. For the year ended June 30, 1993, three customers accounted for 26%, 21%, and 18% of total revenues. For the year ended June 30, 1994, five customers accounted for 15%, 15%, 12%, 11%, and 11% of total revenues. For the year ended June 30, 1995, five customers accounted for 31%, 15%, 9%, 9% and 8% of total revenues. No other customer accounted for 5% or more of sales in any of these years. In view of the Company's expanded customer base and the nature of its markets, management does not believe that the failure of any of its customers to place orders for delivery in any given year would necessarily have a material adverse effect on the Company. However, the permanent loss of one or more of its historically significant customers might have such an effect. Competition The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in the markets it has entered are cost of ownership, product performance (features, benefits and reliability), user-friendliness (ease-of-use, minimal specialized training required and technical support), safety (worker and product), and service. The Company believes that its products offer advantages in each of these areas. Price competition among automation suppliers is intense. Accordingly, one of the Company's strategic objectives is being the low cost supplier of specialized automation work cells for the applications and markets it serves. There are many robotics companies in the United States, certain of which offer conventional single-arm robots to the electronic and light manufacturing markets. These companies include Adept Technology, Inc., and Seiko U.S.A. The Company also competes with manufacturers of dedicated assembly equipment designed to perform specific assembly tasks. A multi-tool robot, similar in construction to the MEGA 1 and advertised to employ automatic collision avoidance, has recently been marketed by a competitor. There can be no assurance that this or, in the future, any other competitor will not develop or 6 introduce products with price and performance characteristics comparable or superior to those offered by the MEGA 2. Each of the Company's competitors has substantially greater financial and other resources and capabilities than the Company. The Company monitors the introduction of new products for possible infringement upon its patents or other proprietary rights and is currently pursuing an inquiry into possible patent infringement by the newly-introduced product referred to above. The Company considers the company which introduced this product to be a potentially material competitor primarily in the electronic and light manufacturing applications. (See Patents, Trademarks and Trade Secrets below). Customer Support The Company's customer support program begins at the pre-sales phase with customer consultation regarding application and project engineering specifications. The outcome of this consultation is incorporated into the Company's sales proposal regarding assembly and delivery of the proposed automation workstation. The Company provides general and specialized class room training to existing or new customers or to prospective customers. The Company also provides on-site installation and set-up training upon delivery of an automation workstation. Ongoing hardware and software enhancements to the Company's installed products are provided via service contracts or through individual purchase orders. Development and Engineering The Company does not anticipate significant expenditures for pure research. Instead, the Company will focus on evolving the fundamental linear motor technology into new sizes and shapes for applications in new markets. Accordingly, management plans to pursue the following linear motor and software development projects to enhance its existing products and to develop new products to meet new market opportunities: Smaller and lighter. Management of the Company believes that there are ------------------- significant market opportunities for a MEGA work cell whose controls fit inside a pedestal style personal computer or are integrated into boards for use in a personal computer which could operate in a desk top frame assembly. Such systems require significantly lighter payloads than the Company's traditional products. Accordingly, less complex and lighter automatic tools requiring smaller and lighter linear motors can be used. Vertical operation. The automotive and appliances automatic inspection ------------------ markets have several high volume applications that require movement and positioning on vertical platens. This configuration would require larger linear motors to assure the same positioning and repeatability accuracy achieved with horizontal platens. Open system software. While the Company's core software contains patented -------------------- proprietary collision avoidance algorithms, further market opportunities exist in the area of open systems. The automation workstation operates under Microsoft Windows(R) and the Company intends to assemble a suite of Windows compatible data base, graphics, simulation, statistical quality control and networking applications for factory or laboratory tasks. The Company has already benefited from this open system strategy in the development of its automatic inspection automation workstation. The Company's Windows based PC operating software was readily installed on a different hardware platform to work collaboratively with the operating software from another company. Application development. The Company's strategy is to market its products ----------------------- in vertical market and product segments as a specialized automation workstation rather than as a generalized, flexible automation work cell. Each vertical market or product segment requires some specialized product 7 development to complete the product offering so that it is a "plug-and-play" device. One such application presently under development is a high-speed titration automation workstation for research laboratories and pharmaceutical companies. As of June 30, 1995, four people of a total of thirty-three Company employees are focused primarily on development and engineering in one of the above areas. Since 1989 the Company has invested an aggregate of $2.1 million in research, development and engineering. Backlog and Terms of Sale As of June 30, 1995, the Company had a backlog of approximately $2,400,000, compared to $2,145,000, as of June 30, 1994. Most of the backlog may be extended or cancelled by the customer subject to, in certain cases, any extension or cancellation charges. The level of order backlog at any particular time is not necessarily indicative of the future operating performance of the Company. The Company expects to be able to fill substantially all of the orders in backlog by the end of the current fiscal year. During fiscal 1994 the Company negotiated a letter of intent with a major healthcare supplier (the "healthcare supplier") for the Company to supply, for approximately $4.5 million, one hundred MEGA 2 single tool systems for automating operations in six regional clinical laboratories (approximately 16 MEGA 2 systems for each clinical laboratory). The letter of intent contemplated delivery and installation of the one hundred MEGA 2 systems over a twenty-two month period commencing February, 1995. During fiscal 1995 the potential value of this order increased to approximately $9.5 million upon the customer's request to provide engineering services and specialized versions for the original one hundred MEGA 2 systems. The Company received a firm order for delivery of sixteen units for the first laboratory. Fourteen MEGA 2 systems and engineering services generated revenues of approximately $1.2 million in fiscal 1995 related to this order. Pricing for this order for the first laboratory was based upon the contemplated sale of one hundred MEGA 2 systems over the twenty-two month period. The Company was recently informed by the healthcare supplier that they will be unable to adhere to the original twenty-two month delivery and installation schedule and that they are unable to commit to a firm delivery and installation schedule for the additional five laboratories at the present time. Under the parties agreement, the healthcare supplier is currently responsible for additional charges related to the first sixteen MEGA 2 systems as a result of the delay of future shipments. The Company's product is customized capital equipment, for which the standard payment terms are 30% with the order, 60% upon shipment, and 10% upon acceptance at the customer's site. Other terms, including full payment at net 30 days, have been individually negotiated. The amount of customer deposits is therefore not indicative of the potential revenue for the coming period. Integrated automation workstations are customized to meet each customer's specifications which must be demonstrated to the customer prior to shipment. The Company guarantees performance with repair services, and support for six months and, in some cases, warrants parts for twelve months. Customer orders can be canceled or delayed subject to stated cancellation or extension fees. Manufacturing and Suppliers The Company's manufacturing operations consist primarily of integrating the Company's software with individual components manufactured by third parties and final assembly and test. With a low level of vertical integration, the Company believes it gains significant manufacturing flexibility, while achieving the lowest possible total product costs. 8 In certain cases, the Company requires specialized designs but the detailed fabrication technology is best provided by third party manufacturers. Subassemblies which fall into this category include platens for use in all products and specialized control cabinets for use in individual market segments. Certain select assemblies require that the Company is intimately involved with third parties and their detailed manufacturing processes. This is the case with linear motors where the Company has not discovered readily available fabrication technology in the marketplace that suits its rigorous performance requirements without its involvement. Since its inception the Company has focused on improving the performance, reliability, and delivery of its core technologies (linear motors and platens). The Company has reemphasized this focus to prepare for growth and to reduce manufacturing cycle time and inventory requirements. The Company purchases a number of component parts and assemblies from single source suppliers and alternate suppliers are being qualified for such component parts and assemblies. Significant delays or interruptions in the delivery of components or assemblies by suppliers, or difficulties or delays in shifting manufacturing capacity to new suppliers could have a material adverse effect on the Company. Financial Information Relating to Domestic and Foreign Sales
1995 1994 1993 ---- ---- ---- Net revenues by country: United States................. $3,063,308 $2,878,510 $5,099,688 Canada and North America...... 879,800 137,261 785,431 Europe, Singapore and Japan... 70,796 78,601 248,225 ------ ------ ------- Totals................... $4,013,904 $3,094,372 $6,133,344 ========== ========== ==========
All revenues and collections are in US dollars. The Company's entire operation and all assets are based in the United States. Technology Development and Licensing Program The Company has entered into agreements whereby the Company's technology may be licensed to customers for specific applications other than those directly applicable to the Company's core business. While the agreements differ in details, they each contain provisions whereby the Company's technology is provided to the customer under a license for a very specific application and provides for the payment of royalties based on future commercial utilization under the license. To date, three licenses have been granted by the Company but no royalties have been received thus far. During 1995, the Company received and recorded $300,000 in licensing fee revenue from one customer for an application specific technology license. Patents, Trademarks, and Trade Secrets The Company considers certain elements of its hardware and software to be proprietary and seeks to protect its technology through a combination of patents, copyrights, trade secrets, confidentiality and other agreements. The Company deems it patents and patent applications to be materially important to its business. However, the Company also believes that its success depends upon its trade secrets and proprietary know-how, its innovative skills and technical competence and marketing abilities of its employees. The Company believes that the steps it has taken to protect this proprietary technology are of material benefit in protecting its business. However, there can be no assurance that the above measures will be adequate to protect this proprietary technology. 9 The Company has been issued fourteen U.S. patents one of which is a patent that covers the features of a programmable, multiple-head, automation work cell using collision avoidance to simultaneously pick and place an inventory of elements; and one of which covers the collision avoidance for a multiple automatic tool system. Six of the patents cover various design aspects of two- dimensional linear motors, four of the patents cover various design aspects of the automatic tools, and the remaining two patents cover various design aspects of the platen. The Company has an application pending for one additional U.S. patent, and has applications pending for thirteen foreign patents including six patent applications in the European patent office (covering the United Kingdom, France, Italy and Germany) and seven in Japan. The Company deems its patents and patent applications to be materially important to its business, but believes that trade secrets and other proprietary know-how are of even greater importance. The Company's U.S. patents expire from 2006 through 2011. The Company monitors the introduction of new products and has taken such actions as it deems advisable and practicable when it believes that such new products may infringe upon its patent or other proprietary rights. The Company is pursuing discussions with the manufacturer of the software employed in a recently-developed product advertised to employ anti-collision software to determine whether the Company's proprietary rights are being infringed. Such inquiry may lead to formal action by the Company, a licensing arrangement or no action, depending upon the Company's evaluation. The Company has registered several trade names, trademarks, and servicemarks with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, including "Megamation", "MEGA 1", "M1", and "MEGA 2". The Company's software products are copyrighted and generally licensed to customers pursuant to a license agreement that restricts the use of the products to the customer's own internal purposes on a designated automation workstation. Employees As of June 30, 1995, the Company employed 33 persons on a all full-time basis. Of these persons, 4 were in development and engineering, 3 in marketing, sales, and support, 21 in manufacturing operations, applications and project engineering, and 5 in general administration and finance. None of the employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement and the Company believes its relations with its employees to be good. Compliance with Environmental Regulations The Company believes that it is in compliance with all local, state, and federal environmental regulations, and further believes that such compliance has no material impact on the Company's operating results or financial position. ITEM 2. FACILITIES. The Company's administrative, engineering, and manufacturing facilities occupy approximately 10,000 square feet of space in a multi-tenet building in West Windsor Township, NJ, under a lease currently expiring October 31, 1995 but renewable until December 31, 1995. The annual base rent is approximately $93,000 per year plus janitorial costs and real estate taxes. The Company's facilities are well maintained. The Company is currently conducting a search for a facility that will accommodate an increase in the Company's manufacturing requirements. Management of the Company does not anticipate encountering any significant difficulty in finding a suitable facility and does not anticipate that a relocation will have a material adverse impact on the Company's operating results or financial position. 10 ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. None ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS. None. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF REGISTRANT
Name Age Title - ---- --- ----- Gerald W. Klein............ 47 President and Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer, Director Richard J. Kornblum........ 51 Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Director Thomas D. Schmidt.......... 42 Vice President Thomas W. Murphy........... 37 Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
11 PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. (a) Market Information The Company's Common Stock is traded over the counter under the symbol MEGI, with market-makers submitting quotations in the so-called "pink sheets", and through National Association of Securities Dealers' automated Over-the- Counter Bulletin Board. The prices represent quotations in the Over-the-Counter market as compiled by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. The quotations reflect inter-dealer prices without retail markup, markdown, or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. The following table shows the reported high and low bid prices of the Company's Common Stock for each quarter of the prior two fiscal years beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30:
Bid -------------- High Low ------- ----- Fiscal 1994 - ---------------- First Quarter............................ $.344 $.063 Second Quarter........................... $.260 $.063 Third Quarter............................ $.270 $.010 Fourth Quarter........................... $.130 $.010 ....................................... Fiscal 1995 - ----------------- First Quarter............................ $.240 $.063 Second Quarter........................... $.220 $.010 Third Quarter............................ $.190 $.031 Fourth Quarter........................... $.375 $.050
(b) Holders At June 30, 1995, the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issued and outstanding was 14,358,666, held by 421 record holders thereof. (c) Dividends No cash dividends or distribution on the Company's Common Stock has been paid and it is not anticipated that any will be paid in the foreseeable future. The Company is prohibited under the terms of its bank line of credit and other credit instruments from the payment of cash dividends or from purchasing or retiring any of its capital stock. 12 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. The following is selected financial data for the Company for the five years ended June 30, 1995. All per share calculations are based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year.
Years ended June 30, ----------------------------------------------------------------- (in thousands, except share and per share data) Operating Data 1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Revenues............................ $4,014 $3,094 $6,133 $6,307 $2,962 Cost of revenues.................... 4,191 2,492 4,487 4,963 2,493 Research and development............ 352 381 295 165 124 Net loss............................ (1,991) (1,107) (155) (613) (1,629) Net loss per common share........... $(.14) $(.08) $(.01) $(.07) $(.18) Weighted average common shares outstanding........................ 14,207,982 13,343,324 12,352,749 9,406,000 9,106,000 As of June 30, ----------------------------------------------------------------- (in thousands) Financial Position Data 1995 1994 1993 1992 1991 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- Current assets...................... $1,873 $1,712 $2,504 $2,074 $2,421 Working capital (deficiency)........ (2,833) (726) 522 427 856 Net plant and equipment............. 274 126 164 131 129 Total assets........................ 2,513 2,132 2,913 2,409 2,724 Current liabilities................. 4,706 2,439 1,982 1,647 1,565 Long-term debt...................... -0- -0- 230 1,700 1,750 Shareholders' equity (deficit)...... (2,193) (307) 701 (938) (591)
13 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. Liquidity and Capital Resources Working capital The Company has experienced significant negative cash flows from operations in fiscal 1995 and 1994 primarily due to insufficient revenues relative to cost and expense levels; a declining gross profit margin; and a larger percentage of the longer term large integrated projects accounted for on the percentage of completion method versus shorter term projects. Additionally, substantial costs have been incurred associated with the development of the MEGA 2 system (See "Results of Operations"). At June 30, 1995 and 1994, the current liabilities exceeded the current assets of the Company by approximately $2,833,000 and $726,000, respectively. In July 1994, the Company estimated that it would require approximately $800,000 of additional working capital to finance its fiscal 1995 operations and in August 1994, the Company's Bank Line of Credit was increased from $1,000,000 to $1,700,000. The increase in the borrowing limit under the Bank Line of Credit resulted from the Company's two principal stockholders increasing their secured guarantees to the bank. In addition these stockholders each purchased shares of common stock generating net proceeds of $105,000. The Company found it necessary to borrow the entire $700,000 available on the Bank Line of Credit and an additional $500,000 from the two principal stockholders in order to fund operations through February 1995. On March 3, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with its principal stockholders to provide an additional $800,000 in the form of short term loans through June 30, 1995 provided there were no material changes in the Company's cash flow from operations as forecast at March 3, 1995. In addition, past due interest of approximately $125,000 under the existing Term Loans with the stockholders was deferred until July 1, 1995. On May 12, 1995, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its Term Loans and Bank Line of Credit until January 1, 1996. Additionally, the May 12, 1995 agreement modified the lending terms of the March 3, 1995 agreement whereby the principal stockholders provided $700,000 in the form of short term loans and deferred $100,000 of unpaid interest until January 1, 1996. Under the March 3, 1995 Agreement the parties stated their intention that the $800,000 of loans would be converted to shares of the Company's capital stock on terms and conditions to be agreed upon among the parties as soon as practicable. In addition, the Company is considering possible means of equity financing to provide it with adequate working capital to fund its efforts to increase revenues in fiscal 1996. The Company also intends to seek an extension of its Term Loans and its Bank Line of Credit beyond the January 1, 1996 maturity in conjunction with a conversion to equity of the $800,000 of Loans from its principal stockholders. There are no understandings or agreements with respect to any of the foregoing nor can there be any assurance that any of the foregoing can be accomplished. The Company believes that it will have adequate resources to fund operations through January 1, 1996. However, the Company is in violation of various covenants under the Term Loans and its Bank Line of Credit, and would not be able to repay these loans on demand or at maturity. There can be no assurance that even if the Term Loans and Bank Lines of Credit are extended the Company will have adequate capital resources to fund operations beyond January 1, 1996. Cash Used in Operations The principal changes causing the $2,107,000 increase in the negative working capital condition between June 30, 1994 and June 30, 1995 were increases in borrowings under the Bank Line of Credit and Term Loans, accounts payable, and customer deposits which were partially offset by increases in accounts receivable and cash. The increases in the Bank Line of Credit and Term Loans and the 14 decrease in inventory are discussed in the captions, "Cash Provided by Financing Activities" and "Revenues and Cost of Revenues", respectively. In 1993 the Company undertook the design and development of the MEGA 2. Approximately $181,000 was expended on the development of the MEGA 2 during fiscal 1994. Development of the MEGA 2 continued during fiscal 1995 adding such features as multiple head capability previously available only in the MEGA 1. The Company incurred additional costs of approximately $75,000 during the 1995 fiscal year to complete development of the MEGA 2. Cash Used for Investing Activities The Company purchases property and equipment, mainly computers, manufacturing tools and test gear, as required to support its manufacturing operations and development efforts. Property and equipment purchases were higher in fiscal 1995 than fiscal 1994 primarily as a result of the purchase of an integrated computer system for a new management information and control system. Additionally, six MEGA units with a book value of $183,000 were reclassified from inventory to property and equipment. These systems are used for development, testing and training. Expenditures for patents include the legal and administrative costs of filing with the US and various foreign patent offices. During fiscal 1995 the Company invested approximately $76,000 in a new management information system. During 1996 an additional $75,000 will be invested in additions to the management information system and a new phone system. Otherwise the Company anticipates that fixed asset expenditures will continue in the same areas and at the same average rate as in the past three years. Cash Provided by Financing Activities Cash from financing activities was provided during fiscal 1995 through the sale of common stock and from proceeds on debt instruments. At June 30, 1995, borrowings under the Term Loans were due to the two guarantors of the Company's Bank Line of Credit with interest payable quarterly at prime plus 4% to a maximum annual rate of 12%, with the principal due January 1, 1996. On December 16, 1994 each lender provided an additional $125,000 in the form of additional Term Loans. At the same time, the due dates of the previous Term Loans were extended to June 30, 1995. As of May 12, 1995, the Company obtained an agreement under which the Term Loans and Bank Line of Credit were extended to January 1, 1996. In connection with the Term Loans, one of the lenders was issued warrants to purchase a total of 960,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at $0.55 and $.50 per share. In addition, the subordinated security interest in the Company's assets, then held by the other Term Loan lender, was modified to include the Term Loans from both guarantors on a pari passu basis. In consideration of the foregoing modification, the other lender was given a warrant to purchase 72,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock for $0.55 per share and, in consideration of the additional term loans, warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock for $.50 per share. On July 28, 1993, the Company sold 200,000 shares of Common Stock for $100,000, pursuant to a Subscription Agreement with one of the Company's principal stockholders. A total of 936,000 shares (including the 200,000 shares sold in the current year) were sold during the period between September 4, 1992 and September 30, 1993, when the Subscription Agreement expired. In August 1994, the Company's two principal stockholders each purchased 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Net proceeds to the Company were $105,000. On May 12, 1994, the Company entered into a Credit and Security Agreement ("Bank Line of Credit") with a New Jersey Bank with a borrowing limitation of $1,000,000 to replace its previous credit facility. The guarantors of the previous credit facility each agreed to guarantee one-half of the outstanding balance, and executed a new Guarantee Agreement with the Company and the New Jersey bank. The Bank Line of Credit currently has a renewal date of October 1, 1995 which date is expected to be extended to January 1, 1996 pursuant to an agreement dated May 12, 1995. On May 12, 1994, the Company borrowed $755,453 and repaid and terminated the previous credit facility. Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral for the Company's obligations under the Bank Line of Credit and the Term Loans 15 are subordinated to the Bank Line of Credit. On August 18, 1994, a further agreement was made with the guarantors and the New Jersey Bank to increase the maximum allowable borrowing to $1,700,000 subject to a borrowing formula that limited borrowings to certain percentages of outstanding trade receivables and customer purchase commitments, with a maximum allowable balance of $1,700,000. At June 30, 1994, borrowings under the Bank Line of Credit and the Term Loans were $1,000,000 and $460,000, respectively. At June 30, 1995, borrowings under the Bank Line of Credit and the Term Loans were $1,700,000 and $1,760,000, respectively. See Notes 5 and 12 of Notes to Financial Statements. Results of Operations Year Ended June 30, 1995 Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 1994 Revenues and Cost of Revenues Revenues for the year ended June 30, 1995 (the "current year") were $4,014,000 compared to $3,094,000 for the year ended June 30, 1994, (the "last year"), an increase of 29.7%. Four MEGA 1 and nineteen MEGA 2 systems were shipped to customers during the current year generating revenues of $2,482,000 versus seven MEGA 1 systems and one MEGA 2 system shipped during last year. Revenues for the current year included $1,545,000 of revenue recognized from percentage of completion of long-term projects, other revenues (primarily service, spare parts, engineering and training) of $1,232,000; and a one-time, application specific technology license fee of $300,000. Last year's revenues included $1,694,000 of revenues recognized from percentage of completion of long-term projects and $1,400,000 of other revenue. Cost of revenues for the current year were 104.4% of revenues compared to 80.5% of revenues last year. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995 management determined that it would cease marketing and selling the MEGA 1 product line. Cost of revenues during the current year include a charge of $707,000 related to the MEGA 1 product line. Four large, long term integration projects accounted for using the percentage of completion method were delivered during the current year on which cost of revenues exceeded revenues. In most cases, completion of these projects had been substantially delayed from their originally scheduled delivery dates. Management determined that extraordinary efforts would be made to complete these projects and deliver them to customers and unbudgeted costs were incurred as a result. During the previous fiscal year, the Company had determined to undertake custom integration work which it believed would be a new revenue source and provide a greater level of control over the ability of the MEGA 1 to meet customer's needs. During the current fiscal year, the Company has found that with its limited financial and human resources, it is difficult to respond in a timely and cost effective way to the frequent changes in system specifications which occur as customers refine and revise their requirements for integrating the Company's systems and the associated equipment into the customer's production facility. Because of its experience during the current year and because the Company's new MEGA 2 systems are significantly lower in cost and complexity than the MEGA 1 - which factors ameliorate the Company's concerns about maintaining control of integration projects - the Company currently intends to rely primarily on independent systems integrators to implement the Company's systems in large, long term integration projects. The exceptions to this guideline are for large customers that offer the potential for significant repeat business and thereby justify the engineering effort and risk associated with these large projects. The Company is currently assembling two systems that are scheduled to be completed and shipped during the first quarter of fiscal 1996 ending September 30, 1995. These systems do not require integration into the customers production facility but do require a degree of customization. 16 Operating Expenses Operating expenses decreased 5.1% or $81,000 in the current year from last year and represented 37.6% of revenues in the current year versus 51.4% last year. The decrease in operating expenses was due to lower selling and research and development expenses partially offset by an increase in general and administrative expenses. Selling expenses decreased 29.1% to $385,000 during the current year from $543,000 during last year. The decrease in selling expenses was primarily the result of lower commission expenses, salary related expenses, travel, and trade show costs of $54,000, $60,000, $18,000, and $21,000, respectively. Research and development expenses decreased 7.5% or $28,000 primarily due to reductions in salaries and related expenses and outside contractor costs. General and administrative expenses increased 15.8% or $105,000 primarily due to salaries and related expenses and professional services fees increasing $93,000 and $12,000, respectively. The increase in salaries resulted primarily from additions to the Company's senior management and severance costs. The increase in legal expenses resulted primarily from increased general counsel consultations relating to general corporate matters in the current year. Interest Expense Interest expense increased by 155.7% or $185,000 during the current year compared to last year. The change is due to increases in the Company's Bank Line of Credit and Term Loan borrowings, (See Liquidity and Capital Resources- Cash Provided by Financing Activities.) Net Loss The net loss for the current year of $1,991,000 compared to a net loss of $1,107,000 for last year. The loss per share for the current year was $0.14 compared to a loss of $0.08 per share during last year. The reason for the increase in the loss during the current year compared to last year was primarily the decline in the gross profit resulting from the write-off of obsolete MEGA 1 inventory and large platen scrap charges; the recognition of higher than expected costs and expenses on several large, long term integration projects that were completed during the current year; and the increased interest and debt expenses which were partially offset by the decrease in the operating expenses. The increase in average common shares outstanding during the current year resulted from the sale of 1,000,000 shares on August 25, 1994. At June 30, 1995, the Company had approximately $6,867,000 in Federal income tax loss carryforwards which expire through the year 2010. These losses would generally be available to offset future taxable income, if any. The utilization of Federal income tax loss carryforwards in any year is subject to limitation if the Company experiences a certain level of changes in ownership over any three year period. Management has recently determined that the effects of changes in ownership through June 30, 1995 have not had a material effect on the future utilization of the Company's operating loss carryforwards. However, there have been substantial changes in ownership during the prior three year period and future changes in ownership could result in a substantial limitation on the amount of operating loss carryforwards which the Company would apply in any one year to offset income. 17 Results of Operations Year Ended June 30, 1994 Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 1993 Revenues and Cost of Revenues For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1994, revenues were $3,094,000, a 50% decline from the $6,133,000 in 1993. A total of seven MEGA 1 systems were shipped during fiscal 1994 as opposed to twenty-two in fiscal 1993. Additionally, there were five longer term contracts which were accounted for by the percentage-of-completion method ranging from approximately 1.8% to 43.5% complete, contributing $306,000 to revenue and $62,000 of operating income. Of the seven units shipped in fiscal 1994 one was to an existing customer and 6 were initial sales to new customers. One MEGA 2 system was shipped in fiscal 1994 to a new customer in a new market and application. Revenues and units shipped declined during fiscal 1994 primarily due to the loss of anticipated business from a customer which suspended a substantial automation project for business reasons and from another customer due to difficulties which arose in the implementation of the first phase of a project involving the Company and a third party systems integrator. In addition, revenues were adversely affected by delays in completing a number of projects involving substantial customization. In fiscal 1994, costs of revenues were $2,491,000, or 80.5% of revenues, against $4,487,000, or 73.2% in fiscal 1993. The 7.3% decline in the gross profit percentage resulted primarily from the fixed overhead costs being absorbed by the fewer number of finished systems being shipped in 1994 versus 1993, (seven versus twenty-two, respectively). Additionally, one large integration project achieved a 5% gross margin because it was for a new application. Operating Expenses Selling expenses decreased by approximately 10%, $543,000 in fiscal 1994 from $600,000 in fiscal 1993. This was due to lower commissions resulting from lower net sales. Research and development ("R&D") expenses increased $86,000 or 29.2% during 1994. This increase was almost entirely due to the development of the next generation (the MEGA 2) automated single and multiple automatic tool assembly systems. General and administrative expenses decreased approximately 6%, $668,000 in fiscal 1994, from $708,000 in fiscal 1993. The change was caused primarily by a decrease in salaries and professional fees of $115,000 and $10,000, respectively. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in bad debt expense of $52,000. The Company's agreement with the guarantors of the Bank Line of Credit requires the Company to stay within certain general and administrative expense limits. Expenses in fiscal 1994 were within the required limits set forth in the Guarantee Agreement. Interest Expense Interest and debt expenses for fiscal 1994 were $119,000, which includes $109,000 of interest expense, $2,000 of interest income, and $11,000 of debt restructuring costs. Interest and debt expenses for fiscal 1993 were $199,000, which includes $131,000 of interest expense, $3,000 of interest income, and $71,000 of debt restructuring costs. The decrease in interest expense from fiscal 1993 to fiscal 1994 was due to savings associated with a Debt Reduction. Debt restructuring costs refers to the amortization of costs incurred as part of a restructuring on April 11, 1991, the greatest portion of which was amortized during fiscal 1992. In fiscal 1993, the $43,000 remainder was amortized, along with the additional costs of 18 the Debt Reduction. During 1994, $11,000 was amortized arising from additional costs related to the new line and term loan financing. Net Loss Net loss for fiscal 1994 was $1,107,000, compared to $155,000 in 1993. The net loss per common share was $0.08 for fiscal 1994, and $0.01 for 1993, calculated on the weighted average shares outstanding of 13,343,324 and 12,352,749, respectively. 19 ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Page ---- Reports of Independent Public Accountants: KPMG Peat Marwick LLP.................. 21 Deloitte & Touche LLP.................. 22 Financial Statements: Statements of Financial Position - June 30, 1995 and 1994................ 23 Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993........................ 24 Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993.............................. 25 Statements of Shareholders' Deficit for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993......................... 26 Notes to Financial Statements.......... 27 Financial Statement Schedule: Schedule II Valuation Accounts......... 36
20 Independent Auditor's Report The Board of Directors and Shareholders Megamation Inc.: We have audited the accompanying statement of financial position of Megamation Inc. as of June 30, 1995, and the related statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders' deficit for the year then ended. In connection with our audit of the financial statements, we have also audited the financial statement schedule, for the year ended June 30, 1995, as listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Megamation Inc. as of June 30, 1995, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended June 30, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related 1995 financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. The accompanying financial statements and financial statement schedule have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 12 to the financial statements, the Company has incurred significant net losses, is in default under certain borrowing agreements, is in a negative working capital position and has a net shareholders' deficit at June 30, 1995, all of which raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 12. The financial statements and financial statement schedule do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. KPMG Peat Marwick LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania August 11, 1995 21 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Megamation Inc. Princeton, New Jersey We have audited the statement of financial position of Megamation Inc. as of June 30, 1994, and the related statements of operations, cash flows and shareholders' deficit for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 1994. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Megamation Inc. as of June 30, 1994, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended June 30, 1994 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein. The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that Megamation Inc. will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 12 to the financial statements, the Company's losses and negative cash flows from operations raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 12. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty. DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP December 29, 1994 (March 3, 1995 as to Notes 5 and 12) New York, New York Statements of Financial Position
June 30, ------------------------- 1995 1994 ----------- ----------- ASSETS Current assets: Cash................................ $264,225 $7,417 Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $40,544 and $65,658...................... 700,191 259,129 Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, net of customer deposits (Note 3)....... -0- 178,056 Inventories (Note 2)................ 886,896 1,215,890 Prepaid expenses and other current assets............................. 21,614 51,892 ------ ------ Total current assets............. 1,872,926 1,712,384 Property and equipment, net (Note 4).... 273,933 125,639 Other assets: Patents, net (Note 1)............... 306,960 258,424 Other assets........................ 59,066 35,632 ------ ------ Total assets............ $2,512,885 $2,132,079 ========== ========== LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT Current liabilities: Revolving bank line of credit (Note 5)............................ $1,700,000 $1,000,000 Term loans, related parties (Note 5) 1,760,000 460,000 Accounts payable.................... 805,039 580,508 Accrued warranty costs.............. 89,927 90,585 Accrued interest payable (Note 5)... 21,222 55,313 Customer deposits on uncompleted contracts, net of costs and estimated earnings (Note 3)...... -0- 147,079 Other customer deposits............. 253,937 1,260 Accrued payroll and related expenses 75,644 103,942 ------ ------- Total current liabilities........ 4,705,769 2,438,687 Commitments (Note 6).................... Shareholders' deficit, (Notes 7, 8 and 12): Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized no shares issued or outstanding.. -0- -0- Common stock, $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 14,358,666 and 13,358,666 shares issued and outstanding, respectively..................... 143,587 133,587 Additional paid in capital......... 5,756,744 5,661,744 Accumulated deficit................ (8,093,215) (6,101,939) ---------- ---------- Total shareholders' deficit...... (2,192,884) (306,608) ---------- -------- Total liabilities and and shareholders' deficit................. $2,512,885 $2,132,079 ========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 23 Statements of Operations
Years ended June 30, ----------------------------------------- 1995 1994 1993 ------------- ----------- ----------- Revenues (Note 1)....................... $4,013,904 $3,094,372 $6,133,344 Cost of revenues........................ 3,484,032 2,491,838 4,487,104 ---------- ---------- ---------- Inventory write-off relating to discontinued products (Note 2)......... 707,404 -0- -0- ---------- ---------- ---------- Gross profit/(loss)............... (177,532) 602,534 1,646,240 Selling expenses........................ 384,595 542,585 600,224 Research and development expenses....... 352,226 380,659 294,573 General and administrative expenses..... 773,296 667,862 707,901 ------- ------- ------- Total operating expenses............ 1,510,117 1,591,106 1,602,698 --------- --------- --------- Operating income (loss)........ (1,687,649) (988,572) 43,542 Interest expense........................ 300,755 109,470 130,781 Interest income......................... (7,995) (2,108) (2,971) Debt restructuring costs................ 10,867 11,373 70,692 ------ ------ ------ Net loss............................ $(1,991,276) $(1,107,307) $(154,960) =========== =========== =========== Net loss per common share............... $(0.14) $(0.08) $(0.01) ====== ====== ====== Weighted average common shares 14,207,982 13,343,324 12,352,749 outstanding............................ ========== ========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 24 Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended June 30, ---------------------------------------- 1995 1994 1993 ---------------------------------------- FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net loss........................................................................... (1,991,276) (1,107,307) (154,960) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities: Depreciation and amortization...................................................... 135,644 83,609 148,622 Decrease/(increase) in: Trade receivables.............................................................. (441,062) 720,149 129,817 Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts net of customer deposits........................................... 178,056 (82,795) (95,261) Inventories.................................................................... 145,598 55,640 (403,785) Prepaid expenses and other current assets...................................... 30,278 25,021 (38,037) Other assets................................................................... (23,434) (2,342) (18,667) Increase/(decrease) in: Accounts payable............................................................... 224,531 (393,143) 485,141 Accrued warranty costs......................................................... (658) (6,593) 14,170 Accrued interest payable....................................................... 65,909 39,317 (45,558) Customer deposits on uncompleted contracts, net of costs and estimated earnings............................................... (147,079) 147,079 -0- Other customer deposits........................................................ 252,677 (6,450) (130,399) Accrued payroll and related expenses........................................... (28,298) (33,650) 16,660 ----------- ----------- ---------- Cash used in operating activities.................................................. (1,599,114) (561,465) (92,257) FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchases of property and equipment................................................ (75,925) (30,549) (102,806) Costs of patents................................................................... (73,153) (51,890) (29,911) ----------- ----------- ---------- Cash used in investing activities.................................................. (149,078) (82,439) (132,717) FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Payments on the revolving bank line of credit and debentures.......................................................... (24,979) (750,000) (600,000) Advances from the revolving bank line of credit.................................... 724,979 1,000,000 595,000 Debt restructuring costs........................................................... -0- (10,098) (27,503) Proceeds from term loans........................................................... 1,200,000 230,000 - 0 - Proceeds from subscription agreement and warrants.................................. 105,000 100,000 323,334 ----------- ----------- ---------- Cash from financing activities..................................................... 2,005,000 569,902 290,831 ----------- ----------- ---------- (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH........................................................... 256,808 (74,002) 65,857 Cash beginning of period........................................................... 7,417 81,419 15,562 ----------- ----------- ---------- Cash end of period................................................................. $ 264,225 $ 7,417 $ 81,419 =========== =========== ========== SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Interest paid during the period.................................................... $ 227,585 $ 70,153 $ 176,339 =========== =========== ========== Non-cash investing and financing activities: Inventory reclassified to property and equipment................................ $ 183,396 $ -0- $ -0- =========== =========== ========== Accrued interest converted to term loans........................................ $ 100,000 $ -0- $ -0- =========== =========== ========== Reduction of indebtedness resulting from a debt reduction agreement.................................................. $ -0- $ -0- $1,470,000 =========== =========== ==========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 25 Statements of Shareholders' Deficit
Common Stock Additional Par value $0.01 Paid in ----------------------- Shares Amount Capital Deficit Total ------------ --------- ------------- ------------ ----------- As of June 30, 1992..................... 9,506,000 $ 95,060 $3,806,937 $(4,839,672) $ (937,675) Debt Reduction Agreement................ 2,916,666 29,167 1,464,167 -0- 1,493,334 Proceeds from the Subscription Agreement, (Note 7).................... 736,000 7,360 292,640 -0- 300,000 Net loss................................ -0- -0- -0- (154,960) (154,960) ------------ -------- -------------- ------------ ----------- As of June 30, 1993..................... 13,158,666 $131,587 $5,563,744 $(4,994,632) $ 700,699 Sale of stock pursuant to the Stock Subscription Agreement (Note 7)........ 200,000 2,000 98,000 -0- 100,000 Net loss................................ -0- -0- -0- (1,107,307) (1,107,307) ------------ -------- -------------- ------------ ----------- As of June 30, 1994..................... 13,358,666 $133,587 $5,661,744 $(6,101,939) $ (306,608) Sale of stock (Note 7).................. 1,000,000 10,000 95,000 -0- 105,000 Net loss................................ -0- -0- -0- (1,991,276) (1,991,276) ------------ -------- -------------- ------------ ----------- As of June 30, 1995..................... 14,358,666 $143,587 $5,756,744 $(8,093,215) $(2,192,884) ========== ======== ========== =========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 26 1. SUMMARY OF ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES ----------------------------------------------------------- a. Organization ------------ The Company's principal activities are the design, marketing, and manufacture of programmable, flexible, single and multiple tool, automation work cells for the clinical laboratory, pharmaceutical, automotive, telecommunication, and computer industries. b. Revenue Recognition and Contract Costs -------------------------------------- The Company generally recognizes revenue upon the completion of one of the following: (1) the performance of a service, (2) the shipment of product, or (3) upon customer acceptance of completed units. The percentage of completion method is used for long term contracts generally involving the integration of the Company's products into a customer's production facility. Sales and operating income are recognized as work is performed, based on the relationship between actual labor cost incurred and the total labor cost estimated to be required. At June 30, 1995, there were no long term contracts in process. At June 30, 1994, five long term contracts were in process (completed during fiscal 1995), for which the Company recorded $306,000 in revenue and $67,000 of operating income in fiscal 1995. At June 30, 1993, one long term contract (completed during fiscal 1994) was in process for which the Company recorded $323,000 in revenue and $79,000 of operating income in fiscal 1993. Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs, and depreciation costs. Selling, general, and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Less than ten percent of the Company's sales are derived from the performance of services. c. Inventories ----------- Inventories consist of parts and subassemblies, work-in-process, and completed units which are valued at the lower of cost (first-in/first-out) or market value. d. Depreciation and amortization ----------------------------- Depreciation on property and equipment is computed using various methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the length of the related lease, or the estimated useful life of the improvement. Patent application costs are deferred until a patent is granted, or until the application is abandoned. No patent applications have been abandoned to date. Once a patent is granted the associated costs are amortized using the straight-line method over fifteen years. The Company's patents serve to define the uniqueness of the Company's product and are all believed to have a technological life at least equal to the amortization period. Accumulated amortization of patents at June 30, 1995 and 1994 was $53,040 and $28,423, respectively. e. Research and development expenses --------------------------------- Research and development expenses, net of related reimbursements, are charged to operations as incurred. 27 f. Product warranty costs ---------------------- Estimated warranty costs are accrued at the time a sale is recorded. The Company extends a labor warranty of six months, and a parts warranty for twelve months. Reserves for future warranty costs were $89,927, $90,585 and $97,178 for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively. g. Net loss per common share ------------------------- Net losses per common share have been computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the respective periods. Common stock options and warrants outstanding were not included in the computation as the effect would have been anti-dilutive. 2. INVENTORIES ----------- Inventories are comprised of the following:
June 30 ---------------------- 1995 1994 ---------- ---------- Parts and subassemblies............... $786,575 $ 872,991 Work in process....................... 100,321 127,263 Finished goods........................ -0- 215,636 -------- ---------- $886,896 $1,215,890 ======== ==========
During the third and fourth quarter of the current fiscal year, charges of $56,660 and $650,744, respectively, were made to cost of revenues for inventory related to the discontinued MEGA 1 product line. Additionally, during fiscal 1995, $183,396 of Mega 1 and Mega 2 inventory was reclassified to property and equipment as these units were allocated for use in Mega 1 training and Mega 2 training, demonstration and development. 3. LONG-TERM CONTRACTS ------------------- Details of long-term contracts consist of the following:
June 30 ------------------- 1995 1994 -------- --------- Costs incurred on uncompleted contracts........ $ -0- $ 312,322 Estimated earnings............................. -0- 62,681 ----- --------- -0- 375,003 Less: Deposits received....................... -0- (344,026) ----- --------- $ -0- $ 30,977 ===== ========= Such amounts are included in the balance sheets under the following captions: Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, net of customer deposits......... $ -0- $ 178,056 ===== ========= Customer deposits on uncompleted contracts, net of costs and estimated earnings......... $ -0- $ 147,079 ===== =========
28 4. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT ---------------------- Property and equipment consist of the following:
June 30 ------------------------- 1995 1994 ------------- ---------- Factory equipment....................... $ 263,480 $ 260,310 Training, demonstration and development systems................................. 183,396 -0- Office equipment........................ 56,311 58,427 Leasehold improvements.................. 34,479 34,479 Computers and software.................. 190,433 115,562 ---------- ---------- 728,099 468,778 Less accumulated depreciation........... (454,166) (343,139) ---------- ---------- $ 273,933 $ 125,639 ========== ==========
5. DEBT ---- The Company's debt consists of the following:
June 30 ------------------------- 1995 1994 ------------ ---------- Revolving bank line of credit........... $1,700,000 $1,000,000 Term loans.............................. 1,760,000 460,000 ---------- ---------- $3,460,000 $1,460,000 ========== ==========
Under Agreements entered into on May 12, 1994, and amended on August 18, 1994, the Company entered into a Credit and Security Agreement (the "Line") with a New Jersey bank secured by trade receivables and guaranteed by two principal stockholders and directors (the "Guarantors") pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement ("Agreement"). The Line provides for maximum borrowings of $1,700,000. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Guarantors each guarantee one-half of the outstanding balance of the Line. The Line imposes borrowing formula limitations of the sum of 85% of trade receivables and 40% of the qualifying open order backlog. At June 30, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with the borrowing limitation requirements under the Line. Borrowings under the Line bear interest at the prime rate (9% and 7.25% at June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively). Additionally, the Guarantors each receive quarterly fees calculated at a 1.5% annual rate on the average outstanding balance of the Line. The Guarantee fee expense which is included in interest expense was $45,187 and $23,116 for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The line expires on January 1, 1996. At June 30, 1994, the Term Loan (originally granted on December 21, 1988) was owed to an entity controlled by one of the Guarantors and was scheduled to mature on March 31, 1995. On February 11, 1994, the other Guarantor provided the Company with an additional $230,000 in the form of a New Term Loan, also due on March 31, 1995. In connection with the New Term Loan, the Guarantor was issued a warrant to purchase 460,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company at $.55 per share. In consideration of extending the due date of the original Term Loan and modifying the security interest in the Company's assets to recognize the co- priority of the New Term Loan, the entity holding the original Term Loan was issued a warrant to purchase 72,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company exercisable at $.55 per share. No value was assigned to these warrants as the amount was not material. On December 16, 1994, the original Term Loan and the New Term Loan were amended to provide for an additional $500,000 29 in borrowings from the Guarantors. Additionally, the due dates of both Term Loans were extended to June 30, 1995. Coincident with these amendments, the Company borrowed an additional $250,000. In consideration of the December 1994 amendments, the Guarantors were each issued warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company at $.50 per share. No value was recorded for these warrants as the amount was not material. In February 1995 the Company borrowed the remaining available $250,000 under the Term Loans. The annual interest rate on both Term Loans is prime plus 4% with a maximum annual rate of 12%, payable quarterly in arrears. Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral for the Company's obligations under the Term Loans, however the Term Loans have been subordinated to the Line. Provisions of the Line and both Term Loans prohibit the Company from paying cash dividends until these obligations are repaid. The interest rate on the Term Loans at June 30, 1995 was 12%. On March 3, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with its principal stockholders to provide an additional $800,000 in the form of short term loans through June 30, 1995 and the Company borrowed this amount during fiscal 1995. In addition, past due interest of approximately $120,000 under the existing Term Loans with the stockholders was deferred until July 1, 1995. On May 12, 1995, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its Term Loans and the Line until January 1, 1996. Additionally, the May 12, 1995 agreement modified the lending terms of the March 3, 1995 agreement whereby the principal stockholders provided $700,000 in the form of short term loans and deferred $100,000 of past due interest on the Term Loans to January 1, 1996. The May 12, 1995 agreement sets forth the parties intention to convert the $700,000 of loans and the $100,000 of deferred past due interest to shares of the Company's capital stock on terms and conditions to be agreed upon among the parties as soon as is practicable. The principal stockholders have indicated their willingness to accomplish such a conversion in connection with a rights offering of common stock to the Company's stockholders. It is management's current intention to pursue such a transaction, however no assurance can be provided that the transaction will be successfully consummated. At June 30, 1994 and 1995, the Company was not in compliance with several covenants under the Line and the Term Loans. As of August 11, 1995 such non- compliance was continuing and the agreements entered into on March 3 and May 12, 1995 do not cure the defaults. 6. COMMITMENTS ----------- Under various licensing agreements, the Company is required to pay royalties on the sales of certain products that incorporate licensed technology. Total royalty expense under such agreements, which is recorded in cost of sales, was approximately $14,800 and $4,500 for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The Company has an operating lease which expires on December 31, 1995, at an annual base rental of approximately $93,000 plus additional amounts for taxes and maintenance. The Company also has certain operating equipment leases expiring through July 2000. Approximate aggregate minimum annual rental commitments (exclusive of real estate taxes and maintenance costs) for fiscal 1996 are approximately $47,000 for space rentals and $6,000 for equipment rentals. Rent expense (including taxes and maintenance) aggregated $95,000, $106,000, and $109,000 for the years ended June 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993, respectively. 30 7. CAPITAL STOCK ------------- a. Preferred Stock --------------- The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series by the Board of Directors at terms and designations as the Board may fix, including dividend rates, redemption rights, conversion rights, liquidation preferences, and voting rights. No preferred stock has been issued to date. b. Common Stock ------------ On September 21, 1989, the Company consummated a public offering of 690,000 units: each unit consisting of five shares of common stock and four Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrants. On September 20, 1993, the warrants expired without any having been exercised. On September 4, 1992, the Company's principal stockholders executed a Stock Subscription Agreement to purchase up to an additional 1,136,000 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate of $500,000, subject to certain limitations. As of September 30, 1993, the expiration of the Stock Subscription Agreement, 936,000 shares of Common Stock had been sold for a total of $400,000. In August 1994, the Company's two principal stockholders each purchased 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Net proceeds to the Company were $105,000. 8. STOCK OPTIONS AND WARRANTS -------------------------- a. Stock options ------------- Prior to June 30, 1989, the Company granted individual options to purchase an aggregate of 730,000 shares of Common Stock. Of these, 722,000 have expired as of June 30, 1995. On May 10, 1989, the Company adopted the 1989 Joint Incentive and Non- Qualified Stock Option Plan ("the 1989 Plan"). Incentive or non-qualified options may be granted to employees and other key persons. In November 1991, an amendment to the 1989 Plan was approved, increasing from 400,000 to 550,000 the total number of shares of Common stock for which options may be granted. Under the 1989 Plan, Incentive Stock Options must be granted at not less than 100 percent of the fair value of the Company's Common Stock on the date of the grant, and Non-Qualified Stock Options may be granted at a price determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors, provided that such exercise price may not be less than the par value of the Common Stock. Options granted terminate no later than ten years after the grant date, and subject to certain exceptions, if granted to an employee, are exercisable only during the individual's employment. On June 22, 1992, the Board of Directors adopted the 1992 Joint Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan ("the 1992 Plan"). The 1992 Plan authorizes the issuance of options to purchase up to 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock under provisions similar to those in the 1989 Plan. 31 On May 5, 1995, the Board of Directors adopted, subject to stockholder's approval, the 1995 Joint Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan ("the 1995 Plan"). The 1995 Plan authorizes the issuance of options to purchase up to 4,500,000 shares of common stock under provisions similar to those in the 1989 Plan. On May 5, 1995, the Company granted options under the new 1995 Plan, subject to approval by stockholders, to purchase a total of 3,452,829 shares to four executives at an option price of $.15 per share vesting in installments of 10%, 20%, 10%, 35%, and 25% from 1995 through 1999. On June 15, 1995 an option for 800,000 shares, previously granted to one of the above executives at $.50 per share, was canceled. The effectiveness of the options granted under the 1995 Plan are subject to approval of the 1995 Plan by stockholders. However, these options are reflected as "granted" in the summary appearing below. The following is a summary of stock option activity for the three years ended June 30, 1995:
Number of Exercise price Shares per share Total Price ----------- -------------- ------------ Balance, June 30, 1992.......... 981,500 $ 674,770 Expired....................... (163,000) $0.667 - $1.00 (110,550) Forfeited..................... (17,200) $0.35 - $0.375 (6,120) Granted....................... 900,000 $0.50 - $0.667 466,700 ---------- ----------- Balance, June 30, 1993.......... 1,701,300 $ 0.33 - $1.00 1,024,800 Expired....................... (177,800) $ 0.35 - $1.00 (135,900) Granted....................... 200,000 $.50 100,000 ---------- ----------- Balance, June 30, 1994.......... 1,723,500 988,900 Expired....................... (595,500) $ .33 - $1.00 (355,900) Granted....................... 3,452,829 $.15 517,924 Canceled...................... (800,000) $.50 (400,000) ---------- ----------- Balance, June 30, 1995.......... 3,780,829 $ 750,924 ========== =========== Exercisable at June 30, 1995.... 657,283 ==========
Future number of shares for which options may be granted under the 1989 Plan................................ 230,000 =========== Future number of shares for which options may be granted under the 1992 Plan................................ 1,000,000 =========== Future number of shares for which options may be granted under the 1995 Plan, (subject to stockholder approval noted above)...................................... 1,047,171 ===========
b. Common stock warrants --------------------- The following is a summary of common stock warrant activity for the three years ended June 30, 1995:
Exercise Number of Price Warrants per Share --------- --------- Balance, June 30, 1992........... 4,727,500 Warrants exercised in $0.05 and connection with a debt reduction agreement............. (1,866,666) $0.55 Expiration of pre-public warrants............. (67,500) $1.00 Expiration of Series C Warrant......................... (33,334) $0.05
32
Additional shares issuable pursuant to anti-dilution provisions of warrants issued in connection with the Company's initial public offering....................... 256,680 $1.83 ---------- Balance, June 30, 1993......................... 3,016,680 Expiration of warrants issued in connection with the Company's initial public offering.... (3,016,680) $1.83 Warrants issued in connection with Term Loans (Note 5)................................ 532,000 $0.55 ---------- Balance, June 30, 1994......................... 532,000 Warrants issued in connection with Term Loans (Note 5)................................ 1,000,000 $0.50 ---------- Balance, June 30, 1995......................... 1,532,000
========== 9. INCOME TAXES ------------ The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes", effective July 1, 1993. The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 109 had no impact on the Company's financial statements. SFAS No. 109 provides for, among other things, the recognition of deferred tax assets subject to a valuation allowance. At July 1, 1994, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately $2,276,000 primarily relating to net operating loss carryforwards ("NOL") which amounted to $5,113,000 at June 30, 1994. Also at July 1, 1994, the Company established a valuation allowance equal to the full amount of the deferred tax asset. For the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, no income tax expense or benefit was recorded. The Company increased its deferred tax asset by approximately $783,000 and $687,000, for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 respectively, with corresponding increases in the valuation allowance. The difference between the NOL for tax purposes of $6,867,000 and the NOL for book purposes of $8,093,000 primarily reflects the net effect of timing differences between the treatment of research and development costs for tax and book purposes. The NOL's expire at various times and in varying amounts through the year 2010. These losses would generally be available to offset future taxable income, if any. The utilization of Federal income tax loss carryforwards in any year is subject to limitation if the Company experiences a certain level of changes in ownership over any three year period. Management has recently determined that the effects of changes in ownership through June 30, 1995 have not had a material effect on the future utilization of the Company's operating loss carryforwards. However, there have been substantial changes in ownership during the prior three year period and future changes in ownership could result in a substantial limitation on the amount of operating loss carryforwards which the Company would apply in any one year to offset income. 10. MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND EXPORTS --------------------------- For the years ended June 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993, five, five, and three customers accounted for 72%, 64%, and 65% of net sales, respectively. The percentages of net sales represented by each customer approximated 31%, 15%, 9%, 9% and 8% in fiscal 1995; 15%, 15%, 12%, 11%, and 11% in fiscal 1994; and, 26%, 21%, and 18% in fiscal 1993. 33 Export shipments in the year ended June 30, 1995 were approximately 24% of net sales, of which 93% were to Canada and 7% were to Singapore. Export shipments in the year ended June 30, 1994 were approximately 7% of net sales, of which 63% were to Canada, 25% were to Japan, and 12% were to Europe. In fiscal 1993 export shipments were approximately 17% of net sales, of which 75% were to Canada and 23% were to Germany. 11. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (unaudited) -------------------------------------------- Selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, are as follows ($000's omitted except share and earnings per share):
Quarter ended ------------------------------------------------------- Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 9-30 12-31 3-31 6-30 ---- ----- ---- ---- 1995 ---- Net sales $1,009 $958 $949 $1,097 Gross profit (loss) 430 175 (193) (589) Net income (loss) 52 (206) (666) (1,170) Loss per share -0- (.01) (.05) (.08) Weighted average shares 13,760,840 14,358,666 14,358,666 14,358,666 1994 ---- Net sales $1,048 $841 $810 $395 Gross profit (loss) 307 202 157 (64) Net loss (71) (197) (242) (598) Loss per share (.01) (.01) (.02) (.04) Weighted average shares 13,299,270 13,358,666 13,358,666 13,358,666
12. GOING CONCERN ------------- The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the financial statements, during the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, the Company incurred net losses of $1,991,000 and $1,107,000, respectively, and, as of June 30, 1995, the Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $2,833,000, and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by $2,193,000. In addition, as discussed in Note 5, the Company is in default under certain borrowing agreements as of June 30, 1995. These factors among others indicated that at June 30, 1995 there is substantial doubt about whether the Company would be able to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time absent additional financing. Additions to the Company's Line of Credit and Term Loans, extensions of their respective due dates and the proceeds from the sale of capital stock described in Notes 5 and 7 provided the additional financing necessary for the continued operation of the Company through June 1995. Management believes that with the additional financing arrangements entered into on March 3 and May 12, 1995 as described in Note 5, and its projected cash flow from operations, the Company will be able to finance its operations through December 31, 1995, provided that the holders of the Line and Term Loans do not exercise their rights to elect to accelerate the due dates thereof. Management will attempt to obtain additional financing, including the conversion of $700,000 of term loans and $100,000 of deferred interest to equity, and negotiate further extensions of the Line and various Term Loans beyond the current January 1, 1996 maturity date. However, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful. 34 The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. 35 SCHEDULE II VALUATION ACCOUNTS
Beginning Charged to Ending Description Balance Expense Charge-offs Balance - ----------- ------- ------- ------------ -------- June 30, 1993: Allowance for doubtful accounts.. $ 28,314 $ 8,135 $ (28,314) $ 8,135 ======== ======== ========= ======== Inventory reserve................ $ 25,000 $ 40,672 -0- $ 65,672 ======== ======== ========= ======== June 30, 1994: Allowance for doubtful accounts.. $ 8,135 $ 61,641 $ (4,118) $ 65,658 ======== ======== ========= ======== Inventory reserve................ $ 65,672 $115,100 -0- $180,772 ======== ======== ========= ======== June 30, 1995: Allowance for doubtful accounts.. $ 65,658 $ 14,165 $ (39,279) $ 40,544 ======== ======== ========= ======== Inventory reserve (1)............ $180,772 $-0- $(180,772) $-0- ======== ======== ========= ========
(1) Does not include the direct write-off of inventory aggregating $707,404. 36 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE On April 20, 1995, the Registrant terminated the engagement of Deloitte & Touche LLP as the principal accountant to audit the Registrant's financial statements. The principal accountant's report on the Registrant's financial statements for each of the past two fiscal years did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and was not qualified or modified as to audit scope or accounting principles. The accountant's report for each of the past two fiscal years was modified as to an uncertainty as to whether the Registrant will continue as a going concern. The decision to terminate the principal accountant was approved by the Registrant's Board of Directors since the Registrant has no audit or similar committee of its Board of Directors. During the Registrant's past two fiscal years and the interim period subsequent to the Registrant's latest fiscal year through the date of termination of the engagement of the principal independent acountant, there were no disagreements with the principal independent accountant on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which, if not resolved to the satisfaction of the former accountant, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter thereof in connection with its report. On April 20, 1995, the Registrant engaged KPMG Peat Marwick LLP as the principal accountant to audit the Registrant's financial statements. A Form 8-K was previously filed on April 24, 1995 reporting the foregoing change in accountants. 37 PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT The information contained under the captions "Directors, Executive Officers and Compensation - Directors and Executive Officers," "Proposal 1 - Election of Directors," in the registrant's proxy statement for its 1995 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the "Proxy Statement") is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information contained under the caption "Further Information - "Directors, Executive Officers and Compensation," "Proposal 1 - Election of Directors - Meetings; Committees; Director Compensation" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT The information contained under the captions "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. Voting Agreement ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS The information contained under the caption "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" in the Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. 38 PART IV ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K (a) Documents Filed 1. Financial Statements - See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules appearing at the beginning of Item 8 of this Report. 2. Financial Statement Schedules - See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules appearing at the beginning of Item 8 of this Report. 3. Exhibits - See the Index to Exhibits filed with this Report. (b) Reports on Form 8-K: During the quarter ended June 30, 1995 the Company filed one report on Form 8-K. The report, dated April 24, 1995, reported a change in the Company's Certifying Accountants pursuant to Item 4 of Form 8-K. 39 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. Megamation Inc. (Registrant) By: /s/ Gerald W. Klein -------------------------- Gerald W. Klein, President and Chief Executive Officer Date: September 13, 1995 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signatures Title Date - ---------- ----- ---- /s/ Gerald W. Klein President, Chief Executive Officer, - -------------------------- Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, September 13, 1995 Gerald W. Klein and Director /s/ Richard J. Komblum Vice President, Chief Operating - -------------------------- Officer and Director September 13, 1995 Richard J. Komblum /s/ Thomas W. Murphy Controller, Principal Accounting - ------------------------- Officer, and Assistant Secretary September 13, 1995 Thomas W. Murphy /s/ Tristram C. Colker Director - ------------------------- September 13, 1995 Tristram C. Colker /s/ Max Cooper Director - ------------------------- Max Cooper September 13, 1995 /s/ Alan R. Leiderman Director - ------------------------- Alan R. Leiderman September 13, 1995
40 EXHIBIT INDEX Exhibits denoted with an asterick relate to Management Compensation Plans and Arrangements: (a) Exhibits -------- Exhibit No. Description - ------------ ---------------------------------------------------------------- 3.1 Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992. 3.2 ByLaws, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1991. *10.1 1989 Joint Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992. *10.2 1992 Joint Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33 49068). *10.3 1995 Joint Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, subject to Stockholder approval. *10.4 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Brian D. Hoffman ("Hoffman"), dated January 3, 1989, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10f to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File no. 33-28935). *10.5 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Steven H. Pollack ("Pollack"), dated January 3, 1989, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10f to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File no. 33-28935). *10.6 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Thomas D. Schmidt ("Schmidt"), dated November 26, 1990, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6B to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1991. *10.7 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Schmidt, dated as of August 23, 1990, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6F to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1991. *10.8 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Schmidt, dated as of September 4, 1992, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4I to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992. *10.9 Letter dated June 15, 1995 Terminating Stock Option Agreement dated September 4, 1992 between the Company and Schmidt. *10.10 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Schmidt, dated as of May 5, 1995. *10.11 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Hoffman, dated as of August 3, 1992, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4J to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992. 41 *10.12 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Pollack dated as of August 3, 1992, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4K to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for year ended June 30, 1992. *10.13 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Hoffman, dated as of March 29, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1994. *10.14 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Pollack, dated as of March 29, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 1994. *10.15 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Gerald W. Klein, dated as of May 5, 1995. *10.16 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Richard J. Kornblum, dated as of May 5, 1995. *10.17 Stock Option Agreement between the Company and Thomas W. Murphy, dated as of May 5, 1995. *10.18 Employment Agreement between the Company and Schmidt dated as of September 4, 1992, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992. 10.19 Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated February 10, 1994, issued to Cooper, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1994. 10.20 Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated February 10, 1994, issued to Colket, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1994. 10.21 Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 16, 1994, issued to Colket, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.22 Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated December 16, 1994, issued to Cooper Investments, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.23 Credit Agreement between the Company and Cooper Investments dated December 21, 1988 ("Cooper Credit Agreement"), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10i to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File no. 33-28935). 10.24 Security Agreement between the Company and Cooper Investments dated December 21, 1988 ("Cooper Credit Agreement"), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10i to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File no. 33-28935). 10.25 $1,000,000 Term Note to Cooper Investments dated December 21, 1988 ("Cooper Credit Agreement"), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10i to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File no. 33-28915). 10.26 Amendment to Cooper Credit Agreement dated as of April 11, 1991, incorporated herein by 42 reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1991. 10.27 Second Amendment to Cooper Credit Agreement dated as of September 4, 1992, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8C to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1992. 10.28 Third Amendment to Cooper Credit Agreement, dated as of October 12, 1993 incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8D to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Year ended June 30, 1993. 10.29 Amendment to Cooper Credit Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of February 10, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1994. 10.30 Term Loan Agreement between Colket and the Company dated February 11, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1A to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.31 Amendment to Credit Agreement and Security Agreement dated December 16, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7F to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.32 Term Note from the Company to Colket dated February 11, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.IB to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1994. 10.33 Term Note from the Company to Colket dated December 16, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7H to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.34 Amendment to Term Note from the Company to Colket dated December 16, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7G to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.35 Amendment to Term Loan Agreement and Security Agreement with Colket dated December 16, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8B to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.36 Term Note from the Company to Cooper dated December 19, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8C to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.37 Letter of Credit Security Agreement dated December 16, 1994 between the Company and Colket, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12C to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.38 Letter of Credit Security Agreement dated December 16, 1994 between the Company and Cooper Investments, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12D to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 1994. 10.39 Term Note from the Company to Colket dated February 8, 1995. 10.40 Term Note from the Company to Cooper dated February 27, 1995. 43 10.41 Term Note from the Company to Colket dated March 6, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1995. 10.42 Term Note from the Company to Colket dated March 30, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1995. 10.43 Term Note from the Company to Colket dated April 28, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1995. 10.44 Term Note from the Company to Colket dated June 1, 1995. 10.45 Term Note from the Company to Cooper dated June 1, 1995. 10.46 Term Note from the Company to Cooper dated June 1, 1995. 10.47 Debt Restructuring Agreement dated March 3, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1995. 10.48 Amended and Restated Debt Restructuring Agreement executed May 12, 1995, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1995. 10.49 Lease dated June 28, 1990 between Princeton Windsor Group II and the Company for the premises at 51 Everett Drive, Lawrenceville, New Jersey, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10n to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1990. 10.50 Letter Agreement dated April 18, 1991 between Commercial Property Network, agents for Princeton Windsor Group II, and the Company, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11B to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1991. 10.51 Lease Extension dated April 10, 1995 between Princeton Windsor Group II and the Company for the premises at 51 Everett Drive, Lawrenceville, New Jersey. 10.52 Revolving Loan and Security Agreement and Commercial Promissory Note with CoreStates New Jersey National Bank ("CoreStates") signed as of May 12, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3A to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1994. 10.53 First Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement with CoreStates, dated as of August 18, 1994, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12B to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10- K for the period ended June 30, 1994. 10.54 Second Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement with CoreStates, dated as of April 28, 1995. 10.55 Third Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement with CoreStates, dated as of July 11, 1995. 10.56 Guarantors Contribution Agreement signed as of May 12, 1994 between Cooper, Colket and 44 the Company, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3D to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 1994. 10.57 First Amendment to Guarantors Contribution Agreement executed August 18, 1994 incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13B to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 1994. 10.58 Registration Rights Agreement dated as of September 4, 1992 by and between the Company, Max Cooper, Cooper Investments, and Tristram C. Colket Jr., incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 28.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K for September 4, 1992. 23.1 Consent of Deloite & Touche LLP. 23.2 Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP. 45 EX-99.2A 5 FORM 10-K/A-1 ================================================================================ SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K/A-1 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-18192 MEGAMATION INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware 13-3372947 (State of incorporation or organization) (IRS Employer Identification No.) 51 Everett Drive, Building B#4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: 609-799-7711 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, $.01 Par Value per Share (Title of Class) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: [X] Yes [ ] No The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the average of the Bid and Asked price of the common Stock on July 31, 1995, as reported by the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, was approximately $1,471,800, (assuming, but not admitting for any purpose, that all directors and executive officers of the registrant are affiliates). The number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding as of July 31, 1995 was: 14,358,666. Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X] Page 1 of 10 There are no Exhibits ================================================================================ PART III Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant The following table sets forth certain information as of October 1, 1995, concerning the directors and executive officers of the Company. Directors hold office from the date of their election until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are elected and qualified. Officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.
Date First Became A Name Title Age Director or Officer - ---- ----- --- ------------------- Tristram C. Colket Jr./(1)/ Director and Chairman 57 November 1992 of the Board Max Cooper/(1)/ Director 79 November 1992 Gerald W. Klein President and CEO, 47 November 1994 (officer) Treasurer and CFO; May 1995 (director) Director Richard J. Kornblum Vice President and 51 January 1995 Chief Operating Officer; May 1995 Director Director Alan R. Leiderman* Director 37 May 1986 Thomas W. Murphy Controller and Chief 37 February 1995 Accounting Officer; Secretary Thomas D. Schmidt Vice President 42 June 1990
* Pursuant to the policies of his employer prohibiting certain employees from acting as directors of publicly traded companies, Mr. Leiderman will cease serving as a director of the Company as of November 1, 1995. The principal occupations of each named officer and nominee for director for at least the past five years are as follows: Tristram C. Colket, Jr. Mr. Colket has served as a Director of the Company and Chairman of the Board since November 1992. Mr. Colket is a private investor doing business as Tekloc Enterprises since 1984. He has been the Chairman of the Board of Cressona Aluminum Company since 1979, and is also a member of various other Boards of Directors including The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia, the Aircraft Owners and Pilots Association, and the QLF Foundation. Max Cooper. Mr. Cooper has served as a Director of the Company since November 1992. Mr. Cooper is the Chairman of the Board of CLP, Inc., a franchisee of McDonald's Corporation, which currently controls 37 restaurants. Mr. Cooper started CLP, Inc. in 1966. He is also a member of the National Operators Advisory Board, a franchisee organization which supervises the national co-op advertising expenditures of McDonald's - ------------------------ /1/Members of the Compensation Committee - 1 - USA. Mr. Cooper is also a general partner in Cooper Investments, whose primary investment is in Megamation Inc. Gerald W. Klein. Mr. Klein joined the Company in November 1994 as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. On May 5, 1995 Mr. Klein was elected President and Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer and a director of the Company. From January 1993 to November 1994 he was the President and Chief Executive Officer of PricePoint, Inc., a development stage company that provided electronic pricing systems primarily to supermarkets. From August 1991 to December 1992 he was President and Chief Operating Officer of Pricelink, a predecessor company to PricePoint. From April 1986 to July 1991 he served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Checkpoint Systems, Inc., a manufacturer and supplier of electronic article merchandising and access control systems to retailers. Mr. Klein is a director of Rom Tech, Inc., a reseller and publisher of multimedia software on CD-ROM discs. Richard J. Kornblum. Mr. Kornblum joined the Company in January 1995 as Vice President and Chief Operating Officer. On May 5, 1995 Mr. Kornblum was elected a director of the Company. From 1991-1994 he was Vice President of Technology for the Measurement and Control Division of Betz Laboratories. From 1988-1991 he was an independent consultant for Venture Capitalists in the greater Boston area, including acting as Chief Operating Officer for Transtrack, a venture backed startup. From 1984-1989 he was Vice President of Engineering and Systems Integration for the Foxboro Company, a Fortune 500 supplier of Process Automation Systems. Alan R. Leiderman. Mr. Leiderman served as Secretary of the Company from May 1986 to October 1995 and has served as a Director of the Company since May 1986. From July 1992 through December 1994, he was a Senior Vice President of Mabon Securities, Inc., a securities broker/dealer. From September 1989 until July 1992, he was an institutional bond salesman for the same firm. Since March 1995 Mr. Leiderman has been Senior Vice President and Director of Mortgage Securities Trading and Sales with Oppenheimer & Co. Thomas W. Murphy. Mr. Murphy joined the Company in January 1995 as Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. On October 1, 1995 he became Secretary of the Company. From 1993 through 1994 he was the Accounting Manager for Ohmicron Inc., a manufacturer of analytical test kits able to detect small levels of various toxins in water, soil and food. From 1990 through 1992 he was the Accounting Manager for Checkpoint Systems Inc., a manufacturer and supplier of electronic article merchandising and access control systems to retailers. Thomas D. Schmidt. Mr. Schmidt joined the Company in June 1990 as Senior Vice President-Marketing/Sales. In July, 1992, he was named Chief Executive Officer, and appointed to the Board of Directors. In April 1991, he was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer. In April 1995 Mr. Schmidt became Vice President - Sales. From October 1989 to June 1990, he served as the Vice President for automotive operations with Motoman Inc., a robotics manufacturer. Prior to serving in such capacity, from June 1989 to October 1989 he was Vice President of Motoman Inc.'s welding and joining system group. - 2 - Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1939 - -------------------------------------------------------------------- Based solely on a review of Forms 3 and 4 (and amendments thereto) furnished to the Company during its fiscal year ended June 30, 1995, and certain written representations received by it, the Company is not aware of any person who, during the prior fiscal year, was an officer or director of the Company or the beneficial owner of more than 10% of its outstanding Preferred Stock or Common Stock, and who, during the prior or previous fiscal years, failed to file on a timely basis reports as required by Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Item 11. Executive Compensation The following table sets forth as to the person who served as the chief executive officer of the Company during the year ended June 30, 1995, and as to certain other Executive Officers, all compensation earned, awarded, or paid during the fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1994, and 1993.
Annual Long Term Compensation Compensation ------------------------ ------------ Awards ------- Name and Fiscal Options/ Positions Held Year Salary(1) Bonus SARs(#)(2) - -------------- ------ --------- ----- ---------- Gerald W. Klein President and 1995 $ 63,750 -- 1,015,538(3) Treasurer 1994 N/A 1993 N/A Richard J. Kornblum Vice President 1995 $ 53,250 -- 1,015,538(3) 1994 N/A 1993 N/A Thomas D. Schmidt President/Vice President 1995 $100,000 -- 1,015,538(3) President 1994 $ 90,833 -- President 1993 $113,167 -- 800,000
(1) Salaries for Mr. Klein and Mr. Kornblum are from their respective dates of hire. Mr. Klein and Mr. Kornblum are currently receiving salary at the rate of $120,000 per annum. (2) Represents options to purchase Common Stock. (3) Represents options granted subject to stockholder approval of the 1995 Incentive and Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan ("1995 Plan"). See "Options/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year" below for information concerning the terms of these options. Registration Rights - ------------------- On September 4, 1992, the Company entered into a Registration Rights Agreement with Max Cooper, Cooper Investments, a partnership controlled by Mr. Cooper and Tristram C. Colket, Jr. pursuant to which the Company agreed, at its expense, to register for sale under the Securities Act of 1993, up to all of the shares of Common Stock currently owned in the aggregate by them upon demand given before September 4, 1997 by holders of at least 50% of the shares. The obligation of the Company is conditioned upon - 3 - the shares to be registered having a market value of at least $5,000,000 and upon certain other matters. The Company is only obligated to honor one demand for registration. The agreement also grants certain rights to include shares of Common Stock in registered offerings of shares which the Company proposes to make. Indemnification - --------------- The Company's Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates or limits the personal financial liability of the Company's directors, except in situations where there has been a breach of the duty of loyalty, a failure to act in good faith, intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law. In addition, the Company's By-laws include provisions to indemnify its officers and directors and other persons against expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement in connection with threatened, pending or completed suits or proceedings against such persons by reason of serving or having served as officers, directors or in other capacities, except in relation to matters with respect to which such persons shall be determined to have acted not in good faith, unlawfully or not in the best interests of the Company. With respect to matters as to which the Company's officers and directors are determined to be liable for misconduct or negligence in the performance of their duties, the Company's By-laws provide for indemnification only to the extent that the Company determines that such person acted in good faith and in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Company.
OPTIONS/SAR GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR Potential Realizable Value Percent of at Assumed Annual Rates Total Exercise of Stock Price Options/SAR's or Appreciation For Granted to Base Option Term Employees in Price Expiration ----------------------- Name Granted(#)(1) Fiscal Year ($/Sh) Date 5%($) 10%($) - ---- ------------- ------------- -------- ----------- -- --- Gerald W. Klein 1,015,538 29.4% $.15 May 4, 2001 $209,138 $269,863 Richard J. Kornblum 1,015,538 29.4% $.15 May 4, 2001 $209,138 $269,863 Thomas D. Schmidt 1,015,538 29.4% $.15 May 4, 2001 $209,138 $269,863
(1) Represents options to purchase Common Stock, each of which is subject to stockholder approval of the 1995 Plan. Each option becomes exercisable as to 101,554 shares upon approval of the 1995 Plan; as to 203,108 shares on December 31, 1995; as to 101,554 shares in December 31, 1996; as to 355,438 shares on December 31, 1997; and as to 253,884 shares on December 31, 1999. Each option becomes fully exercisable in the event of the termination of the employee's employment due to death or disability or in the event of certain stock or assets sales or mergers resulting in a transfer of control of the Company. Each option terminates 90 days (one year in the case of death) after termination of employment. - 4 - AGGREGATE OPTIONS/SAR EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FY-END OPTIONS/SAR VALUES (1)(2)
Value of Unexercised Number of Unexercised In-the-Money Options/SAR's at Options/SARs Fiscal Year-End (#)(1) at Fiscal Year End ($)(4) ----------------------------- -------------------------- Name Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable - ---- ----------- ---------------- ----------- ------------- Gerald W. Klein - 0 - 1,015,538(2) Richard J. Kornblum - 0 - 1,015,538(2) Thomas D. Schmidt 145,000 1,020,538(3)
(1) No options were exercised by the named individuals during fiscal 1995. (2) Represents options to purchase Common Stock, each of which is subject to stockholder approval of the 1995 Plan. (3) Includes an option to purchase 1,015,538 shares which is subject to stockholder approval of the 1995 Plan. (4) None of the reported options were in the money at June 30, 1995. Report of Compensation Committee Regarding Option Cancellation and Issuance - --------------------------------------------------------------------------- In fiscal 1995 the Company's senior management was restructured with Gerald Klein becoming Chief Executive Officer, Richard Kornblum becoming Chief Operating Officer and Thomas Schmidt, who had been the Company's Chief Executive Officer, becoming Vice President of Sales. In the spring of 1995, the Compensation Committee determined to grant Mr. Klein and Mr. Kornblum options to purchase a substantial number of shares at the market price at the time of grant but with a vesting schedule which would encourage their long term commitment to the Company. The Committee also determined that it would be appropriate to provide Mr. Schmidt with the same incentive. The Committee therefor determined that it was in the Company's best interests that each of Messrs. Klein, Kornblum and Schmidt receive options to purchase 1,015,538 shares of Common Stock, representing, in each case, 5.4% of the number of shares of Common Stock which would be issued and outstanding if each of the options were exercised in full and warrants held by Cooper Investments and Tristram C. Colket, Jr. were also exercised in full. At that time, Mr. Schmidt held options to acquire 150,000 shares of Common Stock at $1.00 per share as to 50,000 shares and $.75 per share as to 100,000 shares, of which 100,000 were exercisable only through November 1995. He also held options to acquire 800,000 shares of Common Stock exercisable at $.50 per share through September 1998. As of September 4, 1995, 540,000 of the 800,000 shares would be fully vested. The Committee determined that in order to achieve the alignment of Mr. Schmidt's option with those of Messrs. Klein and Kornblum, it would be necessary to cancel the 800,000 share option, but, given its exercise price and term, not the 150,000 share option. The Committee considered that Mr. Schmidt would realize a reduction in the exercise price as to 800,000 shares and an extension of the term during which the option would be exercisable if he remained employed by the Company and that he would also suffer a material reduction in the number of shares as to which he held vested options. Tristram C. Colket, Jr. Max Cooper Alan R. Leiderman Members of the Compensation Committee - 5 - Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management The following table sets forth, as of October 1, 1995, certain information concerning the ownership of the Company's Common Stock (i) by each person who is known by the Company to own of record or beneficially more than five percent of the outstanding shares of the Company's Common Stock ("5% Owners"), (ii) by each of the Company's directors, (iii) by certain of its officers, and (iv) by all directors and executive officers as a group, based upon reports filed by such persons. Except as otherwise indicated, the stockholders listed in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated.
Names and Addresses Number of Shares Percentage of 5% Owners and Names of Directors Beneficially Owned of Class - ----------------------------------- ------------------ -------- Max Cooper (1)(2) 4,538,167 30.4% c/o CLP Inc. 124 Summit Parkway Birmingham, Alabama 35209 Cooper Investments (2) 1,650,000 11.3% 124 Summit Parkway Birmingham, Alabama 35209 Tristram C. Colket, Jr. (3) 2,656,667 17.3% 500 Chester Field Parkway Suite 170 Malvern, Pennsylvania 19355 Gerald W. Klein (4) - 0 - -- Richard J. Kornblum (4) - 0 - -- Alan R. Leiderman 250,000 1.7% Steven H. Pollack (5) 1,251,666 8.7% 51 Everett Drive Building B#4 Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648 Thomas D. Schmidt (4) 100,000 0.7% All Directors and 7,544,834 47.2% Executive Officers as a group (7 persons) (6)
Notes to Ownership Table - ------------------------ (1) Includes: (i) 509,000 shares held by certain individual stockholders, for which Mr. Cooper is proxy (together with Mr. Cooper, CLP, Inc. and Cooper Investments, collectively the "Cooper Shareholders"), (ii) 1,400,000 shares owned by Cooper Investments, an Alabama general partnership, of which Mr. Cooper is a general partner and (iii) 400,000 shares owned by CLP, Inc., an Alabama corporation of which Mr. Cooper is Chairman of the Board. Mr. Cooper has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the foregoing shares. Also includes warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of Common Stock held by Cooper Investments and warrants to purchase 72,000 shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Cooper. - 6 - (2) Includes 250,000 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants. The shares set forth are also included in the shares beneficially owned by Max Cooper. (3) Includes 960,000 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants. (4) Excludes for each of Messrs. Klein, Kornblum and Schmidt 1,015,538 shares which may become issuable upon exercise of an option held by each of them. Each such option is subject to stockholder approval of the option plan pursuant to which it was issued. If such plan is approved, each such option will become exercisable for 101,554 shares. Includes, in the case of Mr. Schmidt 100,000 shares issuable upon exercise of other options. (5) Includes 100,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options. (6) Excludes 3,452,829 shares issuable upon exercise of options which are subject to stockholder approval of the option plan pursuant to which they were granted. Had the option plan been approved as of October 1, 1995, 345,284 shares of Common Stock would have been exercisable within 60 days after October 1, 1995. Voting Agreement - ---------------- On September 4, 1992, the Cooper Shareholders, Dr. Pollack, and Messrs. Colket, Hoffman, Schmidt, and Mr. Alan Leiderman entered into a Shareholders Agreement, which provides, among other things, that, until September 1997, each party to the Shareholders Agreement will vote the shares they control in favor of such actions as may be necessary to elect and maintain in office on the Board of Directors, each of (i) Mr. Cooper or a designee; (ii) Mr. Colket or a designee; (iii) each of Mr. Hoffman, Dr. Pollack and Mr. Schmidt (the "Management Directors") or up to three individuals designated by a majority of the Management Directors (or their respective successors); (iv) Mr. Leiderman, if nominated by the Board of Directors; and (v) one additional Independent Director, if nominated by the Board of Directors. Mr. Leiderman's obligations under the Shareholders Agreement terminate if he is no longer serving as a Director of the Company, and each of Mr. Cooper's and Mr. Colket's rights and obligations under the Shareholders Agreement terminate if either ceases to have a pecuniary interest in at least 5% of the outstanding Common Stock. Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions The Company has a Credit Agreement with each of Cooper Investments and Tristram C. Colket, Jr. for a Term Loan, each of which has a current balance of $230,000, incurs interest at prime plus 4% with a maximum rate of 12%, and is due January 1, 1996, pursuant to extensions granted in August 1994, March 1995 and May 1995. Mr. Cooper received warrants to purchase 72,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at $0.55 per share in consideration of the August 1994 extension. Mr. Colket received warrants to purchase 460,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at $0.55 per share in consideration of the granting of his Term Loan. On December 16, 1994, the Company entered into an agreement with Cooper Investments and Colket providing for loans to the Company of $500,000, which were made at various times between December 1994 and February 1995, incurring interest at a rate of prime plus 4%, with a maximum rate of 12%. The loans are due and payable on January 1, 1996. In connection with these loans, each of Cooper Investments and Mr. Colket received warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of Common Stock at $.50 per share. On March 3, 1995 and May 11, 1995, the Company entered into agreements with Messrs. Colket and Cooper pursuant to which they agreed, among other things, to lend the Company an aggregate of $700,000 at various intervals through June 30, 1995, and to defer payment of $100,000 of interest due on previously outstanding loans from them. The payment - 7 - dates for the $700,000 of loans, for the $100,000 of deferred interest and for $960,000 of other loans from Messrs. Colket and Cooper to the Company were fixed at, or extended to, January 1, 1996. In addition, on May 11, 1995 Messrs. Colket and Cooper extended their guarantees of the Company's $1,700,000 bank line of credit in connection with an extension of the due date of the line from July 1, 1995 to January 1, 1996. Each of Messrs. Colket and Cooper receives a guarantee fee of 1.5% of the outstanding balance of the bank line. The parties also agreed, subject to certain conditions, to negotiate an agreement whereby the Company would issue equity securities to Messrs. Colket and Cooper in consideration of the cancellation of the $800,000 of loans and deferred interest. No such agreement had been entered into as of October 1, 1995. - 8 - SIGNATURES In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has caused this Amendment to Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. MEGAMATION INC. Dated: October 23, 1995 By: /s/ Gerald W. Klein ------------------------------------ Gerald W. Klein President, Treasurer and Chief Executive and Financial Officer Dated: October 23, 1995 By: /s/ Thomas W. Murphy ------------------------------------ Thomas W. Murphy Controller and Chief Accounting Officer - 9 - EX-99.3A 6 FORM 10-K/A-2 ================================================================================ SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K/A-2 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 1995 COMMISSION FILE NUMBER: 0-18192 MEGAMATION INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware 13-3372947 (State of incorporation or organization) (IRS Employer Identification No.) 51 Everett Drive, Building B#4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: 609-799-7711 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, $.01 Par Value per Share (Title of Class) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: [X] Yes [ ] No The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based upon the average of the Bid and Asked price of the common Stock on July 31, 1995, as reported by the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board, was approximately $1,471,800, (assuming, but not admitting for any purpose, that all directors and executive officers of the registrant are affiliates). The number of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value, issued and outstanding as of July 31, 1995 was: 14,358,666. Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X] Page 1 of 3 There are no Exhibits ================================================================================ PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. (a) Market Information The Company's Common Stock is traded over the counter under the symbol MEGI, with market-makers submitting quotations in the so-called "pink sheets," and through National Association of Securities Dealers' automated Over-the- Counter Bulletin Board. The prices represent quotations in the Over-the-Counter market as compiled by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc. with respect to the first three quarters of fiscal 1994, and the OTC Bulletin Board with respect to the remainder of the information presented below. The quotations reflect inter- dealer prices without retail markup, markdown, or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions. The following table shows the reported high and low bid prices of the Company's Common Stock for each quarter of the prior two fiscal years beginning on July 1 and ending on June 30:
Bid ============ High Low ===== ===== Fiscal 1994 - ----------- First Quarter... $.344 $.063 Second Quarter.. $.260 $.063 Third Quarter... $.270 $.010 Fourth Quarter.. $.130 $.065 Fiscal 1995 - ----------- First Quarter... $.240 $.130 Second Quarter.. $.220 $.125 Third Quarter... $.190 $.100 Fourth Quarter.. $.375 $.100
(b) Holders At June 30, 1995, the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company issued and outstanding was 14,358,666, held by 421 record holders thereof. (c) Dividends No cash dividends or distribution on the Company's Common Stock has been paid and it is not anticipated that any will be paid in the foreseeable future. The Company is prohibited under the terms of its bank line of credit and other credit instruments from the payment of cash dividends or from purchasing or retiring any of its capital stock. Page 2 of 3 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has caused this Amendment to Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. MEGAMATION INC. Dated: May 10, 1996 By: /s/ Edward F. Borkowski --------------------------------- Edward F. Borkowski, President Page 3 of 3 EX-99.3 7 FORM 10-Q - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ---------------------- FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995 Commission file number: 0-18192 MEGAMATION INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) DELAWARE 13-3372947 (State or other jurisdiction of (IRS Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.) 51 Everett Drive Building #B4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: 609-799-7711 Not Applicable (Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report.) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ] As of September 30, 1995, there were 14,358,666 shares outstanding of the Registrants common stock, $0.01 par value per share. The Index to Exhibits appears on page 16. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Item 1. Financial Statements Statements of Financial Position
(Unaudited) (Audited) September 30 June 30 1995 1995 ------------ ------------ ASSETS Current assets: Cash......................................... $ 24,222 $ 264,225 Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $40,544.............. 695,072 700,191 Inventories.................................. 973,405 886,896 Prepaid expenses and other current assets.... 15,429 21,614 ----------- ----------- Total current assets...................... 1,708,128 1,872,926 Property and equipment.......................... 249,492 273,933 Other assets: Patents, net................................. 306,776 306,960 Other assets................................. 57,773 59,066 ----------- ----------- Total assets................... $ 2,322,169 $ 2,512,885 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT Current liabilities: Revolving bank line of credit................ $ 1,700,000 $ 1,700,000 Term loans, related parties.................. 1,760,000 1,760,000 Accounts payable............................. 1,085,576 805,039 Accrued warranty costs....................... 89,243 89,927 Accrued interest payable..................... 78,485 21,222 Other customer deposits...................... 58,265 253,937 Accrued payroll and related expenses......... 78,245 75,644 ---------- ----------- Total current liabilities................. 4,849,814 4,705,789 Commitments Shareholders' deficit Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized no shares issued or outstanding............................ - - Common stock, $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 14,358,666 and 14,358,666 shares issued and outstanding, respectively.............................. 143,587 143,587 Additional paid in capital................... 5,756,744 5,756,744 Accumulated deficit.......................... (8,427,976) (8,093,215) ----------- ----------- Total shareholders' deficit............... (2,527,645) (2,192,884) ----------- ----------- Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit......... $ 2,322,169 $ 2,512,885 =========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements Item 1. Financial Statements Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
Three months ended September 30 -------------------------- 1995 1994 ------------ ------------ Revenues...................................... $ 1,133,528 $ 1,008,595 Cost of revenues.............................. 963,694 579,011 ------------ ------------ Gross profit............................... 179,834 429,584 Selling expenses.............................. 55,168 113,108 Development and engineering expenses.......... 115,650 82,565 General and administrative expenses........... 240,086 136,069 ------------ ------------ Total operating expenses.................. 410,904 331,742 ------------ ------------ Operating income/(loss)............... (231,070) 97,842 Interest expenses............................. 103,691 46,328 ------------ ------------ Net income/(loss)......................... $ (334,761) 51,514 ------------ ------------ Net income/(loss) per common share $(0.02) $0.00 ------------ ------------ Weighted average common shares outstanding 14,358,666 13,760,840 ------------ ------------ The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
MEGAMATION, INC. Item 1. Financial Statements Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
Three months ended September 30 ---------------------- 1995 1994 ---------- ---------- FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net income/(loss)..................................... $(334,761) $ 51,514 Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to cash used in operating activities: Depreciation and amortization...................... 35,905 22,917 Decrease/(increase) in: Trade Receivables................................ 5,119 (300,051) Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, net of customer deposits............ - (216,205) Inventories...................................... (86,509) (120,842) Prepaid expenses and other current assets........ 6,185 13,867 Other assets..................................... 293 4,244 Increase/(decrease) in: Accounts payable................................. 280,537 7,384 Accrued warranty costs........................... (684) 8,813 Accrued interest payable......................... 57,263 21,288 Customer deposits on uncompleted contracts, net of costs and estimated earnings........... - (62,490) Other customer deposits.......................... (195,672) 91,905 Accrued payroll and related expenses............. 2,601 (23,145) -------- ---------- Cash used in operating activities.................. (229,723) (500,801) FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchase of property and equipment................. (4,164) (1,812) Costs of patents................................... (6,166) (9,089) -------- ---------- Cash used in investing activities.................. (10,280) (10,901) FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Aggregate amount of payments on the bank line of credit........................... - (643) Aggregate amount of advances from the bank line of credit........................... - 424,493 Proceeds from Subscription Agreement............... - 105,000 -------- ---------- Cash from financing activities..................... 528,850 (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH........................... (240,003) 17,148 Cash beginning of period........................... 264,225 7,417 -------- ---------- Cash end of period................................. $ 24,222 $ 24,565 -------- ---------- SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Interest paid during the period.................... $ 47,336 $ 22,836 -------- ----------
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 Notes to Financial Statements 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION --------------------- The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q for quarterly reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and therefore do not include all information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, and cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The financial information included in this report has been prepared in conformity with the accounting principles reflected in the financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1995, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of the management of Megamation Inc. (the "Company"), all material adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations for the interim periods presented (consisting of only normally recurring accruals and estimates), have been recorded. The results of operations for the period presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. 2. REVENUE RECOGNITION AND CONTRACT COSTS -------------------------------------- The Company generally recognizes revenue upon the completion of one of the following: (1) the performance of a service, (2) the shipment of product, or (3) upon customer acceptance of completed units. The percentage of completion method is used for long term contracts generally involving the integration of the Company's products into a customer's production facility. Sales and operating income are recognized as work is performed, based on the relationship between actual labor cost incurred and the total labor cost estimated to be required. At September 30 and June 30, 1995, there were no long term contracts in process. At September 30 and June 30, 1994, five long term contracts were in process (completed during fiscal 1995), for which the Company recorded $306,000 in revenue and $62,700 of operating income in fiscal 1994 and $416,000 in revenue and $85,000 of operating income in the quarter ended September 30, 1994. Contract costs include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs, and depreciation costs. Selling, general, and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 Notes to Financial Statements 3. INVENTORIES ----------- Inventories consist of parts and subassemblies, work-in-process, and completed units which are valued at the lower of cost (first-in/first-out) or market value. Inventories are comprised of the following:
September 30, June 30, 1995 1995 -------------- ---------- Parts and subassemblies.... $618,309 $786,575 Work in process............ 355,096 100,321 Finished goods............. -0- -0- --- --- Totals..................... $973,405 $886,896 ======== ========
4. DEBT ---- The Company's debt consists of the following:
September 30, June 30, 1995 1995 -------------- ------------ Revolving bank line of credit.. $1,700,000 $1,700,000 Term loans..................... 1,760,000 1,760,000 ---------- ---------- $3,460,000 $3,460,000 ========== ==========
Under Agreements entered into on May 12, 1994, and amended on August 18, 1994, the Company is a party to a Credit and Security Agreement (the "Line") with a New Jersey bank secured by trade receivables and guaranteed by two principal stockholders and directors (the "Guarantors") pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement ("Agreement"). The Line provides for maximum borrowings of $1,700,000. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Guarantors each guarantee one-half of the outstanding balance of the Line. The Line imposes borrowing formula limitations of the sum of 85% of trade receivables and 40% of the qualifying open order backlog. At June 30 and September 30, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with the borrowing limitation requirements under the Line. Borrowings under the Line bear interest at the prime rate (9% and 7.25% at June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively). Additionally, the Guarantors each receive quarterly fees calculated at a 1.5% annual rate on the average outstanding balance of the Line. The Guarantee fee expense which is included in interest expense was $45,187 for the year ended June 30, 1995 and $12,854 for the three months ended September 30, 1995. The Line expires on January 1, 1996. At June 30, 1994, the Term Loan (originally granted on December 21, 1988), was owed to an entity controlled by one of the Guarantors and was scheduled to mature on March 31, 1995. On February 11, 1994, the other Guarantor provided the Company with an additional $230,000 in the form of a New Term Loan, also due on March 31, 1995. On December 16, 1994, the original Term Loan and the New Term Loan were amended to MEGAMATION, INC. SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 Notes to Financial Statements provide for an additional $500,000 in borrowings from the Guarantors. Additionally, the due dates of both Term Loans were extended to June 30, 1995. Coincident with these amendments, the Company borrowed an additional $250,000. In February 1995 the Company borrowed the remaining $250,000 available under the Term Loans. The annual interest rate on both Term Loans is prime plus 4% with a maximum annual rate of 12%, payable quarterly in arrears. Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral for the Company's obligations under the Term Loans, however the Term Loans have been subordinated to the Line. Provisions of the Line and both Term Loans prohibit the Company from paying cash dividends until these obligations are repaid. The interest rate on the Term Loans at June 30 and September 30, 1995 was 12%. On March 3, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with its principal stockholders to provide an additional $800,000 in the form of short term loans through June 30, 1995 and the Company borrowed this amount during fiscal 1995. In addition, past due interest of approximately $120,000 under the existing Term Loans with the stockholders was deferred until July 1, 1995. On May 12, 1995, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its Term Loans and the Line until January 1, 1996. Additionally, the May 12, 1995 agreement modified the lending terms of the March 3, 1995 agreement whereby the principal stockholders provided $700,000 in the form of short term loans and deferred $100,000 of the past due interest on the Term Loans to January 1, 1996. The May 12, 1995 agreement sets forth the parties intention to convert the $700,000 of loans and the $100,000 of deferred past due interest to shares of the Company's capital stock on terms and conditions to be agreed upon among the parties as soon as is practicable. The principal stockholders have indicated their willingness to accomplish such a conversion in connection with a financing transaction to recapitalize the Company. No agreements or understanding with respect to such conversion have been reached. Management is continuing to effect such a transaction, however no assurance can be provided that the transaction will consummated. At June 30 and September 30, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with several covenants under the Line and the Term Loans. As of November 10, 1995 such non-compliance was continuing and the agreements entered into on March 3 and May 12, 1995 do not cure the defaults. 5. Common Stock and Stock Warrant Transactions ------------------------------------------- In August 1994, the Company's two principal stockholders each purchased 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Net proceeds to the Company were $105,000. During fiscal 1995, 1,000,000 warrants at $.50 per share, were issued in connection with the Term loans (Note 4). 6. Income Taxes ------------ The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes", effective July 1, 1993. The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 109 had no impact on the Company's financial statements. SFAS No. 109 provides for, among other things, the recognition of deferred tax assets subject to a valuation allowance. At July 1, 1994, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately $2,276,000 primarily relating to net operating loss carryforwards ("NOL") which amounted to $5,113,000 at June 30, 1994. Also at July 1, 1994, the Company established a valuation allowance equal to the full amount of the deferred tax asset. For the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, no income tax expense or benefit was recorded. The Company increased its deferred tax asset by approximately $783,000 and $687,000, for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 respectively, with corresponding increases in the valuation allowance. For the three months ended September 30, 1995 there was no significant change in the deferred tax asset. The difference between the NOL for tax purposes of $6,867,000 and the NOL for book purposes of $8,093,000 primarily reflects the net effect of timing differences between the treatment of research and development costs for tax and book purposes. The NOL's expire at various times and in varying amounts through the year 2010. These losses would generally be available to offset future taxable income, if any. The utilization of Federal income tax loss caryforwards in any year is subject to limitation if the Company experiences a certain level of changes in ownership over any three year period. Management has recently determined that the effects of changes in ownership through June 30, 1995 have not had a material effect on the future utilization of the Company's operating loss carryforwards. However, there have been substantial changes in ownership during the prior three year period and future changes in ownership could result in a substantial limitation on the amount of operating loss carryforwards which the Company would apply in any one year to offset income. 7. Net Loss Per Common Share ------------------------- Net losses per common share have been computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the respective periods. Common stock warrants and options outstanding were not included in the calculations, as the effect of inclusion would be anti-dilutive. MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 Notes to Financial Statements 8. GOING CONCERN ------------- The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. During the year ended June 30, 1995 a nd the quarter ended September 30, 1995, the Company incurred net losses of $1,991,000 and $335,000, respectively, and, as of September 30, 1995, the Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $3,142,000, and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by $2,528,000. These factors among others indicated that at September 30, 1995 there is substantial likelihood that the Company will be unable to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time absent additional financing. Management believes that the Company will be able to finance its operations through December 31, 1995, provided that the holders of the Bank Line of Credit and Term Loans do not exercise their rights to elect to accelerate the due dates thereof. Management will attempt to obtain additional financing, including the conversion by its principal stockholders' $800,000 of debt into equity and negotiate further extensions of its Bank Line of Credit and various Term Loans beyond the current January 1, 1996 maturity date. However, there can be no assurance that such efforts will be successful. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ------------------------------------------------ Strategic and Financial Objectives Throughout its history the Company has experienced significant losses and corresponding negative cash flows from operations, which continued through the quarter ended September 30, 1995 (see Note 8). To improve the Company's financial results, management has implemented a business strategy that focuses primarily on building specialized automation workstations for the healthcare industry. The Company does not plan to continue supplying large-scale integrated systems for diverse industries as it does not possess the human and financial resources to effectively and profitably compete in building large-scale integrated systems in that marketplace today. The success of the Company's current strategy is primarily dependent on: (a) the Company's ability to successfully serve a current strategic health care industry customer, gain additional orders in the short term from this customer, and use the success in serving this customer to develop customer relationships with other leading health care industry companies, and (b) the Company's ability to obtain sufficient working capital and financial resources to execute its business plans. Health Care Marketplace The health care industry today faces extreme pressure to reduce costs and errors, and improve safety. Management believes that in particular, clinical laboratories require automation to meet these pressures. Health care industry automation is currently in its infancy and the Company is currently a leader in this marketplace. Management believes that the Company's automation workstations are ideally suited for the health care industry and specifically clinical laboratories because all of the Company's automation workstations incorporate an automatic shutdown feature which is activated when any moving automatic tool encounters an obstruction. This safety feature is extremely important in applications where the automation systems require a high level of human interaction, which is normally the case in clinical laboratories and other health care applications. Additionally, the Company's automation workstations have historically performed more work in less space than other traditional automation systems. More work in less space is one of the most critical requirements for controlling costs in healthcare industry applications. 10 MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ------------------------------------------------ Results of Operations Three Months Ended September 30, 1995 and 1994 Net Revenues and Cost of Revenues Net revenues for the three months ended September 30, 1995 (the "current quarter") were $1,134,000 compared to $1,009,000 for the three months ended September 30, 1994, (the "prior quarter"), an increase of 12.4%. Cost of revenues for the current quarter were 84.1% of net revenues compared to 57.4% of net revenues in the prior quarter. During the prior quarter a one-time, application specific technology license fee for $300,000 was recorded. Cost of revenues for the prior quarter without the recognition of the $300,000 license fee would have been 81.7%. Due to the recognition of the license fee, the gross profit in the prior quarter increased to 42.6% compared to 15.9% in the current quarter. Three MEGA 2(R) systems were sold during the current quarter generating $570,000 of revenues versus no MEGA 2 systems sold during the prior quarter. No revenues in the current quarter were recognized from the percentage of completion method while the prior quarter realized revenues of $416,000 by this method. Other revenues (primarily engineering, service, spare parts, and training) were $564,000 during the current quarter versus $293,000 during the prior quarter. Operating Expenses Operating expenses increased 23.9% to $411,000 in the current quarter from $332,000 in the prior quarter, an increase of $79,000. The increase in operating expenses was due to higher general and administrative and research and development expenses partially offset by a decrease in selling expenses. Selling expenses decreased 51.2% to $55,000 during the current quarter from $113,000 during the prior quarter, a decrease of $58,000. The decrease in selling expenses was primarily the result of lower salary and related expenses resulting from reduced headcount. Research and development expenses increased 40.1% to $116,000 during the current quarter from $83,000 during the prior quarter, an increase of $33,000. The increase in research and development expense was primarily the result of higher salary and related expense resulting from efforts on various development projects relating to the MEGA 2. General and administrative expenses increased 76.4% to $240,000 during the current quarter from $136,000 during the prior quarter, an increase of $104,000. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in professional fees, salary and related expenses and allocated insurance costs. 11 MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ------------------------------------------------ Interest and Debt Expense Interest and debt expense increased 123.8% to $104,000 during the current quarter from $46,000 during the prior quarter, an increase of $58,000. The change was primarily due to increases from the prior quarter to the current quarter in the revolving bank line of credit and the term loans with related parties of $276,000 and $1,300,000 respectively. (see Note 4) Net Loss Net loss for the current quarter of $335,000 compared to net income of $52,000 for the prior quarter. Loss per share for the current quarter was ($0.02) compared to $0.00 per share during the prior quarter. The primary reason for the change from the $52,000 net income during the prior quarter to a net loss of $335,000 during the current quarter was the impact in the prior quarter from the recognition of the one time application specific license fee of $300,000. The increase in average common shares outstanding during the current quarter resulted from the issuance of 1,000,000 shares on August 25, 1994 in exchange for $105,000. Liquidity and Capital Resources The shareholders' deficit at September 30, 1995 was $2,528,000 which was an increase of $335,000 from June 30, 1995, (the amount of the net loss for the quarter ended September 30, 1995). Cash declined $240,000 from a beginning balance of $264,000 to an ending balance of $24,000. The Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $3,142,000 and $554,000 at September 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively, primarily due to the bank line of credit and term loans from related parties (see Note 4). [Trade accounts payable total $1,086,000 and represent approximately sixty-seven days aging. Terms with most of the Company's trade vendors are currently on a cash-on-delivery basis.] As a result of (i) the decline in cash reserves, (ii) the uncertainty as to the status and timing of both the receipt of the additional charges owed by its health care customer and the anticipated additional orders from its health care customer and (iii) a reduction in the Company's backlog to approximately $500,000 at September 30, 1995, the Company will require an infusion of working capital in order to fund its basic operations beyond approximately December 31, 1995 and extensions and forebearances with respect to $3,460,000 of loans which are in default and which mature on January 1, 1996 in any event (see below). The Company will also require substantial additional working capital to effectively implement its business plans. While its strategy for addressing the health care market is focused to maximize the Company's likelihood of success, while 12 MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ------------------------------------------------ minimizing the marketing and selling costs associated with this effort, these marketing and selling costs will still be substantial. In addition, the Company can be expected to experience negative operating cash flow until it achieves revenues of approximately six million ($6,000,000) per year. The Company maintains a bank line of credit and has borrowed the maximum limit of the bank line of $1,700,000. The bank line of credit, which matures on January 1, 1996, is guaranteed by related parties. The Company has also borrowed $1,760,000 in the form of term loans from the same related parties that guarantee the bank line of credit. The Company has not issued any common stock since August 1994, (see Note 5). The Company and the related parties previously entered into an agreement which provided that the related parties would convert $800,000 of principal and accrued interest owed to them to capital stock on terms to be agreed upon. The management of the Company and the related parties are exploring possible means to obtain additional financing for the Company and management will seek extensions and forebearances with respect to the bank line and term loans. No agreements or understanding have been reached with respect to the contemplated conversion or debt extensions and forebearances, nor can there be any assurances that any such agreements will be reached. In addition, agreements with respect to these matters will not obviate the Company's need for additional financing, and there can be no assurances as to when or if such financing will be available, or as to the terms, if any, on which such financing might become available. Capital investments have been curtailed because of the Company's lack of financial resources. During the past year the only significant capital investments have been for computers and software for the implementation of an integrated accounting and manufacturing control system and the development of the MEGA 2 and specialized MEGA 2 workstations. These projects have been substantially completed. 13 MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 PART II - OTHER INFORMATION Item 1. Legal Proceedings None Item 2. Changes in Securities. Not applicable. Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities. As of September 30, 1995 the Company had accrued but not paid $53,000 in interest due on term loans of $1,760,000 outstanding as of the same date. No demand for payment of the amounts in default or notice of acceleration of the Term Loans has been received by the Company. (See Notes to Financial Statements-Note 4, and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.) Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. None Item 5. Other Information. None Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K. (a) Exh. No. Description -------- ----------- 10.1 Warrants issued on February 23, 1995 to Cooper Investments to purchase 250,000 shares of Company stock at $.50 per share. 10.2 Warrants issued on February 8, 1995 to Tristram C. Colket Jr. to purchase 250,000 shares of Company stock at $.50 per share. 10.3 Letter agreement between the Company, Max Cooper of Cooper Investments and Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated September 20, 1995. (b) No reports on Form 8-K were required to be filed with respect to events occurring in the quarter ended September 30, 1995. 14 MEGAMATION, INC. September 30, 1995 SIGNATURES ---------- Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. MEGAMATION INCORPORATED Date November 13, 1995 /s/ GERALD W. KLEIN/ ---------------------- -------------------------------------- Gerald W. Klein President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer, and Director Date November 13, 1995 /s/ THOMAS W. MURPHY/ ---------------------- -------------------------------------- Thomas W. Murphy Controller, Chief Accounting Officer and Secretary 15 EX-99.4 8 FORM 8-K EXHIBIT D SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 8-K CURRENT REPORT Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported) November 6, 1995 ---------------- MEGAMATION INC. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware 0-18192 13-3372947 - ----------------- ------- ---------- (Commission (IRS Employer (State or other File Number) Identification jurisdiction of Number) incorporation) 51 Everett Drive, Building #4, Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648 - -------------------------------------------------------- ---------- (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's telephone number, including area code (609) 799-4473 -------------- Page 1 of 6 Index to Exhibits located at Page 4 Item 1. Changes in Control of Registrant. - ------------------------------------------- Reference is made to Item 5 for information pertaining to the termination of a voting agreement among certain shareholders of Megamation Inc. ("Registrant"), pursuant to which control of the Registrant may be effected. Item 5. Other Events. - ---------------------- As previously reported on a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on September 19, 1992, certain shareholders of Registrant entered into a Shareholders Agreement dated as of September 4, 1992 (the "Shareholders Agreement"). At a special meeting of the Board of Directors of Registrant held on May 5, 1995, Brian D. Hoffman resigned as a director of Registrant; Gerald W. Klein was elected as a director to fill the vacancy created by the Hoffman resignation; Steven H. Pollack and Thomas D. Schmidt each resigned as a director; Richard J. Kornblum was elected as a director to fill one of the vacancies created by the Pollack and Schmidt resignations; and the Board of Directors resolved that five directors would constitute the entire Board of Directors pursuant to Registrant's By-Laws. In light of these events, the parties to the Shareholders Agreement entered into a certain Termination Agreement which terminated the Shareholders Agreement as of November 6, 1995. Item 7. Financial Statements and Exhibits. - ------------------------------------------- (a) & (b) Not applicable. (c) Exhibits. --------- The following exhibit is furnished as part this amendment to this Report: Exhibit Description ------- ----------- 99.1 Termination Agreement dated November 6, 1995 by and among certain shareholders of Registrant. Page 2 of 6 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized. Dated: November 6, 1995 MEGAMATION INC. By: /s/ GERALD W. KLEIN --------------------------------- Gerald W. Klein, President, Chief Executive Officer, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer Page 3 of 6 INDEX TO EXHIBITS Exhibit Location of Sequentially numbered Page - ------- -------------------------------------- Termination Agreement dated 5 November 6, 1995 by and among certain shareholders of Registrant Page 4 of 6 EX-99.5 9 FORM 10-Q EXHIBIT E-1 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ----------------------- FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the quarterly period ended December 31, 1995 Commission file number: 0-18192 MEGAMATION INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) DELAWARE 13-3372947 (State or other jurisdiction of (IRS Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.) 51 Everett Drive Building #B4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: 609-799-7711 Not Applicable (Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report.) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [ ] As of December 31, 1995, there were 14,358,666 shares outstanding of the Registrants common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Page 1 of 30 Exhibit Index appears on page 17 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MEGAMATION INC. Item 1. Financial Statements Statements of Financial Position
(Unaudited) (Audited) December 31, June 30, 1995 1995 ------------- ------------- ASSETS: Current assets: Cash........................................................... $ 25,253 $ 264,225 Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $25,085 and $40,544............................. 350,837 700,191 Inventories.................................................... 642,786 886,896 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..................... - 21,614 ------------- ------------- Total current assets........................................ 1,018,876 1,872,926 Property and equipment................................................. 223,887 273,933 Other assets: Patents, net................................................... 304,616 306,960 Other assets................................................... 56,624 59,066 ------------- ------------ Total assets...................................... $ 1,604,003 $ 2,512,885 ============= ============ LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT Current liabilities: Revolving bank line of credit.................................. $ 1,700,000 $ 1,700,000 Term loans, related parties.................................... 1,860,000 1,760,000 Accounts payable............................................... 804,413 805,039 Accrued warranty costs......................................... 100,775 89,927 Accrued interest payable....................................... 145,956 21,222 Other customer deposits........................................ - 253,937 Accrued payroll and related expenses........................... 60,459 75,644 ------------- ------------ Total current liabilities.................................. $ 4,571,603 $ 4,705,769 Commitments Shareholders' deficit Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 1,000,000 shares authorized no shares issued or outstanding.................. Common stock, $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 14,358,666 and 14,358,666 shares issued and outstanding, respectively............................... 143,587 143,587 Additional paid in capital..................................... 5,756,744 5,756,744 Accumulated deficit............................................ (8,967,931) (8,093,215) ------------- ------------- Total shareholders' deficit................................. (3,067,600) (2,192,884) ------------- ------------- Total liabilities and shareholders' deficit....... $ 1,604,003 $ 2,512,885 ============= =============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 2 MEGAMATION INC. Item 1. Financial Statements Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
Three months ended Six months ended December 31, December 31, ---------------------------------------------------- 1995 1994 1995 1994 ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------- Revenues.. ....................................... $ 582,843 $ 958,489 $ 1,716,371 $ 1,967,084 Cost of revenues.................................. 709,677 783,223 1,663,370 1,362,234 ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------- Gross profit................................... (126,834) 175,266 53,001 604,850 Selling expenses.................................. 37,336 100,257 92,504 213,385 Development and engineering expenses........................... 84,634 87,643 200,284 170,208 General and administrative expenses............... 186,330 131,687 426,417 267,756 ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------- Total operating expenses....................... 308,300 319,587 719,205 651,329 ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------- Operating income/(loss).................... (435,134) (144,321) (666,204) (46,479) Interest and debt expense......................... 104,821 61,949 208,512 108,277 ---------- ---------- ----------- ----------- Net income/(loss).............................. $ (539,955) $ (206,270) $ (874,716) $ (154,756) ========== ========== =========== =========== Net income/(loss) per common share................ $(0.04) $(0.01) $(0.06) $(0.01) ======= ======= ======= ======= Weighted average common shares outstanding............................. 14,358,666 14,358,666 14,358,666 14,059,752 ========== ========== =========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 3 MEGAMATION INC. Item 1. Financial Statements Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
Six months ended December 31, ------------------------------ 1995 1994 ------------ ------------ FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net Income/(loss)........................................ $ (874,716) $ (154,756) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash used in operating activities: Depreciation and amortization............................ 71,810 45,834 Decrease/(increase) in: Trade receivables..................................... 349,354 (262,678) Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, net of customer deposits................ - (390,149) Inventories........................................... 244,110 (216,304) Prepaid expenses and other current assets............. 21,614 19,686 Other assets.......................................... 442 8,504 Increase/(decrease) in: Accounts payable...................................... (626) (34,371) Accrued warranty costs................................ 10,648 (23,801) Accrued interest payable.............................. 124,734 36,104 Customer deposits on uncompleted contracts, net of costs and estimated earnings................ - (147,079) Other customer deposits.................................. (253,937) 220,867 Accrued payroll and related expenses..................... (15,185) (27,056) ------------ ------------ Cash used in operating activities........................ (321,552) (925,219) FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchases of property and equipment...................... (7,164) (6,617) Costs of patents......................................... (10,256) (15,077) ------------ ------------ Cash used in investing activities........................ (17,420) (21,694) FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Aggregate amount of payments on the bank line of credit................................... - (24,979) Aggregate amount of advances from the bank line of credit................................... - 724,979 Proceeds from Term Loans................................. 100,000 250,000 Proceeds from Subscription Agreement..................... - 105,000 ------------ ------------ Cash from financing activities........................... 100,000 1,055,000 (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH (238,972) 108,057 Cash beginning of period................................. 264,225 7,417 ------------ ------------ Cash end of period....................................... $ 25,253 $ 115,504 ============ ============ SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Interest paid during the period.......................... $ 64,937 $ 67,816 ============ ============
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 4 MEGAMATION INC December 31, 1995 Notes to Financial Statements 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION --------------------- The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q for quarterly reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and therefore do not include all information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, and cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The financial information included in this report has been prepared in conformity with the accounting principles reflected in the financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1995, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of the management of Megamation Inc. (the "Company"), all material adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations for the interim periods presented (consisting of only normally recurring accruals and estimates), have been recorded. The results of operations for the period presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. 2. REVENUE RECOGNITION AND CONTRACT COSTS -------------------------------------- The Company generally recognizes revenue upon the completion of one of the following: (1) the performance of a service, (2) the shipment of product, or (3) upon customer acceptance of completed units. The percentage of completion method is used for long term contracts generally involving the integration of the Company's products into a customer's production facility. Sales and operating income are recognized as work is performed, based on the relationship between actual labor cost incurred and the total labor cost estimated to be required. At December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1995, there were no long term contracts in process. At June 30, 1994, five long term contracts were in process (completed during fiscal 1995), for which the Company recorded $306,000 in revenue and $62,700 of operating income. At December 31, 1994 four contracts were in process for which the Company recorded $1,118,000 in revenue and $247,000 of operating income. One contract was completed during the quarter ended December 31, 1994 for which the Company recorded $291,000 in revenue and $61,000 in operating income during the term of the contract. Contract costs for contracts accounted for on the percentage of completion method include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs, and depreciation costs. Selling, general, and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. 3. INVENTORIES ----------- Inventories consist of parts and subassemblies, work-in-process, and completed units which are valued at the lower of cost (first-in/first-out) or market value. Inventories are comprised of the following:
December 31, June 30, 1995 1995 ------------ -------- Parts and subassemblies............. $516,993 $786,575 Work in process..................... 125,793 100,321 Finished goods...................... -0- -0- -------- -------- Totals.............................. $642,786 $886,896 ======== ========
5 MEGAMATION INC December 31, 1995 Notes to Financial Statements 4. DEBT ---- The Company's debt consists of the following:
December 31, June 30, 1995 1995 ------------ ---------- Revolving bank line of credit.... $1,700,000 $1,700,000 Term loans....................... 1,860,000 1,760,000 ---------- ---------- $3,560,000 $3,460,000 ========== ==========
Under Agreements entered into on May 12, 1994, and amended on August 18, 1994, the Company is a party to a Credit and Security Agreement (the "Line") with a New Jersey bank secured by trade receivables and guaranteed by two principal stockholders and directors (the "Guarantors") pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement ("Agreement"). The Line provides for maximum borrowings of $1,700,000. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Guarantors each guarantee one-half of the outstanding balance of the Line. The Agreement imposes borrowing formula limitations of the sum of 85% of trade receivables and 40% of the qualifying open order backlog. At June 30 and December 31, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with those borrowing limitation requirements. Borrowings under the Line bear interest at the prime rate (9% and 7.25% at June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively). Additionally, the Guarantors each receive quarterly fees calculated at a 1.5% annual rate on the average outstanding balance of the Line. The Guarantee fee expense which is included in interest expense was $45,187 for the year ended June 30, 1995 and $25,710 for the six months ended December 31, 1995. The Line expires on February 29, 1996. At June 30, 1994, the Term Loan (originally granted on December 21, 1988), was owed to an entity controlled by one of the Guarantors and was scheduled to mature on March 31, 1995. On February 11, 1994, the other Guarantor provided the Company with an additional $230,000 in the form of a New Term Loan, which was also due on March 31, 1995. In connection with the New Term Loan, the Guarantor was issued a warrant to purchase 460,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company at $.55 per share. In consideration of extending the due date of the original Term Loan and modifying the security interest in the Company's assets to recognize the co-priority of the New Term Loan, the Guarantor controlling the entity holding the original Term Loan was issued a warrant to purchase 72,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company exercisable at $.55 per share. No value was assigned to these warrants as the amount was not material. On December 16, 1994, the original Term Loan and the New Term Loan were amended to provide for an additional $500,000 in borrowings from the Guarantors. Additionally, the due dates of both Term Loans were extended to June 30, 1995. Coincident with these amendments, the Company borrowed an additional $250,000. In consideration of the December 1994 amendments, the Guarantors were each issued warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company at $.50 per share. No value was assigned to these warrants as the amount was not material. In February 1995 the Company borrowed the remaining $250,000 available under the Term Loans. The annual interest rate on both Term Loans is prime plus 4% with a maximum annual rate of 12%, payable quarterly in arrears. Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral for the Company's obligations under the Term Loans, however the Term Loans have been subordinated to the Line. Provisions of the Line and both Term Loans prohibit the Company from paying cash dividends until these obligations are repaid. The interest rate on the Term Loans at June 30 and December 31, 1995 was 12%. 6 MEGAMATION INC December 31, 1995 Notes to Financial Statements On March 3, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with its principal stockholders to provide an additional $800,000 in the form of short term loans through June 30, 1995 and the Company borrowed this amount during fiscal 1995. In addition, past due interest of approximately $120,000 under the existing Term Loans with the stockholders was deferred until July 1, 1995. On May 12, 1995, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its Term Loans and the Line until January 1, 1996. Additionally, the May 12, 1995 agreement modified the lending terms of the March 3, 1995 agreement whereby the principal stockholders provided $700,000 in the form of short term loans and deferred $100,000 of the past due interest on the Term Loans to January 1, 1996. The May 12, 1995 agreement sets forth the parties' intention to convert the $700,000 of loans and the $100,000 of deferred past due interest to shares of the Company's capital stock on terms and conditions to be agreed upon among the parties as soon as is practicable. In view of the Company's need for substantial working capital, management believes that any such conversion would occur only in connection with a financing transaction. It is management's current intention to pursue such a transaction; however no agreements or commitments for financing exist and there can be no assurance that a financing transaction will occur, nor as to the terms, if any, upon which a financing can be achieved. On December 4, 1995, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its Term Loans and the Line until February 29, 1996. At December 31, 1995 there was accrued interest of $13,069 on the Line, $107,178 on the term loans and $25,709 on the guarantee fees. In December 1995 the Company borrowed $100,000 from one of the Company's principal stockholders. Since January 1, 1996 the Company borrowed a total of $235,000 from the Company's two principal stockholders. These term loans follow the same term and conditions as the previously issued loans to these stockholders. At June 30 and December 31, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with several financial covenants under the Agreement relating to, among other things, net worth and under the Term Loans relating to, among other things, minimum order levels. As of February 9, 1996 such non-compliance was continuing. The lenders have not exercised their rights to accelerate payment under the loans, but may do so at anytime. 5. COMMON STOCK AND STOCK WARRANT TRANSACTIONS ------------------------------------------- In August 1994, the Company's two principal stockholders each purchased 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Net proceeds to the Company were $105,000. In December 1994, 1,000,000 warrants at $.50 per share, were issued in connection with the Term loans (Note 4). As of December 31, 1995, there has been no fiscal 1996 common stock or stock warrant transactions. 6. INCOME TAXES ------------ The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes", effective July 1, 1993. The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 109 had no impact on the Company's financial statements. SFAS No. 109 provides for, among other things, the recognition of deferred tax assets subject to a valuation allowance. At July 1, 1994, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately $2,276,000 primarily relating to net operating loss carryforwards ("NOL") which amounted to $5,113,000 at June 30, 1994. Also at July 1, 1994, the Company established a valuation allowance equal to the full amount of the deferred tax asset. For the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, no income tax expense or benefit was recorded. The Company increased its deferred tax asset by approximately $783,000 and $687,000, for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 respectively, with corresponding increases in the valuation allowance. 7 MEGAMATION INC December 31, 1995 Notes to Financial Statements The difference between the NOL for tax purposes of $6,867,000 and the NOL for book purposes of $8,093,000 primarily reflects the net effect of timing differences between the treatment of research and development costs for tax and book purposes. The NOL's expire at various times and in varying amounts through the year 2010. These losses would generally be available to offset future taxable income, if any. The utilization of Federal income tax loss carryforwards in any year is subject to limitation if the Company experiences a certain level of changes in ownership over any three year period. Management has recently determined that the effects of changes in ownership through June 30, 1995 have not had a material effect on the future utilization of the Company's operating loss carryforwards. However, there have been substantial changes in ownership during the prior three year period and future changes in ownership as a result of a financing or otherwise could result in a substantial limitation on the amount of operating loss carryforwards which the Company would apply in any one year to offset income. 7. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE ------------------------- Net losses per common share have been computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the respective periods. Common stock warrants and options outstanding were not included in the calculations, as the effect of inclusion would be anti-dilutive. 8. GOING CONCERN ------------- The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the financial statements, during the year ended June 30, 1995 and the quarter ended December 31, 1995, the Company incurred net losses of $1,991,000 and $540,000, respectively, and, as of December 31, 1995, the Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $3,653,000, and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by $3,068,000. These factors among others indicated that at June 30, 1995 that it was unlikely that the Company would be able to continue as a going concern beyond December 31, 1995 absent additional financing. Since January 1, 1996 the principal stockholders have loaned the Company an additional $235,000 for the Company to meet its minimum cash flow and working capital requirements. Management has provided the principal stockholders, at their request, a schedule of the Company's anticipated cash needs through June 30, 1996. Although there are no commitments, management believes that given the past and recent support provided by the principal stockholders, the needed funding will be made available to provide for the Company's minimum cash flow and working capital requirements through June 30, 1996, or such time as a financing occurs, provided there are no adverse changes in the Company's projected operations. Management believes that if such funding is provided, the holders of the Bank Line of Credit and Term Loans will not exercise their rights to elect to accelerate the due dates thereof, and the Company will receive further extensions of its Bank Line of Credit and various Term Loans beyond the current February 29, 1996 maturity date. However, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing will occur. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. 8 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ------------------------------------------------- Strategic and Financial Objectives Throughout its history the Company has experienced significant losses and corresponding negative cash flows from operations, which continued through the quarter ended December 31, 1995 (see Note 8). The Company's current business strategy is to focus on building: (a) specialized automation workstations for the healthcare industry, (b) high speed non-contact scanning systems, and (c) mechanical assembly systems for automotive transmissions and other applications. The Company previously had placed emphasis on supplying large-scale integrated systems for diverse industries. Management believes that there is a significant business opportunity for its products in the health care industry and that it can compete effectively in the high speed non-contact scanning and mechanical assembly markets. The success of the Company's current strategy is dependent on, but not limited to: (a) the Company's ability to successfully serve a current strategic health care industry customer, gain additional orders from that customer, and leverage the success in serving this customer to develop customer relationships with other leading health care industry leaders, (b) the Company's ability to recapitalize its financial condition in order to provide sufficient working capital and financial resources to execute its business strategy, and (c) the Company's ability to attract and retain highly competent and professional employees. Health Care The health care industry today faces extreme pressure to reduce costs, errors, and improve safety. Certain segments of the health care industry, such as clinical laboratories, require automation to meet these pressures. Health care industry automation is currently in its infancy and the Company believes it is well positioned in terms of product and knowledge of the industry's needs, to capture a significant share of this market. Management believes its automation workstations are ideally suited for the health care industry and specifically clinical laboratories because all of the Company's automation workstations incorporate an automatic shutdown feature which is activated when any moving automatic tool encounters an obstruction, making the Company's products among the safest automation systems available. This feature is extremely important in applications where the automation systems require a high level of human interaction which is normally the case in clinical laboratories and other health care applications. Additionally, the Company's automation workstations have historically performed more work, in less space than other traditional automation systems. The Company believes that more work in less space is one of the most critical requirements for controlling costs in healthcare industry applications. High speed, non-contact scanning The Company's automation workstations serve as an integrated workstation for high speed non-contact scanning applications for gathering dimensional data for high volume parts manufacturing applications. The Company's automation workstation is combined with scanners and related database and application software to gather dimensional data of an object or surface to validate the dimensions to the design intent. The automation workstation positions a scanner employing laser radar technology that provides accurate three-dimensional images. The captured images are then converted into dimensions by another supplier's proprietary digital signal processing electronics and a sophisticated rectification process. The automation workstation provides a high-speed means of precisely addressing and positioning the scanners at designated data points in defined planes and angles. This application can measure and analyze sources of variation to enhance continuous process improvement which will enable customers to reduce cost and increase both quality and throughput. Management believes that there is a substantial potential market for the inspection and measurement of parts in high volume, repetitive manufacturing applications. 9 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) --------------------------------------------------------- Mechanical Assembly Systems for Automotive Transmissions and Other Applications The automation workstation was initially designed to pick and place automotive light assembly parts and printed circuit board components. The Company has sold workstations for several such applications, the principal one being for automotive transmissions. Results of Operations Six Months Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 Net Revenues and Cost of Revenues Net revenues for the six months ended December 31, 1995 (the "current period") were $1,716,000 compared to $1,967,000 for the six months ended December 31, 1994, (the "prior period"), a decrease of 13%. Cost of revenues for the current period were 97% of net revenues compared to 69% of net revenues in the prior period. During the prior period a one-time, application specific technology license fee for $300,000 was recorded. Cost of revenues for the prior period without the recognition of the $300,000 license fee would have been 82%. The cost of revenues increased 15% to 97% for the current period due to inventory write offs and various overhead costs being charged to cost of sales in the current period due to the under utilization of production capacity in contrast to the prior period when these costs were being allocated to long term projects being accounted for by the percentage of completion method. Five MEGA 2(R) systems and one MEGA 1(R) system were sold during the current period generating $844,000 of revenues versus no MEGA 1 systems and one MEGA 2 system sold during the prior period generating $81,000 of revenues. No revenues in the current period were recognized from the percentage of completion method while the prior period realized revenues of $1,103,000 by this method. Other revenues (primarily engineering, service, spare parts, and training) were $872,000 during the current period versus $483,000 during the prior period. The primary reason for the $389,000 increase in other revenues for the current period was a $352,000 increase in engineering revenues, which were derived primarily from the Company's health care industry customer. Operating Expenses Operating expenses increased 10% to $719,000 in the current period from $651,000 in the prior period, an increase of $68,000. The increase in operating expenses was due to higher general and administrative and development and engineering expenses partially offset by a decrease in selling expenses. Selling expenses decreased 56% to $93,000 during the current period from $213,000 during the prior period, a decrease of $120,000. The decrease in selling expenses was primarily the result of lower salary and related expenses resulting from reduced headcount. 10 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) --------------------------------------------------------- Development and engineering expenses increased 18% to $200,000 during the current period from $170,000 during the prior period, an increase of $30,000. The increase in development and engineering expenses was primarily the result of higher salary and related expense resulting from efforts on various development projects relating to the MEGA 2, which were partially offset by lower material expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 59% to $426,000 during the current period from $268,000 during the prior period, an increase of $158,000. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in salary and related expenses, professional fees, and allocated insurance costs. Interest and Debt Expense Interest and debt expense increased 93% to $209,000 during the current period from $108,000 during the prior period, an increase of $101,000. The change was primarily due to the increase in term loans with related parties from the prior period's balance of $710,000 to the current period's balance of $1,860,000. Net Loss Net loss for the current period of $875,000 compared to a net loss of $155,000 for the prior period. Loss per share for the current period was $(0.06) compared to $(0.01) per share during the prior period. The primary reasons for the increase in the net loss during the current period was the impact in the prior period from the recognition of the one time application specific license fee of $300,000, the decrease in gross profit margin, along with increases in general and administrative expenses and interest and debt expense. The increase in average common shares outstanding during the current period resulted from the issuance of 1,000,000 shares on August 25, 1994 in exchange for $105,000. 11 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) --------------------------------------------------------- Results of Operations Three Months Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 Net Revenues and Cost of Revenues Net revenues for the three months ended December 31, 1995 (the "current quarter") were $583,000 compared to $958,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1994, (the "prior quarter"), a decrease of 39%. Cost of revenues for the current quarter were 122% of net revenues compared to 82% of net revenues in the prior quarter. The cost of revenues increased 40% to 122% for the current quarter due to inventory write offs and various overhead costs being charged to cost of sales in the current quarter due to the under utilization of production capacity in contrast to the prior quarter when these costs were being allocated to long term projects being accounted for by the percentage of completion method. Two MEGA 2(R) systems and one MEGA 1(R) system were sold during the current quarter generating $274,000 of revenues versus no MEGA 1 systems and one MEGA 2 system sold during the prior quarter generating $81,000 of revenues. No revenues in the current quarter were recognized from the percentage of completion method, while the prior quarter realized revenues of $687,000 by this method. Other revenues (primarily engineering, service, spare parts, and training) were $309,000 during the current quarter versus $190,000 during the prior quarter. The primary reason for the $119,000 increase in other revenues for the current quarter was an increase in engineering revenues, which were primarily derived from the Company's health care industry customer. Operating Expenses Operating expenses decreased 4% to $308,000 in the current quarter from $320,000 in the prior quarter, a decrease of $12,000. The decrease in operating expenses was due to lower selling and development and engineering expenses, which were partially offset by higher general and administrative expenses. Selling expenses decreased 63% to $37,000 during the current quarter from $100,000 during the prior quarter, a decrease of $63,000. The decrease in selling expenses was the result of lower salary and related expenses related to reduced headcount, travel and advertising costs. Development and engineering expenses decreased 3% to $85,000 during the current quarter from $88,000 during the prior quarter, a decrease of $3,000. The decrease in development and engineering expenses was primarily the result of lower material expenses, which were partially offset by higher salary and related expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 42% to $186,000 during the current quarter from $132,000 during the prior quarter, an increase of $54,000. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in salary and related expenses, amortization costs, and allocated rent and utility expenses, which were partially offset by lower depreciation and equipment maintenance expenses. 12 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) --------------------------------------------------------- Interest and Debt Expense Interest and debt expense increased 69% to $105,000 during the current quarter from $62,000 during the prior quarter, an increase of $43,000. The change was primarily due to the increase in term loans with related parties from the prior quarter's balance of $710,000 to the current quarter's balance of $1,860,000. Net Loss Net loss for the current quarter of $540,000 compared to a net loss of $206,000 for the prior quarter. Loss per share for the current quarter was $(0.04) compared to $(0.01) per share during the prior quarter. The primary reason for the increase in the net loss during the current quarter was the negative gross profit margin and the increased interest and debt expense, which was partially offset by a decrease in operating expenses. Liquidity and Capital Resources The financial condition of the Company has continued to decline during the quarter ended December 31, 1995. Company operations have never provided a positive cash flow and the Company has relied on loans and the proceeds from the sale of common stock to fund its operations since inception. The shareholder's deficit at December 31, 1995 was $3,068,000, which was an increase of $875,000 since June 30, 1995, (the amount of the net loss for the six months ended December 31, 1995). Cash declined $239,000 during the period from a beginning balance of $264,000 to an ending balance of $25,000. The Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $3,653,000 and $743,000 at December 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively, primarily due to the increases in the term loans to related parties (see Note 4) and accounts payable and decreases in inventory and accounts receivable. The Company maintains a bank line of credit and has borrowed the maximum limit of the bank line of $1,700,000. The bank line of credit is guaranteed by related parties. As of December 31, 1995 the Company has also borrowed $1,860,000 in the form of term loans from the same related parties that guarantee the bank line of credit (see Note 8). Accounts payable total $804,000 and represent approximately one hundred seven days aging. Terms with most of the Company's trade vendors are currently on a cash-on-delivery basis. Capital investments have been curtailed because the Company does not have cash available to make any capital investments. During the past year the only significant capital investments have been for computers and software for the implementation of an integrated accounting and manufacturing control system and the development of the MEGA 2 and specialized MEGA 2 workstations. These projects have been substantially completed and require little additional capital investment. The Company has not issued any common stock since August 1994, (see Note 5). 13 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) --------------------------------------------------------- The Company and the principal stockholders previously entered into an agreement which provided that the principal stockholders would convert $800,000 of term loans and deferred interest owed to them to capital stock on terms to be agreed upon. As stated in the Company's Form 10-K for the period ended June 30, 1995, it was unlikely that the Company would be able to continue as a going concern beyond December 31, 1995 absent additional financing. Since January 1, 1996 the principal stockholders have loaned the Company an additional $235,000 on a demand basis in order for the Company to meet its minimum cash flow and working capital requirements. Management has provided the principal stockholders, at their request, a schedule of the Company's anticipated cash needs through June 30, 1996. Although there are no commitments, management believes that given the past and recent support provided by the principal stockholders, the needed funding will be made available to provide for the Company's minimum cash flow and working capital requirements through June 30, 1996, or such time as a financing occurs, provided there are no adverse changes in the Company's projected operations. Management believes that if such funding is provided, the holders of the Bank Line of Credit and Term Loans will not exercise their rights to elect to accelerate the due dates thereof, and the Company will receive further extensions of its Bank Line of Credit and various Term Loans beyond the current February 29, 1996 maturity date. However, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing will occur. 14 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995 PART II - OTHER INFORMATION Item 1. Legal Proceedings None Item 2. Changes in Securities. Not applicable. Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities. As of December 31, 1995 the Company had accrued but not paid $107,000 in interest due on term loans of $1,860,000 outstanding as of the same date. No demand for payment of the amounts in default or notice of acceleration of the Term Loans has been received by the Company. (See Notes to Financial Statements-Note 4, and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.) Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. None Item 5. Other Information. None Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form S-K. (a) Exh. No. Description ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 Fourth Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement. 10.2 Third Amendment to Guaranty made by Tristram C. Colket, Jr. 10.3 Third Amendment to Guaranty made by Max Cooper. 10.4 Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket Jr. (b) No reports on Form 8-K were required to be filed with respect to events occurring in the quarter ended December 31, 1995. 15 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995 SIGNATURES ---------- Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. MEGAMATION INC. Date February 9, 1996 /s/ THOMAS D. SCHMIDT ---------------------------- ------------------------------------- Thomas D. Schmidt Vice President of Marketing and Sales Date February 9, 1996 /s/ THOMAS W. MURPHY ---------------------------- ------------------------------------- Thomas W. Murphy Controller, Chief Accounting Officer and Secretary 16 MEGAMATION INC. December 31, 1995
EXHIBIT INDEX Exh. No. Description Page No. - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 Fourth Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement. 18 10.2 Third Amendment to Guaranty made by Tristram C. Colket, Jr. 23 10.3 Third Amendment to Guaranty made by Max Cooper. 26 10.4 Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket Jr. 29
17 EX-99.4A 10 FORM 10-Q/A-1 ================================================================================ SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ----------------------- FORM 10-Q/A-1 QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the quarterly period ended December 31, 1995 Commission file number: 0-18192 MEGAMATION INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) DELAWARE 3-3372947 (State or other jurisdiction of (IRS Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.) 51 Everett Drive Building #B4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: 609-799-7711 Not Applicable (Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report.) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [ ] As of December 31, 1995, there were 14,358,666 shares outstanding of the Registrants common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Page 1 of 4 There are no exhibits. ================================================================================ MEGAMATION, INC. December 31, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) ----------------------------------------------------- Mechanical Assembly Systems for Automotive Transmissions and Other Applications The automation workstation was initially designed to pick and place automotive light assembly parts and printed circuit board components. The Company has sold workstations for several such applications, the principal one being for automotive transmissions. Results of Operations Six Months Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 Net Revenues and Cost of Revenues Net revenues for the six months ended December 31, 1995 (the "current period") were $1,716,000 compared to $1,967,000 for the six months ended December 31, 1994, (the "prior period"), a decrease of 13%. Cost of revenues for the current period were 97% of net revenues compared to 69% of net revenues in the prior period. During the prior period a one-time, application specific technology license fee for $300,000 was recorded. Cost of revenues for the prior period without the recognition of the $300,000 license fee would have been 82%. The cost of revenues increased 15% to 97% for the current period due to inventory write offs and the impact of overhead costs associated with the under utilization of production capacity in contrast to the prior period when these costs were being allocated to a higher level of revenue including revenue recognized on projects being accounted for by the percentage of completion method. Five MEGA 2(R) systems and one MEGA 1(R) system were sold during the current period generating $844,000 of revenues versus no MEGA 1 systems and one MEGA 2 system sold during the prior period generating $81,000 of revenues. No revenues in the current period were recognized from the percentage of completion method while the prior period realized revenues of $1,103,000 by this method. Other revenues (primarily engineering, service, spare parts, and training) were $872,000 during the current period versus $483,000 during the prior period. The primary reason for the $389,000 increase in other revenues for the current period was a $352,000 increase in engineering revenues, which were derived primarily from the Company's health care industry customer. Operating Expenses Operating expenses increased 10% to $719,000 in the current period from $651,000 in the prior period, an increase of $68,000. The increase in operating expenses was due to higher general and administrative and development and engineering expenses partially offset by a decrease in selling expenses. Selling expenses decreased 56% to $93,000 during the current period from $213,000 during the prior period, a decrease of $120,000. The decrease in selling expenses was primarily the result of lower salary and related expenses resulting from reduced headcount. 2 MEGAMATION, INC. December 31, 1995 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) ----------------------------------------------------------- Results of Operations Three Months Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 Net Revenues and Cost of Revenues Net revenues for the three months ended December 31, 1995 (the "current quarter") were $583,000 compared to $958,000 for the three months ended December 31, 1994, (the "prior quarter"), a decrease of 39%. Cost of revenues for the current quarter were 122% of net revenues compared to 82% of net revenues in the prior quarter. The cost of revenues increased 40% to 122% for the current quarter due to inventory write offs and the effect of overhead costs associated with the under utilization of production capacity in contrast to the prior quarter when these costs were being allocated to a higher level of revenue including revenue recognized on projects being accounted for by the percentage of completion method. Two MEGA 2(R) systems and one MEGA 1(R) system were sold during the current quarter generating $274,000 of revenues versus no MEGA 1 systems and one MEGA 2 system sold during the prior quarter generating $81,000 of revenues. No revenues in the current quarter were recognized from the percentage of completion method, while the prior quarter realized revenues of $687,000 by this method. Other revenues (primarily engineering, service, spare parts, and training) were $309,000 during the current quarter versus $190,000 during the prior quarter. The primary reason for the $119,000 increase in other revenues for the current quarter was an increase in engineering revenues, which were primarily derived from the Company's health care industry customer. Operating Expenses Operating expenses decreased 4% to $308,000 in the current quarter from $320,000 in the prior quarter, a decrease of $12,000. The decrease in operating expenses was due to lower selling and development and engineering expenses, which were partially offset by higher general and administrative expenses. Selling expenses decreased 63% to $37,000 during the current quarter from $100,000 during the prior quarter, a decrease of $63,000. The decrease in selling expenses was the result of lower salary and related expenses related to reduced headcount, travel and advertising costs. Development and engineering expenses decreased 3% to $85,000 during the current quarter from $88,000 during the prior quarter, a decrease of $3,000. The decrease in development and engineering expenses was primarily the result of lower material expenses, which were partially offset by higher salary and related expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 42% to $186,000 during the current quarter from $132,000 during the prior quarter, an increase of $54,000. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in salary and related expenses, amortization costs, and allocated rent and utility expenses, which were partially offset by lower depreciation and equipment maintenance expenses. 3 MEGAMATION, INC. December 31, 1995 SIGNATURES ---------- Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. MEGAMATION INC. Date May 10, 1996 /s/ EDWARD F. BORKOWSKI -------------------- ----------------------------------------------- Edward F. Borkowski President, Chief Accounting Officer Date May 10, 1996 /s/ THOMAS D. SCHMIDT -------------------- ----------------------------------------------- Thomas D. Schmidt Vice President of Marketing and Sales/Secretary 4 EX-99.6 11 FORM 8-K EXHIBIT F SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 8-K CURRENT REPORT Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported) February 1, 1996 ---------------- MEGAMATION INC. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Delaware 0-18192 13-3372947 - ----------------- ----------- -------------- (State or other (Commission (IRS Employer jurisdiction of File Number) Identification incorporation) Number)
51 Everett Drive, Building #4, Lawrenceville, New Jersey 08648 - -------------------------------------------------------- ---------- (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's telephone number, including area code (609) 799-7711 -------------- Page 1 of 3 There are No Exhibits Item 1. Changes in Control of Registrant. - ------------------------------------------- Reference is made to Item 5 for information pertaining to changes in the membership of the Board of Directors, and in the officers of Registrant, as a result of which control of the Registrant may be effected. Item 5. Other Events. - ---------------------- a. On February 1, 1996, the Company accepted the resignations of Gerald Klein and Richard Kornblum as officers and directors of the Company. Edward F. Borkowski has been appointed to head up a transition team and will assume the duties of President of Registrant effective February 12, 1996. Mr. Borkowski previously served as vice president of finance and chief financial officer of Liberty Technologies, Inc. (from 1988 to 1992) and Advanced Surgical, Inc. (1992 to the present). b. Since December 1995, the Registrant has borrowed a total of $285,000 on a demand basis from its principal shareholders to meet its minimum cash flow and working capital requirements. Page 2 of 3 SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized. Dated: February 2, 1996 MEGAMATION INC. By: /s/ THOMAS W. MURPHY ---------------------------------------- Thomas W. Murphy Secretary Page 3 of 3 EX-99.5A 12 FORM 10-Q ================================================================================ SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 ----------------------- FORM 10-Q QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the quarterly period ended March 31, 1996 Commission file number: 0-18192 MEGAMATION INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) DELAWARE 3-3372947 (State or other jurisdiction of (IRS Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.) 51 Everett Drive Building #B4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: 609-799-7711 Not Applicable (Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report.) Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ] No [ ] As of March 31, 1996, there were 14,358,666 shares outstanding of the Registrants common stock, $0.01 par value per share. Page 1 of 63 Exhibit Index appears on page 18 ================================================================================ MEGAMATION INC. ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
(Unaudited) (Audited) March 31, June 30, 1996 1995 ----------- ------------ ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS: Cash............................................... $ 65,295 $ 264,225 Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $25,085.............................. 375,299 700,191 Inventories........................................ 680,680 886,896 Prepaid expenses and other current assets.......... 92,762 21,614 ----------- ----------- Total current assets........................... 1,214,036 1,872,926 Property and equipment............................... 197,425 273,933 OTHER ASSETS: Patents, net....................................... 299,616 306,960 Other assets....................................... 106,023 59,066 ----------- ----------- TOTAL ASSETS................................. $ 1,817,101 $ 2,512,885 =========== =========== LIABILIIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT CURRENT LIABILITIES: Revolving bank line of credit...................... $ 1,700,000 $ 1,700,000 Term loans, related parties........................ 2,460,000 1,760,000 Accounts payable................................... 843,072 805,039 Accrued warranty costs............................. 108,151 89,927 Accrued interest payable........................... 221,671 21,222 Other customer deposits............................ 23,881 253,937 Accrued payroll and related expenses............... 85,944 75,644 ----------- ----------- Total current liabilities........................ 5,442,719 6,705,769 COMMITMENTS SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT: Preferred stock, S0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized no shares issued or outstanding....... -- -- Common stock, $0.01 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized, 14,358,666 and 14,358,666 shares issued and outstanding, respectively............. 143,587 143,587 Addtional paid in capital.......................... 5,756,744 5,756,744 Accumulated deficit................................ (9,525,949) (8,093,215) ----------- ----------- Total shareholders' deficit...................... (3,625,618) (2,192,884) ----------- ----------- TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' DEFICIT.... $ 1,817,101 $ 2,512,885 =========== ===========
The accompanying notes are an integal part of the financial statements. 2 MEGAMATION INC. ITEM 1. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
Three months ended Nine months ended March 31, March 31, ----------------------------------------------------- 1996 1995 1996 1995 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Revenues............................. $ 259,654 $ 949,442 $ 1,976,025 $ 2,916,526 Cost of revenues..................... 307,841 1,142,921 1,971,211 2,505,155 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Gross profit....................... (48,187) (193,479) 4,814 411,371 Selling expenses..................... 47,868 72,740 140,371 286,105 Development and engineering expenses............... 80,702 67,025 280,986 237,233 General and administrative expenses.. 269,688 247,167 696,105 514,923 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Total operating expenses......... 398,257 386,932 1,117,462 1,038,261 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Operating income/(loss)........ (446,444) (580,411) (1,112,648) (626,890) Interest and debt expense............ 111,574 86,049 320,087 194,326 ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- Net income/(loss)................ $ (558,019) $ (666,460) $(1,432,735) $ (821,216) =========== =========== =========== =========== Net income/(loss) per common share... ($0.04) ($0.05) ($0.10) ($0.06) =========== =========== =========== =========== Weighted average common shares outstanding................ 14,358,666 14,358,666 14,358,666 14,157,936
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 3 MEGAMATION INC Item 1. Financial Statements Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
March 31, ------------------------- 1996 1995 FR0M 0PERATING ACTIVITIES; Net income/(loss).................................. $(1,432,735) $ (821,216) Adjustments to reconcile net income/(loss) to cash used in operating activities; Depreciation and amortization...................... 107,715 69,373 Decrease/(increase) in: Trade receivables................................ 324,892 (973,449) Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts, net of customer deposits............ -- 178,056 Inventories...................................... 206,216 (118,884) Prepaid expenses and other current assets........ (71,148) 20,101 Other assets..................................... 43 12,764 Increase/(decrease) in: Accounts payable................................. (15,366) (117,184) Accrued warranty costs........................... 18,223 (5,910) Accrued interest payable......................... 200,449 81,947 Customer deposits on uncompleted contracts, net of costs and estimated earnings............ -- (147,079) Other customer deposits.......................... (230,056) 473,845 Accrued payroll and related expenses............. 13,699 (17,563) ------------ ---------- Cash used in operating activities.................. (876,067) (1,366,139) FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchases of property and equipment................ (9,307) (60,729) Costs of patents................................... (11,556) (18,172) ------------ ---------- Cash used in investing activities.................. (20,863) (78,901) FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Aggregate amount of payments on the bank line of credit.............................. -- (24,979) Aggregate amount of advances from the bank line of credit.............................. -- 724,979 Proceeds from Term Loans........................... 700,000 900,000 Proceeds from Subscription Agreement............... -- 105,000 ------------ ---------- Cash from financing activities..................... 700,000 1,705,000 (DECREASE)/INCREASE IN CASH.......................... (198,930) 260,900 Cash beginning of period........................... 264,225 7,417 ------------ ---------- Cash end of period................................. $ 65,295 $ 268,317 ============ ========== SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Interest paid during the period.................... $ 98,697 ==========
Ihe accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements. 4 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Notes to Financial Statements 1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION --------------------- The accompanying unaudited financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q for quarterly reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and therefore do not include all information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, and cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The financial information included in this report has been prepared in conformity with the accounting principles reflected in the financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 1995, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In the opinion of the management of Megamation Inc. (the "Company"), all material adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of operations for the interim periods presented (consisting of only normally recurring accruals and estimates), have been recorded. The results of operations for the period presented are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year. 2. REVENUE RECOGNITION AND CONTRACT COSTS -------------------------------------- The Company generally recognizes revenue upon the completion of one of the following: (1) the performance of a service, (2) the shipment of product, or (3) upon customer acceptance of completed units. The percentage of completion method is used for long term contracts generally involving the integration of the Company's products into a customer's production facility. Sales and operating income are recognized as work is performed, based on the relationship between actual labor cost incurred and the total labor cost estimated to be required. At March 31, 1996 and June 30, 1995, there were no long term contracts in process. At June 30, 1994, five long term contracts were in process (completed during fiscal 1995), for which the Company recorded $306,000 in revenue and $62,700 of operating income. At December 31, 1994 four contracts were in process for which the Company recorded $1,118,000 in revenue and $247,000 of operating income. One contract was completed during the quarter ended December 31, 1994 for which the Company recorded $291,000 in revenue and $61,000 in operating income during the term of the contract. Contract costs for contracts accounted for on the percentage of completion method include all direct material and labor costs and those indirect costs related to contract performance, such as indirect labor, supplies, tools, repairs, and depreciation costs. Selling, general, and administrative costs are charged to expense as incurred. Changes in job performance, job conditions, and estimated profitability, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements may result in revisions to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. 3. INVENTORIES ----------- Inventories consist of parts and subassemblies, work-in-process, and completed units which are valued at the lower of cost (first-in/first-out) or market value. Inventories are comprised of the following:
March 31, June 30, 1996 1995 --------- -------- Parts and subassemblies..... $657,973 $786,575 Work in process............. 40,053 100,321 Finished goods.............. -0- -0- -------- -------- Totals...................... $698,026 $886,896 ======== ========
5 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Notes to Financial Statements 4. DEBT ---- The Company's debt consists of the following:
March 31, June 30, 1996 1995 ---------- ---------- Revolving bank line of credit..... $1,700,000 $1,700,000 Term loans........................ 2,460,000 1,760,000 ---------- ---------- $4,160,000 $3,460,000 ========== ==========
Under Agreements entered into on May 12, 1994, and amended on August 18, 1994, the Company is a party to a Credit and Security Agreement (the "Line") with a New Jersey bank secured by trade receivables and guaranteed by two principal stockholders and directors (the "Guarantors") pursuant to a Guarantee Agreement ("Agreement"). The Line provides for maximum borrowings of $1,700,000. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Guarantors each guarantee one-half of the outstanding balance of the Line. The Agreement imposes borrowing formula limitations of the sum of 85% of trade receivables and 40% of the qualifying open order backlog. At June 30 and March 31, 1996, the Company was not in compliance with those borrowing limitation requirements. Borrowings under the Line bear interest at the prime rate (9% and 7.25% at June 30, 1995 and 1994, respectively). Additionally, the Guarantors each receive quarterly fees calculated at a 1.5% annual rate on the average outstanding balance of the Line. The Guarantee fee expense which is included in interest expense was $45,187 for the year ended June 30, 1995 and $38,425 for the nine months ended March 31, 1996. The Line expires on May 31, 1996. At June 30, 1994, the Term Loan (originally granted on December 21, 1988), was owed to an entity controlled by one of the Guarantors and was scheduled to mature on March 31, 1995. On February 11, 1994, the other Guarantor provided the Company with an additional $230,000 in the form of a New Term Loan, which was also due on March 31, 1995. In connection with the New Term Loan, the Guarantor was issued a warrant to purchase 460,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company at $.55 per share. In consideration of extending the due date of the original Term Loan and modifying the security interest in the Company's assets to recognize the co-priority of the New Term Loan, the Guarantor controlling the entity holding the original Term Loan was issued a warrant to purchase 72,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company exercisable at $.55 per share. No value was assigned to these warrants as the amount was not material. On December 16, 1994, the original Term Loan and the New Term Loan were amended to provide for an additional $500,000 in borrowings from the Guarantors. Additionally, the due dates of both Term Loans were extended to June 30, 1995. Coincident with these amendments, the Company borrowed an additional $250,000. In consideration of the December 1994 amendments, the Guarantors were each issued warrants to purchase 500,000 shares of the Common Stock of the Company at $.50 per share. No value was assigned to these warrants as the amount was not material. In February 1995 the Company borrowed the remaining $250,000 available under the Term Loans. The annual interest rate on both Term Loans is prime plus 4% with a maximum annual rate of 12%, payable quarterly in arrears. Substantially all of the Company's assets are pledged as collateral for the Company's obligations under the Term Loans, however the Term Loans have been subordinated to the Line. Provisions of the Line and both Term Loans prohibit the Company from paying cash dividends until these obligations are repaid. The interest rate on the Term Loans at June 30 and March 31, 1996 was 12%. 6 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Notes to Financial Statements On March 3, 1995, the Company entered into an agreement with its principal stockholders to provide an additional $800,000 in the form of short term loans through June 30, 1995 and the Company borrowed this amount during fiscal 1995. In addition, past due interest of approximately $120,000 under the existing Term Loans with the stockholders was deferred until July 1, 1995. On May 12, 1995, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its Term Loans and the Line until January 1, 1996. Additionally, the May 12, 1995 agreement modified the lending terms of the March 3, 1995 agreement whereby the principal stockholders provided $700,000 in the form of short term loans and deferred $100,000 of the past due interest on the Term Loans to January 1, 1996. The May 12, 1995 agreement setforth the parties' intention to convert the $700,000 of loans and the $100,000 of deferred past due interest to shares of the Company's capital stock on terms and conditions to be agreed upon among the parties as soon as is practicable. In February of 1996 , the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its Term Loans and the Line until May 31, 1996. At March 31, 1996 there was accrued interest of $12,487 on the Line, $170,780 on the term loans and $38,425 on the guarantee fees.. Since April 1, 1996 the Company borrowed a total of $75,000 from one of the Company's two principal stockholders. These term loans follow the same term and conditions as the previously issued loans to these stockholders. At June 30 and March 31, 1996, the Company was not in compliance with several financial covenants under the Agreement relating to, among other things, net worth and under the Term Loans relating to, among other things, minimum order levels. As of April 26, 1996 such non-compliance was continuing. The lenders have not exercised their rights to accelerate payment under the loans, but may do so at anytime. See Note 9 for information concerning a proposed merger of the company into a corporation owned beneficially by the principal stockholders. 5. COMMON STOCK AND STOCK WARRANT TRANSACTIONS ------------------------------------------- In August 1994, the Company's two principal stockholders each purchased 500,000 shares of Common Stock. Net proceeds to the Company were $105,000. In December 1994, 1,000,000 warrants at $.50 per share, were issued in connection with the Term loans (Note 4). As of March 31, 1996, there has been no fiscal 1996 common stock or stock warrant transactions. 6. INCOME TAXES ------------ The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109 "Accounting for Income Taxes", effective July 1, 1993. The cumulative effect of adopting SFAS No. 109 had no impact on the Company's financial statements. SFAS No. 109 provides for, among other things, the recognition of deferred tax assets subject to a valuation allowance. At July 1, 1994, the Company recorded a deferred tax asset of approximately $2,276,000 primarily relating to net operating loss carryforwards ("NOL") which amounted to $5,113,000 at June 30, 1994. Also at July 1, 1994, the Company established a valuation allowance equal to the full amount of the deferred tax asset. For the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994, no income tax expense or benefit was recorded. The Company increased its deferred tax asset by approximately $783,000 and $687,000, for the years ended June 30, 1995 and 1994 respectively, with corresponding increases in the valuation allowance. 7 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Notes to Financial Statements The difference between the NOL for tax purposes of $6,867,000 and the NOL for book purposes of $8,093,000 primarily reflects the net effect of timing differences between the treatment of research and development costs for tax and book purposes. The NOL's expire at various times and in varying amounts through the year 2010. These losses would generally be available to offset future taxable income, if any. The utilization of Federal income tax loss carryforwards in any year is subject to limitation if the Company experiences a certain level of changes in ownership over any three year period. Management has recently determined that the effects of changes in ownership through June 30, 1995 have not had a material effect on the future utilization of the Company's operating loss carryforwards. However, there have been substantial changes in ownership during the prior three year period and future changes in ownership as a result of a financing or otherwise could result in a substantial limitation on the amount of operating loss carryforwards which the Company would apply in any one year to offset income. 7. NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE ------------------------- Net losses per common share have been computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the respective periods. Common stock warrants and options outstanding were not included in the calculations, as the effect of inclusion would be anti-dilutive. 8. GOING CONCERN ------------- The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. As shown in the financial statements, during the year ended June 30, 1995 and the quarter ended March 31, 1996, the Company incurred net losses of $1,991,000 and $528,000, respectively, and, as of March 31, 1996, the Company's current liabilities exceeded its current assets by $4,199,000, and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by $3,596,000. These factors among others indicated that at June 30, 1995 that it was unlikely that the Company would be able to continue as a going concern beyond December 31, 1995 absent additional financing. Since January 1, 1996 the principal stockholders have loaned the Company an additional $600,000 for the Company to meet its minimum cash flow and working capital requirements. Although there are no commitments, management believes that the principal stockholders will make available the needed funding to provide for the Company's minimum cash flow and working capital requirements through the date the proposed merger occurs, or such earlier time as the merger is either not approved by stockholders of the Company or the merger agreement is terminated as the result of an adverse change in the Company's projected operations or as permitted in the merger agreement. Management believes that if such funding is provided, the holder of the Bank Line of Credit will not exercise its rights to elect to accelerate the due date thereof, and the Company will receive further extensions of its Bank Line of Credit and various Term Loans beyond the current May 31, 1996 maturity date. However, there can be no assurance that any of the foregoing will occur. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern. 8 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Notes to Financial Statements 9. RECENT EVENTS ------------- On March 20, 1996 the Company entered into a merger agreement with Mergerco, a Delaware corporation recently organized by the principal stockholders, pursuant to which Mergerco would be merged into the Company. The merger agreement is subject to approval of the stockholders of the Company. The Company has filed a preliminary proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and intends to hold a meeting of stockholders to vote upon the merger agreement as soon as practicable after the completion of the SEC's review of the preliminary proxy statement. Persons (including the principal stockholders) with voting power for approximately 47.7% of the outstanding Common Stock have advised the Company that they intend to vote such shares in favor of the merger agreement. The merger agreement is subject to the approval of the holders of at least a majority of all the outstanding Common Stock, and the satisfaction of additional conditions, including a proviso that holders of no more than 10% of the Common Stock exercise dissenters' rights. Each share of the Company's Common Stock, other than shares as to which dissenters' rights have been perfected and shares owned by the principal stockholders and certain of their affiliates will be converted into the right to receive the merger consideration of $.10 in cash. Following the merger, the principal stockholders will own beneficially 100% of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock. Upon the merger, the Common Stock will cease to be traded. On February 1, 1996 the President/CEO and the Chief Operating Officer resigned. Upon their resignations they each signed a general release agreement. As part of these agreements the Company paid these former executives $20,000 and $20,000 respectively in the period ending March 31, 1996. In the period ending June 30, 1996 the Company is obligated to pay $15,000 and $15,000 respectively to them. No further payments will be paid after June 30, 1996. On February 12, 1996 the Company elected Edward F. Borkowski as President. Prior to joining Megamation, Mr. Borkowski was the Chief Financial Officer of Advanced Surgical Inc. Mr. Borkowski and the Company entered into a one year agreement providing for an annual salary of $130,000. 9 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ------------------------------------------------------ Liquidity and Capital Resources - ------------------------------- The Company experienced significant and increasing net losses and corresponding negative cash flow from operations in fiscal 1994 and 1995, and continuing during the first 9 months of fiscal 1996, primarily due to insufficient revenues relative to cost and expense levels, a declining gross profit margin and the completion of all long term contracts of the Company which has resulted in a reduction of revenues recognized from the percentage of completion method. Additionally, substantial costs have been incurred associated with the development of the MEGA 2 system. At June 30, 1994 and 1995, and December 31, 1995, respectively, the Company had accumulated deficits of $6,102,000, $8,093,000 and $8,968,000, respectively, current liabilities exceeded current assets of the Company by approximately $726,000, $2,833,000 and $3,653,000, respectively, and its total liabilities exceeded its total assets by $307,000, $2,193,000 and $3,068,000, respectively. The Company's independent auditors have issued qualified reports on the Company's audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1994 and 1995 (as well as every year since before the Company's IPO in 1989) to the effect that, based on the above factors, there is substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. The Company has met its capital requirements for the past 25 months only as a result of frequent cash advances from the principal stockholders to sustain its operations in the form of term loans which at March 15, 1996 aggregated $2,554,000 in principal and interest, and the principal stockholders' personal guarantee of the Company's bank line of credit, of which $1,700,000 is currently outstanding. To improve the Company's financial results, management implemented during fiscal 1995 a business strategy that focused primarily on building specialized automation workstations for the healthcare industry and, specifically, the completion of installations at one significant customer, a major health care supplier. The Company determined not to continue supplying large-scale integrated systems for diverse industries, as it decided that it did not possess the human and financial resources to effectively and profitably compete in building large-scale integrated systems in that marketplace at this time. The success of this strategy was primarily dependent on (a) the Company's ability to successfully complete the current installation at its significant healthcare customer, gain additional orders in the short-term from this and other customers, and use the success in serving this customer to develop customer relationships with other leading healthcare industry companies, and (b) the Company's ability to obtain sufficient working capital and financial resources to execute its business plans. In February 1996, the Company subsequently determined to reverse this strategy and is now attempting to focus again on serving a larger number of customers operating in multiple industries. Management believes that the Company will be able to finance its operations only if the principal stockholders continue to provide debt financings to counter the Company's working capital shortages and negative cash flows, and the principal stockholders and the Company's bank lender do not exercise their rights to elect to accelerate the due dates of the Company's bank line of credit and term loans. The principal stockholders have agreed to continue to fund the Company's operations as a public company only until May 31, 1996. On March 18, 1996, the Company obtained an agreement for the extension of its bank line of credit and its term loans until May 31, 1996. However, as a result of the Company's deteriorating financial and operational condition and business prospects, the principal stockholders have advised the Company that they are no longer willing to continue to risk their personal capital (including debt and equity already invested) to sustain the Company's operations beyond such date unless a substantial restructuring occurs and the Company becomes a private company in which they own all of the equity interest (other than certain warrants, employee stock options or stock appreciation rights that may be granted by the Surviving Corporation to certain key employees and consultants of the Company). These factors among others indicate that there is substantial likelihood that the Company will be unable to 10 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) ------------------------------------------------------ continue to operate as a viable economic entity, absent substantial additional financing and a fundamental operational restructuring. The Company has experienced delays in implementing its automated system for its largest customer of 1995, a major healthcare supplier, which has resulted in delays in the receipt of revenues from that installation. In addition, additional orders the Company had anticipated from such customer have not materialized because the installation program for such customer's remaining sites has been deferred and currently remains on hold. There can be no assurance that all or any of the additional deliveries that the Company had anticipated will ever be realized. Moreover, the Company experienced delays in 1995 with respect to implementation of another significant project for a different customer. It should be noted that the Company has made certain operational changes since the beginning of February 1996, although it continues to suffer from the above-described working capital shortage and negative cash flows and is unable to sustain its operations without continued capital infusions from the principal stockholders or other sources, the existence or availability of which the Company is not aware. The matters discussed in this item two that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Potential risks and uncertainties include, without limitation the possibilities of the Company maintaining its existing financing and additional financing, and other risks set forth in the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. (END OF PAGE) 11 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) ------------------------------------------------------ Results of Operations Nine Months Ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 Net Revenues and Cost of Revenues Net revenues for the nine months ended March 31, 1996 (the "current period") were $1,976,000 compared to $2,917,000 for the nine months ended March 31, 1995, (the "prior period"), a decrease of 32%. Cost of revenues for the current period were 99% of net revenues compared to 86% of net revenues in the prior period. During the nine months ending March 31, 1995, a one-time application specific technology license fee for $300,000 was recorded. Cost of revenues for the prior period without the recognition of the $300,000 license fee would have been 82%. The cost of revenues increased 13% to 99% for the current period due primarily to the allocation of fixed overhead to substantially lower sales. Six MEGA 2(R) systems and one MEGA 1(R) system were sold during the current period generating $1,012,000 of revenues versus four MEGA 1 systems and nine MEGA 2 system sold during the prior period generating $1,890,000 of revenues. No revenues in the current period were recognized from the percentage of completion method while the prior period realized revenues of $1,545,000 by this method. Other revenues (primarily engineering, service, spare parts, and training) were $964,000 during the current period versus $674,000 during the prior period. The primary reason for the $290,000 increase in other revenues for the current period was a $232,000 increase in engineering revenues, which were derived primarily from the Company's health care industry customer. Operating Expenses Operating expenses increased 8% to $1,117,000 in the current period from $1,038,000 in the prior period, an increase of $79,000. The increase in operating expenses was due to higher general and administrative and development and engineering expenses partially offset by a decrease in selling expenses. Selling expenses decreased 51% to $140,000 during the current period from $286,000 during the prior period, a decrease of $146,000. The decrease in selling expenses was primarily the result of lower advertising, marketing, salary and related expenses resulting from reduced headcount. Development and engineering expenses increased 19% to $281,000 during the current period from $237,000 during the prior period, an increase of $44,000. The increase in development and engineering expenses was primarily the result of higher salary and related expense resulting from efforts on various development projects relating to the MEGA 2, which were partially offset by lower material expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 35% to $696,000 during the current period from $515,000 during the prior period, an increase of $181,000. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to increases in salary and related expenses, professional fees, and allocated insurance costs. Interest and Debt Expense Interest and debt expense increased 65% to $320,000 during the current period from $194,000 during the prior period, an increase of $126,000. The change was primarily due to the increase in term loans with related parties from the prior period's balance of $1,360,000 to the current period's balance of $2,460,000. 12 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) ------------------------------------------------------ Net Loss Net loss for the current period of $1,433,000 compared to a net loss of $821,000 for the prior period. Loss per share for the current period was $(0.10) compared to $(0.06) per share during the prior period. The primary reasons for the increase in the net loss during the current period was decrease in revenue, the decrease in gross profit margin, along with increases in general and administrative expenses and interest and debt expense. Results of Operations Three Months Ended March 31, 1996 and 1995 Net Revenues and Cost of Revenues Net revenues for the three months ended March 31, 1996 (the "current quarter") were $260,000 compared to $949,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1995, (the "prior quarter"), a decrease of 73%. Cost of revenues for the current quarter were 119% of net revenues compared to 120% of net revenues in the prior quarter. The cost of revenues decreased 1% to 119% for the current quarter due to lower salary and salary related expenses in contrast to the prior quarter. One MEGA 2(R) system and no MEGA 1(R) systems were sold during the current quarter generating $168,000 of revenues versus three MEGA 1 systems and eight MEGA 2 system sold during the prior quarter generating $778,000 of revenues. No revenues in the current quarter were recognized from the percentage of completion method, while the prior quarter realized revenues of $442,000 by this method. Other revenues (primarily engineering, service, spare parts, and training) were $92,000 during the current quarter versus $191,000 during the prior quarter. The primary reason for the $99,000 decrease in other revenues for the current quarter was an decrease in engineering revenues. Operating Expenses Operating expenses increased 3% to $398,000 in the current quarter from $387,000 in the prior quarter. The increase in operating expenses was due to higher general and administrative expenses, which were partially offset by lower selling and development and engineering expenses. Selling expenses decreased 34% to $48,000 during the current quarter from $73,000 during the prior quarter. The decrease in selling expenses was the result of lower salary and related expenses related to reduced headcount, travel and advertising costs. Development and engineering expenses increased 21% to $81,000 during the current quarter from $67,000 during the prior quarter. The increase in development and engineering expenses was primarily the result of higher salary and related expenses, which were partially offset by lower material expenses. General and administrative expenses increased 9% to $270,000 during the current quarter from $247,000 during the prior quarter, an increase of $23,000. The increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to accrual of $70,000 of expenses in connection with payments to be made through May 1996 for two Officers who resigned in January 1996. Such accrual exceeded the payments made to these Officers in the prior quarter by approximately $20,000. 13 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Item 2. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (continued) ------------------------------------------------------ Interest and Debt Expense Interest and debt expense increased 30% to $112,000 during the current quarter from $86,000 during the prior quarter, an increase of $26,000. The change was primarily due to the increase in term loans with related parties from the prior quarter's balance of $1,360,000 to the current quarter's balance of $2,460,000. Net Loss Net loss for the current quarter of $558,000 compared to a net loss of $666,000 for the prior quarter, a decrease of 16%. Loss per share for the current quarter was $(0.04) compared to $(0.05) per share during the prior quarter. The primary reason for the decrease in the net loss during the current quarter was the decrease in negative gross profit margin, which was partially offset by the increased interest and debt expense. 14 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 PART II - OTHER INFORMATION Item 1. Legal Proceedings Not applicable Item 2. Changes in Securities. Not applicable. Item 3. Defaults upon Senior Securities. As of March 31, 1996 the Company had accrued but not paid $188,000 in interest due on term loans of $2,460,000 outstanding as of the same date. No demand for payment of the amounts in default or notice of acceleration of the Term Loans has been received by the Company. (See Notes to Financial Statements-Note 4, and Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Liquidity and Capital Resources.) Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders. None Item 5. Other Information. None Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form S-K.
(a) Exh. No. Description --------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 Fifth Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 2, 1996. 10.2 Sixth Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 18, 1996. 10.3 Fourth Amendment to Guaranty made by Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 28, 1996. 10.4 Fourth Amendment to Guaranty made by Max Cooper dated March 26, 1996. 10.5 Fifth Amendment to Guaranty made by Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated April 15, 1996. 10.6 Fifth Amendment to Guaranty made by Max Cooper, dated March 26, 1996. 10.7a Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated January 16, 1996. 10.7b Term Note by the Company to Max Cooper dated January 24, 1996. 10.7c Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 1, 1996.
15 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 Item 6. Exhibits and Reports on Form S-K. (continued)
Exh. No. Description --------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.7d Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 6, 1996. 10.7e Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 13, 1996. 10.7f Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 29, 1996. 10.7g Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated March 14, 1996. 10.7h Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated March 27, 1996. 10.8 Employment Agreement dated February 12, 1996 between the Company and Edward F. Borkowski. (b) No reports on Form 8-K were required to be filed with respect to events occurring in the quarter ended March 31, 1996.
16 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 SIGNATURES ---------- Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. MEGAMATION INC. Date May 3, 1996 /s/ EDWARD F. BORKOWSKI -------------------- ----------------------------------------------- Edward F. Borkowski President, Chief Accounting Officer Date May 3, 1996 /s/ THOMAS D. SCHMIDT -------------------- ----------------------------------------------- Thomas D. Schmidt Vice President of Marketing and Sales/Secretary 17 MEGAMATION INC. March 31, 1996 EXHIBIT INDEX -------------
Exh. No. Description - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 10.1 Fifth Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated February 2, 1996. 10.2 Sixth Amendment to Note and Revolving Loan and Security Agreement, dated March 18, 1996. 10.3 Fourth Amendment to Guaranty made by Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 28, 1996. 10.4 Fourth Amendment to Guaranty made by Max Cooper dated March 26, 1996. 10.5 Fifth Amendment to Guaranty made by Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated April 15, 1996. 10.6 Fifth Amendment to Guaranty made by Max Cooper dated March 26, 1996. 10.7a Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated January 16, 1996. 10.7b Term Note by the Company to Max Cooper dated January 24, 1996. 10.7c Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 1, 1996. 10.7d Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 6, 1996. 10.7e Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 13, 1996. 10.7f Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated February 29, 1996. 10.7g Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated March 14, 1996. 10.7h Term Note by the Company to Tristram C. Colket, Jr. dated March 27, 1996. 10.8 Employment Agreement dated February 12, 1996 between the Company and Edward F. Borkowski.
18 EX-99.7 13 OPINION OF T M CAPITAL CORP. EXHIBIT H [LETTERHEAD OF TM CAPITAL CORP. APPEARS HERE] Board of Directors Megamation Inc. 51 Everett Drive, Building #B4 Lawrenceville, NJ 08648 Gentlemen: You have requested our opinion as to the fairness, from a financial point of view, of the proposed consideration to be received by the public shareholders (other than Mr. Max Cooper and Mr. Tristram C. Colket, Jr.) of Megamation Inc. ("Megamation" or the "Company") pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 19, 1996 (the "Merger Agreement") between the Company and MI Merger Corp. ("Mergerco"), a Delaware corporation formed by Mr. Max Cooper and Mr. Tristram C. Colket, Jr., which provides that each outstanding share of Megamation Common Stock not owned by Mergerco will be converted into the right to receive $0.10 per share in cash (the "Merger"). You have furnished us with a draft of the Proxy Statement of Megamation dated March 15, 1996 for a Special Meeting of Stockholders to be held in connection with the proposed Merger, in substantially the form to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Merger Agreement, as executed, was also furnished to us for review. For the purpose of this opinion, we have undertaken certain reviews, analyses and inquiries as we have deemed relevant and have, among other things: (i) reviewed the Proxy Statement; (ii) reviewed publicly available information relating to Megamation including annual reports on Form 10-K for the five fiscal years ended June 30, 1995 and quarterly reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended September 30, 1995 and December 31, 1995; (iii) discussed with senior management of Megamation the Company's historical and current operations, financial condition and future prospects and reviewed certain internal financial information, business plans and forecasts prepared by management; (iv) visited the headquarters and manufacturing facilities of Megamation; (v) reviewed the historical prices and trading volume of the Megamation Common Stock; (vi) reviewed certain financial and market data for Megamation and compared such information with similar information for certain publicly traded companies which we deemed comparable; (vii) reviewed the financial terms of certain mergers and acquisitions of businesses which we deemed comparable; and Board of Directors March 19, 1996 Page 2 (viii) performed such other analyses and investigations and considered such other factors as we deemed appropriate. In connection with our opinion, we were not authorized to and, consequently, did not solicit any alternative proposals for a merger or acquisition of Megamation. In rendering our opinion, we have relied upon and assumed without independent verification the accuracy and completeness of all of the financial and other information provided to us. We have further relied upon the assurance of management of Megamation that they are unaware of any facts that would make such information incomplete or misleading. In arriving at our opinion, we have not performed any independent evaluation or appraisal of the assets of Megamation. Our opinion is necessarily based on the economic, market and other conditions existing on the date of our opinion. Based upon the foregoing, it is our opinion as of the date hereof that the proposed consideration to be received pursuant to the Merger Agreement is fair to the public shareholders of Megamation (other than Mr. Max Cooper and Mr. Tristram C. Colket, Jr.) from a financial point of view. Very truly yours, TM CAPITAL CORP. EX-99.8 14 APPRAISAL RIGHTS - DELAWARE CORP LAW EXHIBIT I 262 APPRAISAL RIGHTS.--(a) Any stockholder of a corporation of this State who holds shares of stock on the date of the making of a demand pursuant to subsection (d) of this section with respect to such shares, who continuously holds such shares through the effective date of the merger or consolidation, who has otherwise complied with subsection (d) of this section and who has neither voted in favor of the merger or consolidation nor consented thereto in writing pursuant to (S)228 of this title shall be entitled to an appraisal by the Court of Chancery of the fair value of his shares of stock under the circumstances described in subsections (b) and (c) of this section. As used in this section, the word "stockholder" means a holder of record of stock in a stock corporation and also a member of record of a nonstock corporation; the words "stock" and "share" mean and include what is ordinarily meant by those words and also membership or membership interest of a member of a nonstock corporation; and the words "depository receipt" mean a receipt or other instrument issued by a depository representing an interest in one or more shares, or fractions thereof, solely of stock of a corporation, which stock is deposited with the depository. (b) Appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a constituent corporation in a merger or consolidation to be effected pursuant to (S)251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 or 264 of this title: (1) Provided, however, that no appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock, which stock, or depository receipts in respect thereof, at the record date fixed to determine the stockholders entitled to receive notice of and to vote at the meeting of stockholders to act upon the agreement of merger or consolidation, were either (i) listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 holders; and further provided that no appraisal rights shall be available for any shares of stock of the constituent corporation surviving a merger if the merger did not require for its approval the vote of the holders of the surviving corporation as provided in /1/ subsections (f) or (g) of (S)251 of this title. (2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1) of this subsection, appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series of stock of a constituent corporation if the holders thereof are required by the terms of an agreement of merger or consolidation pursuant to (S)(S)251, 252, 254, 257, 258, 263 and 264 of this title to accept for such stock anything except: a. Shares of stock of the corporation surviving or resulting from such merger or consolidation, or depository receipts in respect thereof; b. Shares of stock of any other corporation, or depository receipts in respect thereof, which shares of stock or depository receipts at the effective date of the merger or consolidation will be either listed on a national securities exchange or designated as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or held of record by more than 2,000 holders; c. Cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts described in the foregoing subparagraphs a. and b. of this paragraph; or d. Any combination of the shares of stock, depository receipts and cash in lieu of fractional shares or fractional depository receipts described in the foregoing subparagraphs a., b. and c. of this paragraph. (3) in the event all of the stock of a subsidiary Delaware corporation party to a merger effected under (S)253 of this title is not owned by the parent corporation immediately prior to the merger, appraisal rights shall be available for the shares of the subsidiary Delaware corporation. (c) Any corporation may provide in its certificate of incorporation that appraisal rights under this section shall be available for the shares of any class or series of its stock as a result of amendment to its certificate of incorporation, any merger or consolidation in which the corporation is a constituent corporation or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the corporation. If the certificate of incorporation contains such a provision, the procedures of this section, including those set forth in subsections (d) and (e) of this section, shall apply as nearly as is practicable. (d) Appraisal rights shall be perfected as follows: (l) If a proposed merger or consolidation for which appraisal rights are provided under this section is to be submitted for approval at a meeting of stockholders, the corporation, not less than 20 days prior to the meeting, shall notify each of its stockholders who was such on the record date for such meeting with respect to shares for which appraisal rights are available pursuant to subsections (b) or (c) hereof that appraisal rights are available for any or all of the shares of the constituent corporations, and shall include in such notice a copy of this section. Each stockholder electing to demand the appraisal of his shares shall deliver to the corpora- tion, before the taking of the vote on the merger or consolidation, a written demand for appraisal of his shares. Such demand will be sufficient if it reasonably informs the corporation of the identity of the stockholder and that the stockholder intends thereby to demand the appraisal of his shares. A proxy or vote against the merger or consolidation shall not constitute such a demand. A stockholder electing to take such action must do so by a separate written demand as herein provided. Within 10 days after the effective date of such merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation shall notify each stockholder of each constituent corporation who has complied with this subsection and has not voted in favor of or consented to the merger or consolidation of the date that the merger or consolidation has become effective; or (2) If the merger or consolidation was approved pursuant to (S)228 or 253 of this title, the surviving or resulting corporation, either before the effective date of the merger or consolidation or within 10 days thereafter, shall notify each of the stockholders entitled to appraisal rights of the effective date of the merger or consolidation and that appraisal rights are available for any or all of the shares of the constituent corporation, and shall include in such notice a copy of this section. The notice shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Any stockholder entitled to appraisal rights may, within 20 days after the date of mailing of the notice, demand in writing from the surviving or resulting corporation the appraisal of his shares. Such demand will be sufficient if it reasonably informs the corporation of the identity of the stockholder and that the stockholder intends thereby to demand the appraisal of his shares. (e) Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the surviving or resulting corporation or any stockholder who has complied with subsections (a) and (d) hereof and who is otherwise entitled to appraisal rights, may file a petition in the Court of Chancery demanding a determination of the value of the stock of all such stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time within 60 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, any stockholder shall have the right to withdraw his demand for appraisal and to accept the terms offered upon the merger or consolidation. Within 120 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, any stockholder who has complied with the requirements of subsections (a) and (d) hereof, upon written request, shall be entitled to receive from the corporation surviving the merger or resulting from the consolidation a statement setting forth the aggregate number of shares not voted in favor of the merger or consolidation and with respect to which demands for appraisal have been received and the aggregate number of holders of such shares. Such written statement shall be mailed to the stockholder within 10 days after his written request for such a statement is received by the surviving or resulting corporation or within 10 days after expiration of the period for delivery of demands for appraisal under subsection (d) hereof, whichever is later. (f) Upon the filing of any such petition by a stockholder, service of a copy thereof shall be made upon the surviving or resulting corporation, which shall within 20 days after such service file in the office of the Register in Chancery in which the petition was filed a duly verified list containing the names and addresses of all stockholders who have demanded payment for their shares and with whom agreements as to the value of their shares have not been reached by the surviving or resulting corporation. If the petition shall be filed by the surviving or resulting corporation, the petition shall be accompanied by such a duly verified list. The Register in Chancery, if so ordered by the Court, shall give notice of the time and place fixed for the hearing of such petition by registered or certified mail to the surviving or resulting corporation and to the stockholders shown on the list at the addresses therein stated. Such notice shall also be given by 1 or more publications at least l week before the day of the hearing, in a newspaper of general circulation published in the City of Wilmington, Delaware or such publication as the Court deems advisable. The forms of the notices by mail and by publication shall be approved by the Court, and the costs thereof shall be borne by the surviving or resulting corporation. (g) At the hearing on such petition, the Court shall determine the stockholders who have complied with this section and who have become entitled to appraisal rights. The Court may require the stockholders who have demanded an appraisal for their shares and who hold stock represented by certificates to submit their certificates of stock to the Register in Chancery for notation thereon of the pendency of the appraisal proceedings; and if any stockholder fails to comply with such direction, the Court may dismiss the proceedings as to such stockholder. (h) After determining the stockholders entitled to an appraisal, the Court shall appraise the shares, determining their fair value exclusive of any element of value arising from the accomplishment or expectation of the merger or consolidation, together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid upon the amount determined to be the fair value. In determining such fair value, the Court shall take into account all relevant factors. In determining the fair rate of interest, the Court may consider all relevant factors, including the rate of interest which the surviving or resulting corporation would have had to pay to borrow money during the pendency of the proceeding. Upon application by the surviving or resulting corporation or by any stockholder entitled to participate in the appraisal proceeding, the Court may, in its discretion, permit discovery or other pretrial proceedings and may proceed to trial upon the appraisal prior to the final determination of the stockholder entitled to an appraisal. Any stockholder whose name appears on the list filed by the surviving or resulting corporation pursuant to subsection (f) of this section and who has submitted his certificates of stock to the Register in Chancery, if such is required, may participate fully in all proceedings until it is finally determined that he is not entitled to appraisal rights under this section. (i) The Court shall direct the payment of the fair value of the shares, together with interest, if any, by the surviving or resulting corporation to the stockholders entitled thereto. Interest may be simple or compound, as the Court may direct. Payment shall be so made to each such stockholder, in the case of holders of uncertificated stock forthwith, and the case of holders of shares represented by certificates upon the surrender to the corporation of the certificates representing such stock. The Court's decree may be enforced as other decrees in the Court of Chancery may be enforced, whether such surviving or resulting corporation be a corporation of this State or of any state. (j) The costs of the proceeding may be determined by the Court and taxed upon the parties as the Court deems equitable in the circumstances. Upon application of a stockholder, the Court may order all or a portion of the expenses incurred by any stockholder in connection with the appraisal proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney's fees and the fees and expenses of experts, to be charged pro rata against the value of all the shares entitled to an appraisal. (k) From and after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, no stockholder who has demanded his appraisal rights as provided in subsection (d) of this section shall be entitled to vote such stock for any purpose or to receive payment of dividends or other distributions on the stock (except dividends or other distributions payable to stockholders of record at a date which is prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation); provided, however, that if no petition for an appraisal shall be filed within the time provided in subsection (e) of this section, or if such stockholder shall deliver to the surviving or resulting corporation a written withdrawal of his demand for an appraisal and an acceptance of the merger or consolidation, either within 60 days after the effective date of the merger or consolidation as provided in subsection (e) of this section or thereafter with the written approval of the corporation, then the right of such stockholder to an appraisal shall cease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no appraisal proceeding in the Court of Chancery shall be dismissed as to any stockholder without the approval of the Court, and such approval may be conditioned upon such terms as the Court deems just. (l) The shares of the surviving or resulting corporation to which the shares of such objecting stockholders would have been converted had they assented to the merger or consolidation shall have the status of authorized and unissued shares of the surviving or resulting corporation. (Last amended by Ch. 79, L. '95, eff. 7-1-95.) __________ Ch. 79, L. '95, eff. 7-1-95, added matter in italic and deleted /1/"subsection (f)". Ed. Note. This section is effective only with respect to mergers or consolidations consummated pursuant to an agreement of merger or consolidation entered into after July l, 1987. -----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----